Tk Source Code

Check-in [ead36d87c1]
Login

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Overview
Comment:Merge trunk.
Downloads: Tarball | ZIP archive | SQL archive
Timelines: family | ancestors | descendants | both | tk-stu-pkg
Files: files | file ages | folders
SHA3-256:ead36d87c140a30d96194878cce4061451a82a6a67e14e255ea0f52fb01c927e
User & Date: stu 2018-07-03 16:08:09
Context
2018-07-04
09:33
Changes based on recommendations in http://code.activestate.com/lists/tcl-core/19816/. Cleanup old code. Leaf check-in: d65d070515 user: stu tags: tk-stu-pkg
2018-07-03
16:08
Merge trunk. check-in: ead36d87c1 user: stu tags: tk-stu-pkg
02:33
Use INSTALL_*/DIST_INSTALL_* macros to make dist. check-in: dd8c3eb848 user: stu tags: trunk
2017-11-22
16:20
Remove unrelated ::tk::pkgconfig variables: compile_debug and compile_stats. Adjust test. Add copyright. check-in: 2f56d0474f user: stu tags: tk-stu-pkg
Changes
Hide Diffs Unified Diffs Ignore Whitespace Patch

Changes to .fossil-settings/crlf-glob.

1
2
3
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc
|
<
|
1

2
win/*.bat

win/*.vc

Changes to .fossil-settings/crnl-glob.

1
2
3
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc
|
<
|
1

2
win/*.bat

win/*.vc

Changes to .fossil-settings/ignore-glob.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24

25
26
*/wish*
*/tktest*
*/versions.vc
doc/man.macros
win/Debug*
win/Release*
win/nmhlp-out.txt

unix/tk.pc
html/*







>


18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
*/wish*
*/tktest*
*/versions.vc
doc/man.macros
win/Debug*
win/Release*
win/nmhlp-out.txt
win/nmakehlp.out
unix/tk.pc
html/*

Changes to changes.

7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417




















































































7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
2017-08-03 (bug)[9eab54] Fix -initialdir for OSX file dialogs (gollwitzer)

2017-08-08 (bug)[28d0b8] Follow ICCCM advice on X selection protocol (donchenko)

2017-08-08 (bug)[4966ca] Scidb race in notebook tab selection (cramer)

--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details





















































































2016-03-07 (feature)[841280] spinbox autoswap -to/-from to get ordering (vogel)

2016-03-27 (feature)[38dc27] Support <Button-6> & <Button-7> (nijtmans)

2016-08-29 (TIP 449) [text] undo/redo return character range (vogel)








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
2017-08-03 (bug)[9eab54] Fix -initialdir for OSX file dialogs (gollwitzer)

2017-08-08 (bug)[28d0b8] Follow ICCCM advice on X selection protocol (donchenko)

2017-08-08 (bug)[4966ca] Scidb race in notebook tab selection (cramer)

--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details

2017-08-24 (bug)[f1a3ca] Memory leak in [text] B-tree (edhume3)

2017-08-24 (bug)[ee40fd] Report [console] init errors (the)

2017-08-24 (bug)[3295446] Improve history visibility in [console] (goth)

2017-08-24 (bug) canvas closed polylines fully honor -joinstyle (vogel)

2017-08-24 (bug)[cc42cc] out of mem crash in tests imgPhoto-18.* (vogel)

2017-09-16 (bug)[3406785] fix coords rounding when drawing canvas items (vogel)

2017-09-24 (bug)[8277e1] linux fontchooser sync with available fonts (vogel)

2017-09-24 (bug)[5239fd] Segfault copying a photo image to itself (bachmann)

2017-09-24 (bug)[514ff6] canvas rotated text overlap detection (vogel)

2017-09-24 (bug)[1e0db2] canvas rchars artifacts (bruchie,vogel)

2017-10-07 (bug)[d9fdfa] display of Long non-wrapped lines in text (cramer)

2017-10-07 (bug)[dd9667] text anchor not set (vogel)

2017-10-11 (bugs) memleaks and other changes for macOS 10.13 support (culler)

2017-10-11 (bug)[111de2] macOS colorspace improvement (walzer,culler)

2017-10-13 (bug) macOS scrolling issues (culler)

2017-10-15 (bug) clipping regions in scrolling and drawing on macOS (culler)

2017-10-15 (bug) macOS redraw artifacts (culler)

2017-10-22 (bug)[bb6b40] ::tk::AmpMenuArgs and 'entryconf' (vogel)

2017-10-22 (bug)[55b95f] Crash [scale] with a bignum value (vogel)

2017-10-28 (bug)[ce62c8] text-37.1 fails (vogel)

2017-11-03 (bug)[0ef1c5] OS X - tests menu-22.[345] hang (vogel)

2017-11-04 (bug)[c8c52b] repair OBOE in menu.test on macOS (vogel)

2017-11-11 (feature) Implement [wm_iconphoto] on macOS (walzer)

2017-11-11 (bug) display of embedded toplevels (culler)

2017-11-19 (bug)[73ba07] Correct property type for MULTIPLE conversion (dpb)

2017-11-20 (bug) Memory leak in tkImgPhoto.c. (werner)

2017-11-21 (bug) Defeat zombie toplevels (culler)

2017-11-25 (bug) macOS resposive menu bar for command line apps (culler)

2017-11-25 (bug)[1c659e] support png from mac screenshots (vogel)

2017-11-25 (bug)[de4af1] macOS file selector "all types" setting (culler)

2017-11-26 (bug) [wm withdraw] on Window and Dock menus (walzer)

2017-11-27 (feature) Drop support for macOS 10.5 (culler)

2017-11-30 (bug)[164c1b] Fixes [raise] on macOS (culler)

2017-11-30 (bug)[13d63d] macOS support of menu -postcommand (culler)

2017-12-05 (bug) enable custom icon display on macOS (walzer)

2017-12-05 (bug)[1088805,0feb63] macOS bind failures (culler)

2017-12-05 (bug)[3382424] Suppress noisy messages on macOS (culler)

2017-12-08 (new)[TIP 477] nmake build system reform (nadkarni)

2017-12-18 (bug)[b77626] Make [tk busy -cursor] silent no-op on macOS (vogel)

--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details

Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:

2016-03-07 (feature)[841280] spinbox autoswap -to/-from to get ordering (vogel)

2016-03-27 (feature)[38dc27] Support <Button-6> & <Button-7> (nijtmans)

2016-08-29 (TIP 449) [text] undo/redo return character range (vogel)

Changes to doc/Inactive.3.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
long
\fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime(\fIdisplay\fB)\fR
.sp
\fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime(\fIdisplay\fB)\fR
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Display *display
.AP Display *display in
The display on which the user inactivity timer is to be queried or
reset.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime\fR returns the number of milliseconds that
have passed since the last user interaction (usually via keyboard or
mouse) with the respective display. On systems and displays that do not
support querying the user inactiviy time, \fB\-1\fR is returned.
\fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime\fR resets the user inactivity timer of the
given display to zero.  On windowing systems that do not support
multiple displays \fIdisplay\fR can be passed as \fBNULL\fR.
.SH KEYWORDS
idle, inactive







|











|
|




10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
long
\fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime(\fIdisplay\fB)\fR
.sp
\fBTk_ResetUserInactiveTime(\fIdisplay\fB)\fR
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Display *display
.AP Display *display in
The display on which the user inactivity timer is to be queried or
reset.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime\fR returns the number of milliseconds that
have passed since the last user interaction (usually via keyboard or
mouse) with the respective display. On systems and displays that do not
support querying the user inactivity time, \fB\-1\fR is returned.
\fBTk_ResetUserInactiveTime\fR resets the user inactivity timer of the
given display to zero.  On windowing systems that do not support
multiple displays \fIdisplay\fR can be passed as \fBNULL\fR.
.SH KEYWORDS
idle, inactive

Changes to doc/busy.n.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33


34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

50
51
52
53
54
55
56
..
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
...
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
...
175
176
177
178
179
180
181






182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195















196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243

244
245


246
247


248
249

250


251
252
253
254
255
256

257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
busy \- confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk busy\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?


.sp
\fBtk busy hold\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy forget\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow \fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy current\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block keyboard, button,
and pointer events from Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with
a configurable busy cursor.

.SH INTRODUCTION
.PP
There are many times in applications where you want to temporarily restrict
what actions the user can take. For example, an application could have a
.QW Run
button that when pressed causes some processing to occur. However, while the
application is busy processing, you probably don't want the user to be
................................................................................
The \fBtk busy\fR command lets you make Tk widgets busy. This means that user
interactions such as button clicks, moving the mouse, typing at the keyboard,
etc.\0are ignored by the widget. You can set a special cursor (like a watch)
that overrides the widget's normal cursor, providing feedback that the
application (widget) is temporarily busy.
.PP
When a widget is made busy, the widget and all of its descendants will ignore
events. It's easy to make an entire panel of widgets busy. You can simply make
the toplevel widget (such as
.QW . )
busy. This is easier and far much more efficient than recursively traversing
the widget hierarchy, disabling each widget and re-configuring its cursor.
.PP
Often, the \fBtk busy\fR command can be used instead of Tk's \fBgrab\fR
command. Unlike \fBgrab\fR which restricts all user interactions to one
widget, with the \fBtk busy\fR command you can have more than one widget
................................................................................
.PP
The following operations are available for the \fBtk busy\fR command:
.TP
\fBtk busy \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Shortcut for \fBtk busy hold\fR command.
.TP
\fBtk busy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Makes the specified \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window
hierarchy) appear busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk widget.
A transparent window is put in front of the specified window. This transparent
window is mapped the next time idle tasks are processed, and the specified
window and its descendants will be blocked from user interactions. Normally
\fBupdate\fR should be called immediately afterward to insure that the hold
operation is in effect before the application starts its processing. The
following configuration options are valid:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-cursor \fIcursorName\fR
.
Specifies the cursor to be displayed when the widget is made busy.
\fICursorName\fR can be in any form accepted by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The
default cursor is \fBwait\fR on Windows and \fBwatch\fR on other platforms.
.RE
.TP
\fBtk busy cget \fIwindow\fR \fIoption\fR
.
Queries the \fBtk busy\fR command configuration options for \fIwindow\fR.
\fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously made busy by the
\fBhold\fR operation. The command returns the present value of the specified
\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
................................................................................
specified for it by either \fBoption\fR command:
.PP
.CS
option add *frame.busyCursor gumby
option add *Frame.BusyCursor gumby
.CE
.RE






.TP
\fBtk busy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
.
Releases resources allocated by the \fBtk busy\fR command for \fIwindow\fR,
including the transparent window. User events will again be received by
\fIwindow\fR. Resources are also released when \fIwindow\fR is destroyed.
\fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified in the \fBhold\fR
operation, otherwise an error is reported.
.TP
\fBtk busy current \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy. If a
\fIpattern\fR is given, only the path names of busy widgets matching
\fIpattern\fR are returned.















.TP
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.
Returns the status of a widget \fIwindow\fR. If \fIwindow\fR presently can not
receive user interactions, \fB1\fR is returned, otherwise \fB0\fR.
.SH "EVENT HANDLING"
.SS BINDINGS
.PP
The event blocking feature is implemented by creating and mapping a
transparent window that completely covers the widget. When the busy window is
mapped, it invisibly shields the widget and its hierarchy from all events that
may be sent. Like Tk widgets, busy windows have widget names in the Tk window
hierarchy. This means that you can use the \fBbind\fR command, to handle
events in the busy window.
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas
bind .frame.canvas_Busy <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.PP
Normally the busy window is a sibling of the widget. The name of the busy
window is
.QW \fIwidget\fB_Busy\fR
where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the widget to be made busy. In the previous
example, the pathname of the busy window is
.QW \fB.frame.canvas_Busy\fR .
The exception is when the widget is a toplevel widget (such as
.QW . )
where the busy window can't be made a sibling. The busy window is then a child
of the widget named
.QW \fIwidget\fB._Busy\fR
where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the toplevel widget. In the following
example, the pathname of the busy window is
.QW \fB._Busy\fR .
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .
bind ._Busy <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.SS "ENTER/LEAVE EVENTS"
.PP
Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for all
widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking Enter/Leave events in
widgets.
.SS "KEYBOARD EVENTS"
.PP
When a widget is made busy, the widget is prevented from gaining the keyboard
focus by the busy window. But if the widget already had focus, it still may

received keyboard events. To prevent this, you must move focus to another
window.


.PP
.CS


\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame
label .dummy

focus .dummy


update
.CE
.PP
The above example moves the focus from .frame immediately after invoking the
\fBhold\fR so that no keyboard events will be sent to \fB.frame\fR or any of
its descendants.

.SH PORTABILITY
.PP
Note that the \fBtk busy\fR command does not currently have any effect on OSX
when Tk is built using Aqua support.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
grab(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
busy, keyboard events, pointer events, window
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|


>
>













|
|
|
>







 







|
|







 







|

|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







>
>
>
>
>
>









|

|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












|
|



|


|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
|









|
>
|
<
>
>


>
>

<
>
|
>
>





|
>











24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
..
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
...
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137













138
139
140
141
142
143
144
...
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227














228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242

243
244
245
246
247
248
249

250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
busy \- Make Tk widgets busy, temporarily blocking user interactions
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk busy\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy busywindow \fIwindow\fR
.sp
\fBtk busy hold\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy forget\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow \fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy current\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block mouse pointer events
from Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with a configurable busy
cursor. Note this command does not prevent keyboard events from being sent to
the widgets made busy.
.SH INTRODUCTION
.PP
There are many times in applications where you want to temporarily restrict
what actions the user can take. For example, an application could have a
.QW Run
button that when pressed causes some processing to occur. However, while the
application is busy processing, you probably don't want the user to be
................................................................................
The \fBtk busy\fR command lets you make Tk widgets busy. This means that user
interactions such as button clicks, moving the mouse, typing at the keyboard,
etc.\0are ignored by the widget. You can set a special cursor (like a watch)
that overrides the widget's normal cursor, providing feedback that the
application (widget) is temporarily busy.
.PP
When a widget is made busy, the widget and all of its descendants will ignore
pointer events. It's easy to make an entire panel of widgets busy. You can
simply make the toplevel widget (such as
.QW . )
busy. This is easier and far much more efficient than recursively traversing
the widget hierarchy, disabling each widget and re-configuring its cursor.
.PP
Often, the \fBtk busy\fR command can be used instead of Tk's \fBgrab\fR
command. Unlike \fBgrab\fR which restricts all user interactions to one
widget, with the \fBtk busy\fR command you can have more than one widget
................................................................................
.PP
The following operations are available for the \fBtk busy\fR command:
.TP
\fBtk busy \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Shortcut for \fBtk busy hold\fR command.
.TP
\fBtk busy busywindow \fIwindow\fR
.
Returns the pathname of the busy window (i.e. the transparent window
shielding the window appearing busy) created by the \fBtk busy hold\fR
command for \fIwindow\fR, or the empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not busy.













.TP
\fBtk busy cget \fIwindow\fR \fIoption\fR
.
Queries the \fBtk busy\fR command configuration options for \fIwindow\fR.
\fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously made busy by the
\fBhold\fR operation. The command returns the present value of the specified
\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
................................................................................
specified for it by either \fBoption\fR command:
.PP
.CS
option add *frame.busyCursor gumby
option add *Frame.BusyCursor gumby
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fBtk busy current \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy. If a
\fIpattern\fR is given, only the path names of busy widgets matching
\fIpattern\fR are returned.
.TP
\fBtk busy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
.
Releases resources allocated by the \fBtk busy\fR command for \fIwindow\fR,
including the transparent window. User events will again be received by
\fIwindow\fR. Resources are also released when \fIwindow\fR is destroyed.
\fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified in the \fBhold\fR
operation, otherwise an error is reported.
.TP
\fBtk busy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Makes the specified \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window
hierarchy) appear busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk widget.
A transparent window is put in front of the specified window. This transparent
window is mapped the next time idle tasks are processed, and the specified
window and its descendants will be blocked from user interactions. Normally
\fBupdate\fR should be called immediately afterward to insure that the hold
operation is in effect before the application starts its processing. The
command returns the pathname of the busy window that was created (i.e. the
transparent window shielding the window appearing busy). The following
configuration options are valid:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-cursor \fIcursorName\fR
.
Specifies the cursor to be displayed when the widget is made busy.
\fICursorName\fR can be in any form accepted by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The
default cursor is \fBwait\fR on Windows and \fBwatch\fR on other platforms.
.RE
.TP
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.
Returns the status of a widget \fIwindow\fR. If \fIwindow\fR presently can not
receive user interactions, \fB1\fR is returned, otherwise \fB0\fR.
.SH "EVENT HANDLING"
.SS BINDINGS
.PP
The event blocking feature is implemented by creating and mapping a
transparent window that completely covers the widget. When the busy window is
mapped, it invisibly shields the widget and its hierarchy from all events that
may be sent. Like Tk widgets, busy windows have widget names in the Tk window
hierarchy. This means that you can use the \fBbind\fR command to handle
events in the busy window:
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas
bind [\fBtk busy\fR busywindow .frame.canvas] <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.PP
or














.CS
set busyWin [\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas]
bind $busyWin <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.SS "ENTER/LEAVE EVENTS"
.PP
Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for all
widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking Enter/Leave events in
widgets.
.SS "KEYBOARD EVENTS"
.PP
When a widget is made busy, the widget is prevented from gaining the keyboard
focus by a user clicking on it by the busy window. But if the widget already had
focus, it still may receive keyboard events. The widget can also still receive
focus through keyboard traversal. To prevent this, you must move

focus to another window and make sure the focus can not go back to the widgets
made busy (e.g. but restricting focus to a cancel button).
.PP
.CS
pack [frame .frame]
pack [text .frame.text]
\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame

pack [button .cancel -text "Cancel" -command exit]
focus .cancel
bind .cancel <Tab> {break}
bind .cancel <Shift-Tab> {break}
update
.CE
.PP
The above example moves the focus from .frame immediately after invoking the
\fBhold\fR so that no keyboard events will be sent to \fB.frame\fR or any of
its descendants. It also makes sure it's not possible to leave button
\fB.cancel\fR using the keyboard.
.SH PORTABILITY
.PP
Note that the \fBtk busy\fR command does not currently have any effect on OSX
when Tk is built using Aqua support.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
grab(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
busy, keyboard events, pointer events, window
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/canvas.n.

653
654
655
656
657
658
659














660
661
662
663
664
665
666
See \fBINDICES\fR above for a description of the
legal forms for \fIindex\fR.
Note: the insertion cursor is only displayed in an item if
that item currently has the keyboard focus (see the \fBfocus\fR widget
command, above), but the cursor position may
be set even when the item does not have the focus.
This command returns an empty string.














.TP
\fIpathName \fBimove \fItagOrId index x y\fR
.VS 8.6
This command causes the \fIindex\fR'th coordinate of each of the items
indicated by \fItagOrId\fR to be relocated to the location (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR).
Each item interprets \fIindex\fR independently according to the rules
described in \fBINDICES\fR above. Out of the standard set of items, only line







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
See \fBINDICES\fR above for a description of the
legal forms for \fIindex\fR.
Note: the insertion cursor is only displayed in an item if
that item currently has the keyboard focus (see the \fBfocus\fR widget
command, above), but the cursor position may
be set even when the item does not have the focus.
This command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBimage \fIimagename\fR ?\fIsubsample\fR? ?\fIzoom\fR?
.
Draw the canvas into the Tk photo image named \fIimagename\fR. If a \fB-scrollregion\fR
has been defined then this will be the boundaries of the canvas region drawn and the
final size of the photo image. Otherwise the widget width and height with an origin
of 0,0 will be the size of the canvas region drawn and the final size of the photo
image. Optionally an integer \fIsubsample\fR factor may be given and the photo image
will be reduced in size. In addition to the \fIsubsample\fR an integer \fIzoom\fR
factor can also be given and the photo image will be enlarged. The image background
will be filled with the canvas background colour. The canvas widget does not need to
be mapped for this widget command to work, but at least one of it's ancestors must be
mapped.
This command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBimove \fItagOrId index x y\fR
.VS 8.6
This command causes the \fIindex\fR'th coordinate of each of the items
indicated by \fItagOrId\fR to be relocated to the location (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR).
Each item interprets \fIindex\fR independently according to the rules
described in \fBINDICES\fR above. Out of the standard set of items, only line

Changes to doc/chooseDirectory.n.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19







20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29




30
31
32
33
34
35
36
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The procedure \fBtk_chooseDirectory\fR pops up a dialog box for the
user to select a directory. The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are
possible as command line arguments:
.TP







\fB\-initialdir\fR \fIdirname\fR
Specifies that the directories in \fIdirectory\fR should be displayed
when the dialog pops up. If this parameter is not specified,
the initial directory defaults to the current working directory
on non-Windows systems and on Windows systems prior to Vista.
On Vista and later systems, the initial directory defaults to the last
user-selected directory for the application. If the
parameter specifies a relative path, the return value will convert the
relative path to an absolute path.
.TP




\fB\-mustexist\fR \fIboolean\fR
Specifies whether the user may specify non-existent directories.  If
this parameter is true, then the user may only select directories that
already exist.  The default value is \fIfalse\fR.
.TP
\fB\-parent\fR \fIwindow\fR
Makes \fIwindow\fR the logical parent of the dialog. The dialog







>
>
>
>
>
>
>










>
>
>
>







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The procedure \fBtk_chooseDirectory\fR pops up a dialog box for the
user to select a directory. The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are
possible as command line arguments:
.TP
\fB\-command\fR \fIstring\fR
Specifies the prefix of a Tcl command to invoke when the user closes the
dialog after having selected an item. This callback is not called if the
user cancelled the dialog. The actual command consists of \fIstring\fR
followed by a space and the value selected by the user in the dialog. This
is only available on Mac OS X.
.TP
\fB\-initialdir\fR \fIdirname\fR
Specifies that the directories in \fIdirectory\fR should be displayed
when the dialog pops up. If this parameter is not specified,
the initial directory defaults to the current working directory
on non-Windows systems and on Windows systems prior to Vista.
On Vista and later systems, the initial directory defaults to the last
user-selected directory for the application. If the
parameter specifies a relative path, the return value will convert the
relative path to an absolute path.
.TP
\fB\-message\fR \fIstring\fR
Specifies a message to include in the client area of the dialog.
This is only available on Mac OS X.
.TP
\fB\-mustexist\fR \fIboolean\fR
Specifies whether the user may specify non-existent directories.  If
this parameter is true, then the user may only select directories that
already exist.  The default value is \fIfalse\fR.
.TP
\fB\-parent\fR \fIwindow\fR
Makes \fIwindow\fR the logical parent of the dialog. The dialog

Changes to doc/entry.n.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
\-borderwidth	\-insertbackground	\-selectborderwidth
\-cursor	\-insertborderwidth	\-selectforeground
\-exportselection	\-insertofftime	\-takefocus
\-font	\-insertontime	\-textvariable
\-foreground	\-insertwidth	\-xscrollcommand
\-highlightbackground	\-justify
\-highlightcolor	\-relief

.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-disabledbackground disabledBackground DisabledBackground
Specifies the background color to use when the entry is disabled.  If
this option is the empty string, the normal background color is used.
.OP \-disabledforeground disabledForeground DisabledForeground
Specifies the foreground color to use when the entry is disabled.  If







>







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
\-borderwidth	\-insertbackground	\-selectborderwidth
\-cursor	\-insertborderwidth	\-selectforeground
\-exportselection	\-insertofftime	\-takefocus
\-font	\-insertontime	\-textvariable
\-foreground	\-insertwidth	\-xscrollcommand
\-highlightbackground	\-justify
\-highlightcolor	\-relief
\-placeholder	\-placeholderforeground
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-disabledbackground disabledBackground DisabledBackground
Specifies the background color to use when the entry is disabled.  If
this option is the empty string, the normal background color is used.
.OP \-disabledforeground disabledForeground DisabledForeground
Specifies the foreground color to use when the entry is disabled.  If

Changes to doc/getOpenFile.n.

31
32
33
34
35
36
37







38
39
40
41
42
43
44
as\fR command in the \fBFile\fR menu. If the user enters a file that
already exists, the dialog box prompts the user for confirmation
whether the existing file should be overwritten or not.
.PP
The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are possible as command line
arguments to these two commands:
.TP







\fB\-confirmoverwrite\fR \fIboolean\fR
Configures how the Save dialog reacts when the selected file already
exists, and saving would overwrite it.  A true value requests a
confirmation dialog be presented to the user.  A false value requests
that the overwrite take place without confirmation.  Default value is true.
.TP
\fB\-defaultextension\fR \fIextension\fR







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
as\fR command in the \fBFile\fR menu. If the user enters a file that
already exists, the dialog box prompts the user for confirmation
whether the existing file should be overwritten or not.
.PP
The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are possible as command line
arguments to these two commands:
.TP
\fB\-command\fR \fIstring\fR
Specifies the prefix of a Tcl command to invoke when the user closes the
dialog after having selected an item. This callback is not called if the
user cancelled the dialog. The actual command consists of \fIstring\fR
followed by a space and the value selected by the user in the dialog. This
is only available on Mac OS X.
.TP
\fB\-confirmoverwrite\fR \fIboolean\fR
Configures how the Save dialog reacts when the selected file already
exists, and saving would overwrite it.  A true value requests a
confirmation dialog be presented to the user.  A false value requests
that the overwrite take place without confirmation.  Default value is true.
.TP
\fB\-defaultextension\fR \fIextension\fR

Changes to doc/grid.n.

156
157
158
159
160
161
162

163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
This space is added outside the slave(s) border.
.TP
\fB\-row \fIn\fR
.
Insert the slave so that it occupies the \fIn\fRth row in the grid.
Row numbers start with 0.  If this option is not supplied, then the
slave is arranged on the same row as the previous slave specified on this

call to \fBgrid\fR, or the first unoccupied row if this is the first slave.
.TP
\fB\-rowspan \fIn\fR
.
Insert the slave so that it occupies \fIn\fR rows in the grid.
The default is one row.  If the next \fBgrid\fR command contains
\fB^\fR characters instead of \fIslaves\fR that line up with the columns
of this \fIslave\fR, then the \fBrowspan\fR of this \fIslave\fR is







>
|







156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
This space is added outside the slave(s) border.
.TP
\fB\-row \fIn\fR
.
Insert the slave so that it occupies the \fIn\fRth row in the grid.
Row numbers start with 0.  If this option is not supplied, then the
slave is arranged on the same row as the previous slave specified on this
call to \fBgrid\fR, or the next row after the highest occupied row
if this is the first slave.
.TP
\fB\-rowspan \fIn\fR
.
Insert the slave so that it occupies \fIn\fR rows in the grid.
The default is one row.  If the next \fBgrid\fR command contains
\fB^\fR characters instead of \fIslaves\fR that line up with the columns
of this \fIslave\fR, then the \fBrowspan\fR of this \fIslave\fR is

Changes to doc/menu.n.

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
of those menus are posted.
This is due to the limitations in the individual platforms' menu managers.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
For menu entries that are check buttons or radio buttons, this option
specifies the color to display in the indicator when the check button
or radio button is selected.
.OP \-tearoff tearOff TearOff
This option must have a proper boolean value, which specifies
whether or not the menu should include a tear-off entry at the
top.  If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and the other
entries will number starting at 1.  The default
menu bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off
entry is invoked.
This option is ignored under Aqua/Mac OS X, where menus cannot
be torn off.
.OP \-tearoffcommand tearOffCommand TearOffCommand
If this option has a non-empty value, then it specifies a Tcl command
to invoke whenever the menu is torn off.  The actual command will
consist of the value of this option, followed by a space, followed
by the name of the menu window, followed by a space, followed by







|
|
|
|
|
|







30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
of those menus are posted.
This is due to the limitations in the individual platforms' menu managers.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
For menu entries that are check buttons or radio buttons, this option
specifies the color to display in the indicator when the check button
or radio button is selected.
.OP \-tearoff tearOff TearOff
This option must have a proper boolean value (default is false),
which specifies whether or not the menu should include a tear-off
entry at the top.  If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and
the other entries will number starting at 1.  The default menu
bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off entry
is invoked.
This option is ignored under Aqua/Mac OS X, where menus cannot
be torn off.
.OP \-tearoffcommand tearOffCommand TearOffCommand
If this option has a non-empty value, then it specifies a Tcl command
to invoke whenever the menu is torn off.  The actual command will
consist of the value of this option, followed by a space, followed
by the name of the menu window, followed by a space, followed by

Changes to doc/messageBox.n.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26






27
28
29
30
31
32
33
the buttons in the message window is identified by a unique symbolic
name (see the \fB\-type\fR options).  After the message window is
popped up, \fBtk_messageBox\fR waits for the user to select one of the
buttons. Then it returns the symbolic name of the selected button.
.PP
The following option-value pairs are supported:
.TP






\fB\-default\fR \fIname\fR
.
\fIName\fR gives the symbolic name of the default button for
this message window (
.QW ok ,
.QW cancel ,
and so on). See \fB\-type\fR







>
>
>
>
>
>







20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
the buttons in the message window is identified by a unique symbolic
name (see the \fB\-type\fR options).  After the message window is
popped up, \fBtk_messageBox\fR waits for the user to select one of the
buttons. Then it returns the symbolic name of the selected button.
.PP
The following option-value pairs are supported:
.TP
\fB\-command\fR \fIstring\fR
Specifies the prefix of a Tcl command to invoke when the user closes the
dialog. The actual command consists of \fIstring\fR followed by a space
and the name of the button clicked by the user to close the dialog. This
is only available on Mac OS X.
.TP
\fB\-default\fR \fIname\fR
.
\fIName\fR gives the symbolic name of the default button for
this message window (
.QW ok ,
.QW cancel ,
and so on). See \fB\-type\fR

Changes to doc/options.n.

217
218
219
220
221
222
223








224
225
226
227
228
229
230
this amount to the height it would normally need (as determined by
the height of the things displayed in the widget);  if the geometry
manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra
internal space above and/or below what it displays inside.
Most widgets only use this option for padding text:  if they are
displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding
options.








.OP \-relief relief Relief
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget.  Acceptable
values are \fBraised\fR, \fBsunken\fR, \fBflat\fR, \fBridge\fR,
\fBsolid\fR, and \fBgroove\fR.
The value
indicates how the interior of the widget should appear relative
to its exterior;  for example, \fBraised\fR means the interior of







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
this amount to the height it would normally need (as determined by
the height of the things displayed in the widget);  if the geometry
manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra
internal space above and/or below what it displays inside.
Most widgets only use this option for padding text:  if they are
displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding
options.
.OP \-placeholder placeHolder PlaceHolder
Specifies a help text string to display if no text is otherwise displayed,
that is when the widget is empty. The placeholder text is displayed using
the values of the \fB\-font\fR and \fB\-justify\fR options.
.OP \-placeholderforeground placeholderForeground PlaceholderForeground
Specifies the foreground color to use when the placeholder text is
displayed. If this option is the empty string, the default color gray70
is used.
.OP \-relief relief Relief
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget.  Acceptable
values are \fBraised\fR, \fBsunken\fR, \fBflat\fR, \fBridge\fR,
\fBsolid\fR, and \fBgroove\fR.
The value
indicates how the interior of the widget should appear relative
to its exterior;  for example, \fBraised\fR means the interior of

Changes to doc/panedwindow.n.

25
26
27
28
29
30
31











32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
...
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
...
306
307
308
309
310
311
312


















































313
314
315
316
317
318
319
.OP \-handlesize handleSize HandleSize
Specifies the side length of a sash handle.  Handles are always
drawn as squares.  May be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.OP \-height height Height
Specifies a desired height for the overall panedwindow widget. May be any
value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If an empty string, the widget will be
made high enough to allow all contained widgets to have their natural height.











.OP \-proxybackground proxyBackground ProxyBackground
Background color to use when drawing the proxy. If an empty string, the
value of the \fB-background\fR option will be used.
.OP \-proxyborderwidth proxyBorderWidth ProxyBorderWidth
Specifies the borderwidth of the proxy. May be any value accepted by
\fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.OP \-proxyrelief proxyRelief ProxyRelief
Relief to use when drawing the proxy. May be any of the standard Tk
relief values. If an empty string, the value of the \fB-sashrelief\fR
option will be used.
.OP \-opaqueresize opaqueResize OpaqueResize
Specifies whether panes should be resized as a sash is moved (true),
or if resizing should be deferred until the sash is placed (false).
.OP \-sashcursor sashCursor SashCursor
Mouse cursor to use when over a sash.  If null,
\fBsb_h_double_arrow\fR will be used for horizontal panedwindows, and
\fBsb_v_double_arrow\fR will be used for vertical panedwindows.
.OP \-sashpad sashPad SashPad
Specifies the amount of padding to leave of each side of a sash.  May
be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
................................................................................
.
Identify the panedwindow component underneath the point given by
\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, in window coordinates.  If the point is over a
sash or a sash handle, the result is a two element list containing the
index of the sash or handle, and a word indicating whether it is over
a sash or a handle, such as {0 sash} or {2 handle}.  If the point is
over any other part of the panedwindow, the result is an empty list.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy \fR?\fIargs\fR?
.
This command is used to query and change the position of the sash
proxy, used for rubberband-style pane resizing. It can take any of
the following forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy coord\fR
.
Return a list containing the x and y coordinates of the most recent
proxy location.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy forget\fR
.
Remove the proxy from the display.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy place \fIx y\fR
.
Place the proxy at the given \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash \fR?\fIargs\fR?
This command is used to query and change the position of sashes in the
panedwindow.  It can take any of the following forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash coord \fIindex\fR
.
Return the current x and y coordinate pair for the sash given by
\fIindex\fR.  \fIIndex\fR must be an integer between 0 and 1 less than
the number of panes in the panedwindow.  The coordinates given are
those of the top left corner of the region containing the sash.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash dragto \fIindex x y\fR
.
This command computes the difference between the given coordinates and the
coordinates given to the last \fBsash mark\fR command for the given
sash.  It then moves that sash the computed difference.  The return
value is the empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash mark \fIindex x y\fR
.
Records \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR for the sash given by \fIindex\fR; used in
conjunction with later \fBsash dragto\fR commands to move the sash.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash place \fIindex x y\fR
.
Place the sash given by \fIindex\fR at the given coordinates.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpanecget \fIwindow option\fR
.
Query a management option for \fIwindow\fR.  \fIOption\fR may be any
value allowed by the \fBpaneconfigure\fR subcommand.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpaneconfigure \fIwindow \fR?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
................................................................................
width may later be adjusted by the movement of sashes in the
panedwindow.  \fISize\fR may be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpanes\fR
.
Returns an ordered list of the widgets managed by \fIpathName\fR.


















































.SH "RESIZING PANES"
.PP
A pane is resized by grabbing the sash (or sash handle if present) and
dragging with the mouse.  This is accomplished via mouse motion
bindings on the widget.  When a sash is moved, the sizes of the panes
on each side of the sash, and thus the widgets in those panes, are
adjusted.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










<
<
<







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52



53
54
55
56
57
58
59
...
136
137
138
139
140
141
142


















































143
144
145
146
147
148
149
...
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
.OP \-handlesize handleSize HandleSize
Specifies the side length of a sash handle.  Handles are always
drawn as squares.  May be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.OP \-height height Height
Specifies a desired height for the overall panedwindow widget. May be any
value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If an empty string, the widget will be
made high enough to allow all contained widgets to have their natural height.
.OP \-opaqueresize opaqueResize OpaqueResize
Specifies whether panes should be resized as a sash is moved (true),
or if resizing should be deferred until the sash is placed (false).
In the latter case, a
.QW ghost
version of the sash is displayed during the resizing to show where the
panes will be resized to when releasing the mouse button. This
.QW ghost
version of the sash is the proxy. It's rendering can be configured
using the \fB-proxybackground\fR, \fB-proxyborderwidth\fR and
\fB-proxyrelief\fR options.
.OP \-proxybackground proxyBackground ProxyBackground
Background color to use when drawing the proxy. If an empty string, the
value of the \fB-background\fR option will be used.
.OP \-proxyborderwidth proxyBorderWidth ProxyBorderWidth
Specifies the borderwidth of the proxy. May be any value accepted by
\fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.OP \-proxyrelief proxyRelief ProxyRelief
Relief to use when drawing the proxy. May be any of the standard Tk
relief values. If an empty string, the value of the \fB-sashrelief\fR
option will be used.



.OP \-sashcursor sashCursor SashCursor
Mouse cursor to use when over a sash.  If null,
\fBsb_h_double_arrow\fR will be used for horizontal panedwindows, and
\fBsb_v_double_arrow\fR will be used for vertical panedwindows.
.OP \-sashpad sashPad SashPad
Specifies the amount of padding to leave of each side of a sash.  May
be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
................................................................................
.
Identify the panedwindow component underneath the point given by
\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, in window coordinates.  If the point is over a
sash or a sash handle, the result is a two element list containing the
index of the sash or handle, and a word indicating whether it is over
a sash or a handle, such as {0 sash} or {2 handle}.  If the point is
over any other part of the panedwindow, the result is an empty list.


















































.TP
\fIpathName \fBpanecget \fIwindow option\fR
.
Query a management option for \fIwindow\fR.  \fIOption\fR may be any
value allowed by the \fBpaneconfigure\fR subcommand.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpaneconfigure \fIwindow \fR?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
................................................................................
width may later be adjusted by the movement of sashes in the
panedwindow.  \fISize\fR may be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpanes\fR
.
Returns an ordered list of the widgets managed by \fIpathName\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy \fR?\fIargs\fR?
.
This command is used to query and change the position of the sash
proxy, used for rubberband-style pane resizing. It can take any of
the following forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy coord\fR
.
Return a list containing the x and y coordinates of the most recent
proxy location.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy forget\fR
.
Remove the proxy from the display.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy place \fIx y\fR
.
Place the proxy at the given \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash \fR?\fIargs\fR?
This command is used to query and change the position of sashes in the
panedwindow.  It can take any of the following forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash coord \fIindex\fR
.
Return the current x and y coordinate pair for the sash given by
\fIindex\fR.  \fIIndex\fR must be an integer between 0 and 1 less than
the number of panes in the panedwindow.  The coordinates given are
those of the top left corner of the region containing the sash.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash dragto \fIindex x y\fR
.
This command computes the difference between the given coordinates and the
coordinates given to the last \fBsash mark\fR command for the given
sash.  It then moves that sash the computed difference.  The return
value is the empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash mark \fIindex x y\fR
.
Records \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR for the sash given by \fIindex\fR; used in
conjunction with later \fBsash dragto\fR commands to move the sash.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash place \fIindex x y\fR
.
Place the sash given by \fIindex\fR at the given coordinates.
.RE
.SH "RESIZING PANES"
.PP
A pane is resized by grabbing the sash (or sash handle if present) and
dragging with the mouse.  This is accomplished via mouse motion
bindings on the widget.  When a sash is moved, the sizes of the panes
on each side of the sash, and thus the widgets in those panes, are
adjusted.

Changes to doc/radiobutton.n.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
..
67
68
69
70
71
72
73









74
75
76
77
78
79
80
If this option is not specified, the button's desired height is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.
.OP \-indicatoron indicatorOn IndicatorOn
Specifies whether or not the indicator should be drawn.  Must be a
proper boolean value.  If false, the \fB\-relief\fR option is
ignored and the widget's relief is always sunken if the widget is
selected and raised otherwise.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
Specifies a background color to use when the button is selected.
If \fB\-indicatoron\fR is true then the color applies to the indicator.
Under Windows, this color is used as the background for the indicator
regardless of the select state.
If \fB\-indicatoron\fR is false, this color is used as the background
for the entire widget, in place of \fB\-background\fR or \fB\-activeBackground\fR,
whenever the widget is selected.
If specified as an empty string then no special color is used for
displaying when the widget is selected.
.OP \-offrelief offRelief OffRelief
Specifies the relief for the checkbutton when the indicator is not drawn and
the checkbutton is off.  The default value is
.QW raised .
By setting this option to
.QW flat
and setting \fB\-indicatoron\fR to false and \fB\-overrelief\fR to
................................................................................
.OP \-overrelief overRelief OverRelief
Specifies an alternative relief for the radiobutton, to be used when the
mouse cursor is over the widget.  This option can be used to make
toolbar buttons, by configuring \fB\-relief flat \-overrelief
raised\fR.  If the value of this option is the empty string, then no
alternative relief is used when the mouse cursor is over the radiobutton.
The empty string is the default value.









.OP \-selectimage selectImage SelectImage
Specifies an image to display (in place of the \fB\-image\fR option)
when the radiobutton is selected.
This option is ignored unless the \fB\-image\fR option has been
specified.
.OP \-state state State
Specifies one of three states for the radiobutton:  \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR,







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







37
38
39
40
41
42
43










44
45
46
47
48
49
50
..
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
If this option is not specified, the button's desired height is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.
.OP \-indicatoron indicatorOn IndicatorOn
Specifies whether or not the indicator should be drawn.  Must be a
proper boolean value.  If false, the \fB\-relief\fR option is
ignored and the widget's relief is always sunken if the widget is
selected and raised otherwise.










.OP \-offrelief offRelief OffRelief
Specifies the relief for the checkbutton when the indicator is not drawn and
the checkbutton is off.  The default value is
.QW raised .
By setting this option to
.QW flat
and setting \fB\-indicatoron\fR to false and \fB\-overrelief\fR to
................................................................................
.OP \-overrelief overRelief OverRelief
Specifies an alternative relief for the radiobutton, to be used when the
mouse cursor is over the widget.  This option can be used to make
toolbar buttons, by configuring \fB\-relief flat \-overrelief
raised\fR.  If the value of this option is the empty string, then no
alternative relief is used when the mouse cursor is over the radiobutton.
The empty string is the default value.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
Specifies a background color to use when the button is selected.
If \fBindicatorOn\fR is true then the color is used as the background for
the indicator regardless of the select state.
If \fB\-indicatoron\fR is false, this color is used as the background
for the entire widget, in place of \fB\-background\fR or \fB\-activeBackground\fR,
whenever the widget is selected.
If specified as an empty string then no special color is used for
displaying when the widget is selected.
.OP \-selectimage selectImage SelectImage
Specifies an image to display (in place of the \fB\-image\fR option)
when the radiobutton is selected.
This option is ignored unless the \fB\-image\fR option has been
specified.
.OP \-state state State
Specifies one of three states for the radiobutton:  \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR,

Changes to doc/raise.n.

27
28
29
30
31
32
33



34
35
36
37
38
39
40
\fIwindow\fR into the stacking order just above \fIaboveThis\fR
(or the ancestor of \fIaboveThis\fR that is a sibling of \fIwindow\fR);
this could end up either raising or lowering \fIwindow\fR.
.PP
All \fBtoplevel\fR windows may be restacked with respect to each
other, whatever their relative path names, but the window manager is
not obligated to strictly honor requests to restack.



.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
Make a button appear to be in a sibling frame that was created after
it. This is is often necessary when building GUIs in the style where
you create your activity widgets first before laying them out on the
display:
.CS







>
>
>







27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
\fIwindow\fR into the stacking order just above \fIaboveThis\fR
(or the ancestor of \fIaboveThis\fR that is a sibling of \fIwindow\fR);
this could end up either raising or lowering \fIwindow\fR.
.PP
All \fBtoplevel\fR windows may be restacked with respect to each
other, whatever their relative path names, but the window manager is
not obligated to strictly honor requests to restack.
.PP
On macOS raising an iconified \fBtoplevel\fR window causes it to be
deiconified.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
Make a button appear to be in a sibling frame that was created after
it. This is is often necessary when building GUIs in the style where
you create your activity widgets first before laying them out on the
display:
.CS

Changes to doc/scale.n.

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
.OP \-variable variable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale.  Whenever the
value of the variable changes, the scale will update to reflect this
value.
Whenever the scale is manipulated interactively, the variable
will be modified to reflect the scale's new value.
.OP \-width width Width
Specifies the desired narrow dimension of the trough in screen units
(i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR).
For vertical scales this is the trough's width;  for horizontal scales
this is the trough's height.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBscale\fR command creates a new window (given by the
\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a scale widget.
Additional
options, described above, may be specified on the command line







|

|
|







87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
.OP \-variable variable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale.  Whenever the
value of the variable changes, the scale will update to reflect this
value.
Whenever the scale is manipulated interactively, the variable
will be modified to reflect the scale's new value.
.OP \-width width Width
Specifies the desired narrow dimension of the scale in screen units
(i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR).
For vertical scales this is the scale's width;  for horizontal scales
this is the scale's height.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBscale\fR command creates a new window (given by the
\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a scale widget.
Additional
options, described above, may be specified on the command line

Changes to doc/selection.n.

136
137
138
139
140
141
142




















143
144
145
146
147
148
149
the new owner of \fIselection\fR on \fIwindow\fR's display, returning
an empty string as result. The existing owner, if any, is notified
that it has lost the selection.
If \fIcommand\fR is specified, it is a Tcl script to execute when
some other window claims ownership of the selection away from
\fIwindow\fR.  \fISelection\fR defaults to PRIMARY.
.RE




















.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
On X11 platforms, one of the standard selections available is the
\fBSECONDARY\fR selection. Hardly anything uses it, but here is how to read
it using Tk:
.PP
.CS







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
the new owner of \fIselection\fR on \fIwindow\fR's display, returning
an empty string as result. The existing owner, if any, is notified
that it has lost the selection.
If \fIcommand\fR is specified, it is a Tcl script to execute when
some other window claims ownership of the selection away from
\fIwindow\fR.  \fISelection\fR defaults to PRIMARY.
.RE
.SH WIDGET FACILITIES
.PP
The \fBtext\fR, \fBentry\fR, \fBttk::entry\fR, \fBlistbox\fR, \fBspinbox\fR and \fBttk::spinbox\fR widgets have the option \fB\-exportselection\fR.  If a widget has this option set to boolean \fBtrue\fR, then (in an unsafe interpreter) a selection made in the widget is automatically written to the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection.
.PP
A GUI event, for example \fB<<PasteSelection>>\fR, can copy the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection to certain widgets.  This copy is implemented by a widget binding to the event.  The binding script makes appropriate calls to the \fBselection\fR command.
.PP
.SH PORTABILITY ISSUES
.PP
On X11, the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection is a system-wide feature of the X server, allowing communication between different processes that are X11 clients.
.PP
On Windows, the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection is not provided by the system, but only by Tk, and so it is shared only between windows of a master interpreter and its unsafe slave interpreters.  It is not shared between interpreters in different processes or different threads.  Each master interpreter has a separate \fBPRIMARY\fR selection that is shared only with its unsafe slaves.
.PP
.SH SECURITY
.PP
A safe interpreter cannot read from the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection because its \fBselection\fR command is hidden.  For this reason the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection cannot be written to the Tk widgets of a safe interpreter.
.PP
A Tk widget can have its option \fB\-exportselection\fR set to boolean \fBtrue\fR, but in a safe interpreter this option has no effect: writing from the widget to the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection is disabled.
.PP
These are security features.  A safe interpreter may run untrusted code, and it is a security risk if this untrusted code can read or write the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection used by other interpreters.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
On X11 platforms, one of the standard selections available is the
\fBSECONDARY\fR selection. Hardly anything uses it, but here is how to read
it using Tk:
.PP
.CS

Changes to doc/spinbox.n.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
\-borderwidth	\-insertborderwidth	\-selectborderwidth
\-cursor	\-insertontime	\-selectforeground
\-exportselection	\-insertwidth	\-takefocus
\-font	\-insertofftime	\-textvariable
\-foreground	\-justify	\-xscrollcommand
\-highlightbackground	\-relief
\-highlightcolor	\-repeatdelay

.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-buttonbackground buttonBackground Background
The background color to be used for the spin buttons.
.OP \-buttoncursor buttonCursor Cursor
The cursor to be used when over the spin buttons.  If this is empty
(the default), a default cursor will be used.







>







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
\-borderwidth	\-insertborderwidth	\-selectborderwidth
\-cursor	\-insertontime	\-selectforeground
\-exportselection	\-insertwidth	\-takefocus
\-font	\-insertofftime	\-textvariable
\-foreground	\-justify	\-xscrollcommand
\-highlightbackground	\-relief
\-highlightcolor	\-repeatdelay
\-placeholder	\-placeholderforeground
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-buttonbackground buttonBackground Background
The background color to be used for the spin buttons.
.OP \-buttoncursor buttonCursor Cursor
The cursor to be used when over the spin buttons.  If this is empty
(the default), a default cursor will be used.

Changes to doc/text.n.

2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164



2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
.IP [28]
Control-o opens a new line by inserting a newline character in front of the
insertion cursor without moving the insertion cursor.
.IP [29]
Meta-backspace and Meta-Delete delete the word to the left of the insertion
cursor.
.IP [30]
Control-x deletes whatever is selected in the text widget after copying it to
the clipboard.
.IP [31]
Control-t reverses the order of the two characters to the right of the
insertion cursor.



.IP [32]
Control-z undoes the last edit action if the \fB\-undo\fR option is true.
Does nothing otherwise.
.IP [33]
Control-Z (or Control-y on Windows) reapplies the last undone edit action if
the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. Does nothing otherwise.
.PP







<
<
<


>
>
>







2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159



2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
.IP [28]
Control-o opens a new line by inserting a newline character in front of the
insertion cursor without moving the insertion cursor.
.IP [29]
Meta-backspace and Meta-Delete delete the word to the left of the insertion
cursor.
.IP [30]



Control-t reverses the order of the two characters to the right of the
insertion cursor.
.IP [31]
Control-x deletes whatever is selected in the text widget after copying it to
the clipboard.
.IP [32]
Control-z undoes the last edit action if the \fB\-undo\fR option is true.
Does nothing otherwise.
.IP [33]
Control-Z (or Control-y on Windows) reapplies the last undone edit action if
the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. Does nothing otherwise.
.PP

Changes to doc/ttk_button.n.

53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

66




































67
68
69
70
71
72
73
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR
Invokes the command associated with the button.
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::button\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard
themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.
.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"
.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR to control the
\fBdisabled\fR state bit. This is a
.QW write-only
option: setting it changes the widget state, but the \fBstate\fR

widget command does not affect the state option.




































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), button(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, default, command
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|
|
|
|
|
<
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64

65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR
Invokes the command associated with the button.
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::button\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard
themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::button\fP is \fBTButton\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBdisabled\fP, \fBpressed\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.

.PP
\fBTButton\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-anchor\fP \fIanchor\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.br
\fB\-highlightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-highlightthickness\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.br
\fB\-shiftrelief\fP \fIamount\fP
.RS
\fB\-shiftrelief\fP specifies how far the button contents are
shifted down and right in the \fIpressed\fP state.
This action provides additional skeumorphic feedback.
.RE
\fB\-width\fP \fIamount\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), button(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, default, command
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_checkbutton.n.

64
65
66
67
68
69
70




























71
72
73
74
75
76
77
or
.QW indeterminate
selection.)
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::checkbutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.




























.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::radiobutton(n), checkbutton(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, toggle, check, option
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
or
.QW indeterminate
selection.)
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::checkbutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::checkbutton\fP is \fBTCheckbutton\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBalternate\fP, \fBdisabled\fP,
\fBpressed\fP, \fBselected\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTCheckbutton\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatormargin\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorrelief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::radiobutton(n), checkbutton(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, toggle, check, option
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_combobox.n.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
...
106
107
108
109
110
111
112













































































113
114
115
116
117
118
119
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::combobox\fR combines a text field with a pop-down list of values;
the user may select the value of the text field from among the
values in the list.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style
.SE
.\" ALSO: Other entry widget options
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
Boolean value.
If set, the widget selection is linked to the X selection.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
................................................................................
.DE
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The combobox widget generates a \fB<<ComboboxSelected>>\fR virtual event
when the user selects an element from the list of values.
If the selection action unposts the listbox,
this event is delivered after the listbox is unposted.













































































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::entry(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
choice, entry, list box, text box, widget
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
...
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::combobox\fR combines a text field with a pop-down list of values;
the user may select the value of the text field from among the
values in the list.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style	\-placeholder
.SE
.\" ALSO: Other entry widget options
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
Boolean value.
If set, the widget selection is linked to the X selection.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
................................................................................
.DE
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The combobox widget generates a \fB<<ComboboxSelected>>\fR virtual event
when the user selects an element from the list of values.
If the selection action unposts the listbox,
this event is delivered after the listbox is unposted.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::combobox\fP is \fBTCombobox\fP.
The \fBttk::combobox\fP uses the \fBentry\fP and
\fBlistbox\fP widgets internally.
The listbox frame has a class name of \fBComboboxPopdownFrame\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBfocus\fP, \fBpressed\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTCombobox\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-focusfill\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
Can only be changed when using non-native and non-graphical themes.
.RE
\fB\-insertwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-postoffset\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-selectbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
Text entry select background.
.RE
\fB\-selectforeground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
Text entry select foreground.
.RE
.PP
The \fBttk::combobox\fP popdown listbox cannot be configured using
\fBttk::style\fP nor via the widget \fBconfigure\fP command.  The listbox
can be configured using the option database.
.PP
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.background \fIcolor\fP
.br
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.font \fIfont\fP
.br
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.foreground \fIcolor\fP
.br
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.selectBackground \fIcolor\fP
.br
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.selectForeground \fIcolor\fP
.PP
To configure a specific listbox (subject to future change):
.CS
set popdown [ttk::combobox::PopdownWindow .mycombobox]
$popdown.f.l configure \-font \fIfont\fP
.CE
.PP
\fBComboboxPopdownFrame\fP
styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-borderwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::entry(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
choice, entry, list box, text box, widget
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_entry.n.

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
...
457
458
459
460
461
462
463









































464
465
466
467
468
469
470
with the \fB\-textvariable\fR option.
Entry widgets support horizontal scrolling with the
standard \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option and \fBxview\fR widget command.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor
\-font	\-foreground
\-style
\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
A boolean value specifying whether or not
a selection in the widget should be linked to the X selection.
If the selection is exported, then selecting in the widget deselects
the current X selection, selecting outside the widget deselects any
................................................................................
Typically, the text is
.QW grayed-out
in the \fBdisabled\fR state,
and a different background is used in the \fBreadonly\fR state.
.PP
The entry widget sets the \fBinvalid\fR state if revalidation fails,
and clears it whenever validation succeeds.









































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), entry(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
entry, widget, text field
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
...
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
with the \fB\-textvariable\fR option.
Entry widgets support horizontal scrolling with the
standard \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option and \fBxview\fR widget command.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor
\-font	\-foreground
\-style
\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand	\-placeholder
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
A boolean value specifying whether or not
a selection in the widget should be linked to the X selection.
If the selection is exported, then selecting in the widget deselects
the current X selection, selecting outside the widget deselects any
................................................................................
Typically, the text is
.QW grayed-out
in the \fBdisabled\fR state,
and a different background is used in the \fBreadonly\fR state.
.PP
The entry widget sets the \fBinvalid\fR state if revalidation fails,
and clears it whenever validation succeeds.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::entry\fP is \fBTEntry\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBfocus\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTEntry\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
When using the aqua theme (Mac OS X), changes the \fB\-fieldbackground\fP.
.RE
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
Does not work with the aqua theme (Mac OS X).
.br
Some themes use a graphical background and their field background colors cannot be changed.
.RE
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-insertwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.br
\fB\-selectbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-selectborderwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-selectforeground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), entry(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
entry, widget, text field
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_frame.n.

41
42
43
44
45
46
47













48
49
50
51
52
53
54
.PP
Note that if the \fBpack\fR, \fBgrid\fR, or other geometry managers
are used to manage the children of the \fBframe\fR,
by the GM's requested size will normally take precedence
over the \fBframe\fR widget's \fB\-width\fR and \fB\-height\fR options.
\fBpack propagate\fR and \fBgrid propagate\fR can be used
to change this.













.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::labelframe(n), frame(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, frame, container
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
.PP
Note that if the \fBpack\fR, \fBgrid\fR, or other geometry managers
are used to manage the children of the \fBframe\fR,
by the GM's requested size will normally take precedence
over the \fBframe\fR widget's \fB\-width\fR and \fB\-height\fR options.
\fBpack propagate\fR and \fBgrid propagate\fR can be used
to change this.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::frame\fP is \fBTFrame\fP.
.PP
\fBTFrame\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::labelframe(n), frame(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, frame, container
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_label.n.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
..
35
36
37
38
39
40
41



















42
43
44
45
46
.PP
A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image.
The label may be linked to a Tcl variable
to automatically change the displayed text.
.SO ttk_widget
\-anchor	\-class	\-compound	\-cursor
\-font	\-foreground
\-image	\-justify	\-padding	\-style	\-takefocus
\-text	\-textvariable	\-underline
\-width	\-wraplength
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-background frameColor FrameColor
The widget's background color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.
................................................................................
\fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR,
and \fBsunken\fR.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;
see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.



















.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), label(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
..
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
.PP
A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image.
The label may be linked to a Tcl variable
to automatically change the displayed text.
.SO ttk_widget
\-anchor	\-class	\-compound	\-cursor
\-font	\-foreground
\-image	\-justify	\-padding	\-state	\-style	\-takefocus
\-text	\-textvariable	\-underline
\-width	\-wraplength
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-background frameColor FrameColor
The widget's background color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.
................................................................................
\fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR,
and \fBsunken\fR.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;
see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::label\fP is \fBTLabel\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTLabel\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), label(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_labelframe.n.

61
62
63
64
65
66
67








































68
69
70
71
72
73
74
(See \fIttk::frame(n)\fR for further notes on \fB\-width\fR and
\fB\-height\fR).
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;
see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.








































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::frame(n), labelframe(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, frame, container, label, groupbox
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
(See \fIttk::frame(n)\fR for further notes on \fB\-width\fR and
\fB\-height\fR).
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;
see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::labelframe\fP is \fBTLabelframe\fP.
The text label
has a class of \fBTLabelframe.Label\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTLabelframe\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-borderwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-labelmargins\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-labeloutside\fP \fIboolean\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.PP
\fBTLabelframe.Label\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::frame(n), labelframe(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, frame, container, label, groupbox
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_menubutton.n.

41
42
43
44
45
46
47



























48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Menubutton widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::menubutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.



























.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), menu(n), menubutton(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, menu
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
Menubutton widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::menubutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::menubutton\fP is \fBTMenubutton\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBdisabled\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTMenubutton\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-arrowsize\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.br
\fB\-width\fP \fIamount\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), menu(n), menubutton(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, menu
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_notebook.n.

204
205
206
207
208
209
210


















































211
212
213
214
215
216
217
.CS
pack [\fBttk::notebook\fR .nb]
\&.nb add [frame .nb.f1] \-text "First tab"
\&.nb add [frame .nb.f2] \-text "Second tab"
\&.nb select .nb.f2
ttk::notebook::enableTraversal .nb
.CE


















































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), grid(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
pane, tab
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
.CS
pack [\fBttk::notebook\fR .nb]
\&.nb add [frame .nb.f1] \-text "First tab"
\&.nb add [frame .nb.f2] \-text "Second tab"
\&.nb select .nb.f2
ttk::notebook::enableTraversal .nb
.CE
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::notebook\fP is \fBTNotebook\fP.  The tab has
a class name of \fBTNotebook.Tab\fP
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBdisabled\fP, \fBselected\fP.
.PP
\fBTNotebook\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-tabmargins\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-tabposition\fP \fIside\fP
.br
.PP
\fBTNotebook.Tab\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-expand\fP \fIpadding\fP
.RS
Defines how much the tab grows in size.  Usually used with the
\fBselected\fP dynamic state.  \fB\-tabmargins\fP should be
set appropriately so that there is room for the tab growth.
.RE
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), grid(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
pane, tab
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_panedwindow.n.

102
103
104
105
106
107
108








109
110
111
112
113
114



































115
116
117
118
119
Sash positions are further constrained to be between 0
and the total size of the widget.
.\" Full story: "total size" is either the -height (resp -width),
.\" or the actual window height (resp actual window width),
.\" depending on which changed most recently.
Returns the new position of sash number \fIindex\fR.
.\" Full story: new position may be different than the requested position.








.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The panedwindow widget generates an \fB<<EnteredChild>>\fR virtual event on
LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior events, because Tk does not execute binding scripts
for <Leave> events when the pointer crosses from a parent to a child. The
panedwindow widget needs to know when that happens.



































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::notebook(n), panedwindow(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
Sash positions are further constrained to be between 0
and the total size of the widget.
.\" Full story: "total size" is either the -height (resp -width),
.\" or the actual window height (resp actual window width),
.\" depending on which changed most recently.
Returns the new position of sash number \fIindex\fR.
.\" Full story: new position may be different than the requested position.
.PP
The panedwindow widget also supports the following generic \fBttk::widget\fR
widget subcommands (see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details):
.DS
.ta 5.5c 11c
\fBcget\fR	\fBconfigure\fR
\fBinstate\fR	\fBstate\fR
.DE
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The panedwindow widget generates an \fB<<EnteredChild>>\fR virtual event on
LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior events, because Tk does not execute binding scripts
for <Leave> events when the pointer crosses from a parent to a child. The
panedwindow widget needs to know when that happens.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::panedwindow\fP is \fBTPanedwindow\fP.  The
sash has a class name of \fBSash\fP.
.PP
\fBTPanedwindow\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
\fBSash\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-gripcount\fP \fIcount\fP
.br
\fB\-handlepad\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-handlesize\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-sashpad\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-sashrelief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.br
\fB\-sashthickness\fP \fIamount\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::notebook(n), panedwindow(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_progressbar.n.

90
91
92
93
94
95
96





























97
98
99
100
101
\fIpathName \fBstep\fR ?\fIamount\fR?
Increments the \fB\-value\fR by \fIamount\fR.
\fIamount\fR defaults to 1.0 if omitted.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstop\fR
Stop autoincrement mode:
cancels any recurring timer event initiated by \fIpathName \fBstart\fR.





























.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
\fIpathName \fBstep\fR ?\fIamount\fR?
Increments the \fB\-value\fR by \fIamount\fR.
\fIamount\fR defaults to 1.0 if omitted.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstop\fR
Stop autoincrement mode:
cancels any recurring timer event initiated by \fIpathName \fBstart\fR.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::progressbar\fP is \fBTProgressbar\fP.
.PP
\fBTProgressbar\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-maxphase\fP
.RS
For the aqua theme.
.RE
\fB\-period\fP
.RS
For the aqua theme.
.RE
\fB\-troughcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_radiobutton.n.

61
62
63
64
65
66
67




























68
69
70
71
72
73
74
or
.QW indeterminate
selection.)
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::radiobutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.




























.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::checkbutton(n), radiobutton(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, option
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
or
.QW indeterminate
selection.)
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::radiobutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::radiobutton\fP is \fBTRadiobutton\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBalternate\fP, \fBdisabled\fP,
\fBpressed\fP, \fBreadonly\fP, \fBselected\fP.
.PP
\fBTRadiobutton\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatormargin\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorrelief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::checkbutton(n), radiobutton(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, option
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_scale.n.

87
88
89
90
91
92
93





























94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
.PP
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcoords \fR?\fIvalue\fR?
.
Get the coordinates corresponding to \fIvalue\fR, or the coordinates
corresponding to the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option if \fIvalue\fR
is omitted.





























.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), scale(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
scale, slider, trough, widget
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
.PP
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcoords \fR?\fIvalue\fR?
.
Get the coordinates corresponding to \fIvalue\fR, or the coordinates
corresponding to the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option if \fIvalue\fR
is omitted.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::scale\fP is \fBTProgressbar\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP.
.PP
\fBTProgressbar\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-borderwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-groovewidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-sliderwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-troughcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-troughrelief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), scale(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
scale, slider, trough, widget
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_scrollbar.n.

150
151
152
153
154
155
156



























157
158
159
160
161
162
163
text $f.t \-xscrollcommand [list $f.hsb set] \-yscrollcommand [list $f.vsb set]
grid $f.t \-row 0 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew
grid $f.vsb \-row 0 \-column 1 \-sticky nsew
grid $f.hsb \-row 1 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew
grid columnconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1
grid rowconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1
.CE



























.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), scrollbar(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
scrollbar, widget
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
text $f.t \-xscrollcommand [list $f.hsb set] \-yscrollcommand [list $f.vsb set]
grid $f.t \-row 0 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew
grid $f.vsb \-row 0 \-column 1 \-sticky nsew
grid $f.hsb \-row 1 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew
grid columnconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1
grid rowconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1
.CE
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::scrollbar\fP is \fBTScrollbar\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBdisabled\fP.
.PP
\fBTScrollbar\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-troughcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), scrollbar(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
scrollbar, widget
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_separator.n.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31














32
33
34
35
36
37
38
\fBttk::separator\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::separator\fR widget displays a horizontal or vertical separator
bar.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-state
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the separator.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Separator widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.














.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, separator
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
\fBttk::separator\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::separator\fR widget displays a horizontal or vertical separator
bar.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the separator.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Separator widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.
.PP
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::separator\fP is \fBTSeparator\fP.
.PP
\fBTSeparator\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, separator
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_sizegrip.n.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
..
56
57
58
59
60
61
62













63
64
65
66
67
68
69
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::sizegrip\fR widget (also known as a \fIgrow box\fR)
allows the user to resize the containing toplevel window
by pressing and dragging the grip.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-state
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Sizegrip widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.
................................................................................
instead of
.QW "\fBwm geometry ... \fIw\fBx\fIh\fB+\fIx\fB+\fIy\fR" ),
the sizegrip widget will not resize the window.
.PP
\fBttk::sizegrip\fR widgets only support
.QW southeast
resizing.













.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, sizegrip, grow box
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
..
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::sizegrip\fR widget (also known as a \fIgrow box\fR)
allows the user to resize the containing toplevel window
by pressing and dragging the grip.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Sizegrip widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.
................................................................................
instead of
.QW "\fBwm geometry ... \fIw\fBx\fIh\fB+\fIx\fB+\fIy\fR" ),
the sizegrip widget will not resize the window.
.PP
\fBttk::sizegrip\fR widgets only support
.QW southeast
resizing.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::sizegrip\fP is \fBTSizegrip\fP.
.PP
\fBTSizegrip\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, sizegrip, grow box
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_spinbox.n.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42




43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84







































85
86
87
88
89
90
91
A \fBttk::spinbox\fR widget is a \fBttk::entry\fR widget with built-in
up and down buttons that are used to either modify a numeric value or
to select among a set of values. The widget implements all the features
of the \fBttk::entry\fR widget including support of the
\fB\-textvariable\fR option to link the value displayed by the widget
to a Tcl variable.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-style
\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand
.SE
.SO ttk_entry
\-validate	\-validatecommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"







.OP \-from from From
A floating\-point value specifying the lowest value for the spinbox. This is
used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR to set a numerical
range.
.OP \-to to To
A floating\-point value specifying the highest permissible value for the
widget. See also \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.
range.
.OP \-increment increment Increment
A floating\-point value specifying the change in value to be applied each
time one of the widget spin buttons is pressed. The up button applies a
positive increment, the down button applies a negative increment.




.OP \-values values Values
This must be a Tcl list of values. If this option is set then this will
override any range set using the \fB\-from\fR, \fB\-to\fR and
\fB\-increment\fR options. The widget will instead use the values
specified beginning with the first value.
.OP \-wrap wrap Wrap
Must be a proper boolean value.  If on, the spinbox will wrap around the
values of data in the widget.
.OP \-format format Format
Specifies an alternate format to use when setting the string value
when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range.
This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR,
as it will format a floating-point number.
.OP \-command command Command
Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked whenever a spinbutton is invoked.
.SH "INDICES"
.PP
See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about indexing characters.
.SH "VALIDATION"
.PP
See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about using the
\fB\-validate\fR and \fB\-validatecommand\fR options.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The following subcommands are possible for spinbox widgets in addition to
the commands described for the \fBttk::entry\fR widget:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcurrent \fIindex\fR
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the spinbox's current value.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBset \fIvalue\fR
Set the spinbox string to \fIvalue\fR. If a \fB\-format\fR option has
been configured then this format will be applied. If formatting fails
or is not set or the \fB\-values\fR option has been used then the value
is set directly.
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The spinbox widget generates a \fB<<Increment>>\fR virtual event when
the user presses <Up>, and a \fB<<Decrement>>\fR virtual event when the
user presses <Down>.







































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::entry(n), spinbox(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
entry, spinbox, widget, text field
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|
|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>




<
<
<
<




>
>
>
>








<
<
<
<
<
<
<












<
<













>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41




42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57







58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69


70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
A \fBttk::spinbox\fR widget is a \fBttk::entry\fR widget with built-in
up and down buttons that are used to either modify a numeric value or
to select among a set of values. The widget implements all the features
of the \fBttk::entry\fR widget including support of the
\fB\-textvariable\fR option to link the value displayed by the widget
to a Tcl variable.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-state	\-style
\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand	\-placeholder
.SE
.SO ttk_entry
\-validate	\-validatecommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-command command Command
Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked whenever a spinbutton is invoked.
.OP \-format format Format
Specifies an alternate format to use when setting the string value
when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range.
This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR,
as it will format a floating-point number.
.OP \-from from From
A floating\-point value specifying the lowest value for the spinbox. This is
used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR to set a numerical
range.




.OP \-increment increment Increment
A floating\-point value specifying the change in value to be applied each
time one of the widget spin buttons is pressed. The up button applies a
positive increment, the down button applies a negative increment.
.OP \-to to To
A floating\-point value specifying the highest permissible value for the
widget. See also \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.
range.
.OP \-values values Values
This must be a Tcl list of values. If this option is set then this will
override any range set using the \fB\-from\fR, \fB\-to\fR and
\fB\-increment\fR options. The widget will instead use the values
specified beginning with the first value.
.OP \-wrap wrap Wrap
Must be a proper boolean value.  If on, the spinbox will wrap around the
values of data in the widget.







.SH "INDICES"
.PP
See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about indexing characters.
.SH "VALIDATION"
.PP
See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about using the
\fB\-validate\fR and \fB\-validatecommand\fR options.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The following subcommands are possible for spinbox widgets in addition to
the commands described for the \fBttk::entry\fR widget:
.TP


\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the spinbox's current value.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBset \fIvalue\fR
Set the spinbox string to \fIvalue\fR. If a \fB\-format\fR option has
been configured then this format will be applied. If formatting fails
or is not set or the \fB\-values\fR option has been used then the value
is set directly.
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The spinbox widget generates a \fB<<Increment>>\fR virtual event when
the user presses <Up>, and a \fB<<Decrement>>\fR virtual event when the
user presses <Down>.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::spinbox\fP is \fBTSpinbox\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBdisabled\fP, \fBfocus\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTSpinbox\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-arrowsize\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
When using the aqua theme (Mac OS X), changes the \fB\-fieldbackground\fP.
.RE
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
Does not work with the aqua theme (Mac OS X).
.RE
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-selectbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-selectforeground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::entry(n), spinbox(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
entry, spinbox, widget, text field
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_treeview.n.

470
471
472
473
474
475
476


































































477
478
479
480
481
Generated just after setting the focus item to \fB\-open false\fR.
.PP
The \fBfocus\fR and \fBselection\fR widget commands can be used
to determine the affected item or items.
'\" Not yet:
'\" In Tk 8.5, the affected item is also passed as the \fB\-detail\fR field
'\" of the virtual event.


































































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), listbox(n), image(n), bind(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
Generated just after setting the focus item to \fB\-open false\fR.
.PP
The \fBfocus\fR and \fBselection\fR widget commands can be used
to determine the affected item or items.
'\" Not yet:
'\" In Tk 8.5, the affected item is also passed as the \fB\-detail\fR field
'\" of the virtual event.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::treeview\fP is \fBTreeview\fP.
The treeview header class name is \fBHeading\fP.
The treeview item class name is \fBItem\fP.
The treeview cell class name is \fBCell\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBselected\fP.
.PP
\fBTreeview\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-rowheight\fP \fIamount\fP
.RS
The \fB\-rowheight\fP value is not corrected by the \fBtk scaling\fP
value or by the configured font size and must always be set.  Also make
sure that the \fB\-rowheight\fP is large enough to contain any images.
.PP
To adjust the \fB\-rowheight\fP for the Treeview style, use the following code
after \fBtk scaling\fP has been applied.
Note that even if you do not support or change \fBtk scaling\fP
in your program, your users may have it set in their .wishrc.
.RE
.PP
.CS
ttk::style configure Treeview \\
     \-rowheight [expr {[font metrics \fIfont\fP \-linespace] + 2}]
.CE
.PP
\fBHeading\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.br
\fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.PP
\fBItem\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatormargins\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorsize\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.PP
\fBCell\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), listbox(n), image(n), bind(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_widget.n.

144
145
146
147
148
149
150








151



152
153
154
155
156
157
158
in the style.
.OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength
Specifies the maximum line length. The value may have any of the forms
acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is less than or equal
to zero, then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise
the text is split into lines such that no line is longer
than the specified value.








.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"



.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR
to control the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.
This is a write-only option:
setting it changes the widget state,
but the \fBstate\fR widget command
does not affect the \fB\-state\fR option.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>







144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
in the style.
.OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength
Specifies the maximum line length. The value may have any of the forms
acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is less than or equal
to zero, then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise
the text is split into lines such that no line is longer
than the specified value.
.SH "ENTRY OPTIONS"
The following option is supported by entry, spinbox and combobox:
.OP \-placeholder placeHolder PlaceHolder
Specifies a help text string to display if no text is otherwise displayed,
that is when the widget is empty. The placeholder text is displayed using
the values of the \fB\-font\fR and \fB\-justify\fR options. The foreground
color of the placeholder text can be changed using the
\fB\-placeholderforeground\fR style option.
.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"
This option is only available for themed widgets that have
.QW corresponding
traditional Tk widgets.
.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR
to control the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.
This is a write-only option:
setting it changes the widget state,
but the \fBstate\fR widget command
does not affect the \fB\-state\fR option.

Changes to doc/wm.n.

484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491






492
493
494
495
496
497
498
vice versa.
.PP
On X, the images are arranged into the _NET_WM_ICON X property, which
most modern window managers support.  A \fBwm iconbitmap\fR may exist
simultaneously.  It is recommended to use not more than 2 icons, placing
the larger icon first.
.PP
On Macintosh, this currently does nothing.






.RE
.TP
\fBwm iconposition \fIwindow\fR ?\fIx y\fR?
.
If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they are passed to the window
manager as a hint about where to position the icon for \fIwindow\fR.
In this case an empty string is returned.  If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are







|
>
>
>
>
>
>







484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
vice versa.
.PP
On X, the images are arranged into the _NET_WM_ICON X property, which
most modern window managers support.  A \fBwm iconbitmap\fR may exist
simultaneously.  It is recommended to use not more than 2 icons, placing
the larger icon first.
.PP
On Macintosh, the first image called is loaded into an OSX-native icon
format, and becomes the application icon in dialogs, the Dock, and
other contexts. At the
script level the command will accept only the first image passed in the
parameters as support for multiple sizes/resolutions on macOS is outside Tk's
scope. Developers should use the largest icon they can support
(preferably 512 pixels) to ensure smooth rendering on the Mac.
.RE
.TP
\fBwm iconposition \fIwindow\fR ?\fIx y\fR?
.
If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they are passed to the window
manager as a hint about where to position the icon for \fIwindow\fR.
In this case an empty string is returned.  If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are

Changes to generic/tkBind.c.

1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742

1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
....
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
....
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476

		if ((state & modMask) != modMask) {
		    goto nextSequence;
		}
	    }
	    if (psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY) {
		XEvent *firstPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent];
		int timeDiff;


		timeDiff = (Time) firstPtr->xkey.time - eventPtr->xkey.time;
		if ((firstPtr->xkey.x_root
			    < (eventPtr->xkey.x_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.x_root
			    > (eventPtr->xkey.x_root + NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root
			    < (eventPtr->xkey.y_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root
................................................................................
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_TIME:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.time = (Time) number;
	    } else if (flags & PROP) {
		event.general.xproperty.time = (Time) number;
	    } else {
		goto badopt;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_WIDTH:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
    /*
     * We only allow warping if the window is mapped.
     */

    if ((warp != 0) && Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(event.general.xmotion.display);

Tk_Window warpWindow = Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display,
		event.general.xmotion.window);

	if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP)) {
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DoWarp, dispPtr);
	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
	}








|

>
|







 







|

|







 







|







1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
....
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
....
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477

		if ((state & modMask) != modMask) {
		    goto nextSequence;
		}
	    }
	    if (psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY) {
		XEvent *firstPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent];
		long timeDiff;

		timeDiff = ((long)firstPtr->xkey.time -
			    (long)eventPtr->xkey.time);
		if ((firstPtr->xkey.x_root
			    < (eventPtr->xkey.x_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.x_root
			    > (eventPtr->xkey.x_root + NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root
			    < (eventPtr->xkey.y_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root
................................................................................
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_TIME:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.time = number;
	    } else if (flags & PROP) {
		event.general.xproperty.time = number;
	    } else {
		goto badopt;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_WIDTH:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
    /*
     * We only allow warping if the window is mapped.
     */

    if ((warp != 0) && Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(event.general.xmotion.display);

	Tk_Window warpWindow = Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display,
		event.general.xmotion.window);

	if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP)) {
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DoWarp, dispPtr);
	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
	}

Changes to generic/tkBusy.c.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
...
759
760
761
762
763
764
765



766
767
768
769
770
771
772
...
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799

800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
...
821
822
823
824
825
826
827













828
829
830
831
832
833
834
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkBusy.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * Things about the busy system that may be configured. Note that currently on
 * OSX/Aqua, that's nothing at all.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec busyOptionSpecs[] = {
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUSY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Busy, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
#endif
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions defined in this file.
 */

................................................................................
     */

    if (Tk_IsMapped(busyPtr->tkRef)) {
	TkpShowBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    } else {
	TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    }



    return result;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_BusyObjCmd --
................................................................................
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr = &((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->busyTable;
    Busy *busyPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    int index, result = TCL_OK;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"cget", "configure", "current", "forget", "hold", "status", NULL

    };
    enum options {
	BUSY_CGET, BUSY_CONFIGURE, BUSY_CURRENT, BUSY_FORGET, BUSY_HOLD,
	BUSY_STATUS
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "options ?arg arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

................................................................................
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    switch ((enum options) index) {













    case BUSY_CGET:
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {







|
|



<



<







 







>
>
>







 







|
>


|
|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

25
26
27

28
29
30
31
32
33
34
...
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
...
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
...
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkBusy.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * Things about the busy system that may be configured. Note that on some
 * platforms this may or may not have an effect.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec busyOptionSpecs[] = {

    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUSY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Busy, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},

    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions defined in this file.
 */

................................................................................
     */

    if (Tk_IsMapped(busyPtr->tkRef)) {
	TkpShowBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    } else {
	TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    }
    if (result == TCL_OK) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkBusy), -1));
    }
    return result;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_BusyObjCmd --
................................................................................
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr = &((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->busyTable;
    Busy *busyPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    int index, result = TCL_OK;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"busywindow", "cget", "configure", "current", "forget", "hold",
        "status", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	BUSY_BUSYWINDOW, BUSY_CGET, BUSY_CONFIGURE, BUSY_CURRENT, BUSY_FORGET,
	BUSY_HOLD, BUSY_STATUS
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "options ?arg arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

................................................................................
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case BUSY_BUSYWINDOW:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
            return TCL_OK;
	}
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkBusy), -1));
        return TCL_OK;

    case BUSY_CGET:
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {

Changes to generic/tkButton.c.

1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611













1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
....
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705













1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;














    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then just re-establish the trace unless
     * the whole interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
................................................................................
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
ButtonTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Not used. */
    const char *name2,		/* Not used. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (butPtr->flags & BUTTON_DELETED) {
	return NULL;
    }














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|
|









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
....
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ButtonVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then just re-establish the trace unless
     * the whole interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
................................................................................
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
ButtonTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (butPtr->flags & BUTTON_DELETED) {
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (butPtr->textVarNamePtr == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
 	return NULL;
     }
 
    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {

Changes to generic/tkCanvas.c.

264
265
266
267
268
269
270

271
272
273
274
275
276
277
...
801
802
803
804
805
806
807

808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819

820
821
822
823
824
825
826
....
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133








































2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
....
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418














































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv);
static void		CanvasWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static int		ConfigureCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv, int flags);
static void		DestroyCanvas(char *memPtr);

static void		DisplayCanvas(ClientData clientData);
static void		DoItem(Tcl_Obj *accumObj,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Tk_Uid tag);
static void		EventuallyRedrawItem(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static int		FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
................................................................................

    int index;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"addtag",	"bbox",		"bind",		"canvasx",
	"canvasy",	"cget",		"configure",	"coords",
	"create",	"dchars",	"delete",	"dtag",
	"find",		"focus",	"gettags",	"icursor",

	"imove",	"index",	"insert",	"itemcget",
	"itemconfigure",
	"lower",	"move",		"moveto",	"postscript",
	"raise",	"rchars",	"scale",	"scan",
	"select",	"type",		"xview",	"yview",
	NULL
    };
    enum options {
	CANV_ADDTAG,	CANV_BBOX,	CANV_BIND,	CANV_CANVASX,
	CANV_CANVASY,	CANV_CGET,	CANV_CONFIGURE,	CANV_COORDS,
	CANV_CREATE,	CANV_DCHARS,	CANV_DELETE,	CANV_DTAG,
	CANV_FIND,	CANV_FOCUS,	CANV_GETTAGS,	CANV_ICURSOR,

	CANV_IMOVE,	CANV_INDEX,	CANV_INSERT,	CANV_ITEMCGET,
	CANV_ITEMCONFIGURE,
	CANV_LOWER,	CANV_MOVE,	CANV_MOVETO,	CANV_POSTSCRIPT,
	CANV_RAISE,	CANV_RCHARS,	CANV_SCALE,	CANV_SCAN,
	CANV_SELECT,	CANV_TYPE,	CANV_XVIEW,	CANV_YVIEW
    };

................................................................................
			* (Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->inset));
	    }
	    break;
	}
	CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->xOrigin, newY);
	break;
    }








































    }

  done:
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    TagSearchDestroy(searchPtr);
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    Tcl_Release(canvasPtr);
................................................................................
    canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
    Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin, canvasPtr->yOrigin,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin),
	    canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin));
}
 














































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DisplayCanvas --
 *
 *	This function redraws the contents of a canvas window. It is invoked
 *	as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's nothing else







>







 







>












>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
...
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
....
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
....
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv);
static void		CanvasWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static int		ConfigureCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv, int flags);
static void		DestroyCanvas(char *memPtr);
static int              DrawCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp, ClientData clientData, Tk_PhotoHandle photohandle, int subsample, int zoom);
static void		DisplayCanvas(ClientData clientData);
static void		DoItem(Tcl_Obj *accumObj,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Tk_Uid tag);
static void		EventuallyRedrawItem(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static int		FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
................................................................................

    int index;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"addtag",	"bbox",		"bind",		"canvasx",
	"canvasy",	"cget",		"configure",	"coords",
	"create",	"dchars",	"delete",	"dtag",
	"find",		"focus",	"gettags",	"icursor",
        "image",
	"imove",	"index",	"insert",	"itemcget",
	"itemconfigure",
	"lower",	"move",		"moveto",	"postscript",
	"raise",	"rchars",	"scale",	"scan",
	"select",	"type",		"xview",	"yview",
	NULL
    };
    enum options {
	CANV_ADDTAG,	CANV_BBOX,	CANV_BIND,	CANV_CANVASX,
	CANV_CANVASY,	CANV_CGET,	CANV_CONFIGURE,	CANV_COORDS,
	CANV_CREATE,	CANV_DCHARS,	CANV_DELETE,	CANV_DTAG,
	CANV_FIND,	CANV_FOCUS,	CANV_GETTAGS,	CANV_ICURSOR,
        CANV_IMAGE,
	CANV_IMOVE,	CANV_INDEX,	CANV_INSERT,	CANV_ITEMCGET,
	CANV_ITEMCONFIGURE,
	CANV_LOWER,	CANV_MOVE,	CANV_MOVETO,	CANV_POSTSCRIPT,
	CANV_RAISE,	CANV_RCHARS,	CANV_SCALE,	CANV_SCAN,
	CANV_SELECT,	CANV_TYPE,	CANV_XVIEW,	CANV_YVIEW
    };

................................................................................
			* (Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->inset));
	    }
	    break;
	}
	CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->xOrigin, newY);
	break;
    }
    case CANV_IMAGE: {
        Tk_PhotoHandle photohandle;
        int subsample = 1, zoom = 1;

        if (objc < 3 || objc > 5) {
            Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "imagename ?subsample? ?zoom?");
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        if ((photohandle = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]) )) == 0) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        /*
         * If we are given a subsample or a zoom then grab them.
         */

        if (objc >= 4 && Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &subsample) != TCL_OK) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }
        if (objc >= 5 && Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &zoom) != TCL_OK) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        /*
         * Set the image size to zero, which allows the DrawCanvas() function
         * to expand the image automatically when it copies the pixmap into it.
         */

        if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(interp, photohandle, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        result = DrawCanvas(interp, clientData, photohandle, subsample, zoom);
    }
    }

  done:
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    TagSearchDestroy(searchPtr);
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    Tcl_Release(canvasPtr);
................................................................................
    canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
    Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin, canvasPtr->yOrigin,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin),
	    canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin));
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits --
 *
 *      Given a 32 bit pixel mask, we find the position of the lowest bit and the
 *      width of the mask bits.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
*       None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static void
DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(
    unsigned long mask,     /* The pixel mask to examine */
    int *shift,             /* Where to put the shift count (position of lowest bit) */
    int *bits)              /* Where to put the bit count (width of the pixel mask) */
{
    int i;
    
    *shift = 0;
    *bits = 0;
    
    /*
     * Find the lowest '1' bit in the mask.
     */

    for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i) {
        if (mask & 1 << i)
            break;
    }
    if (i < 32) {
        *shift = i;
        
        /*
        * Now find the next '0' bit and the width of the mask.
        */
 
        for ( ; i < 32; ++i) {
            if ((mask & 1 << i) == 0)
                break;
            else
                ++*bits;
        }
        
        /*
        * Limit to the top 8 bits if the mask was wider than 8.
        */

        if (*bits > 8) {
            *shift += *bits - 8;
            *bits = 8;
        }
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawCanvas --
 *
 *      This function draws the contents of a canvas into the given Photo image.
 *      This function is called from the widget "image" subcommand.
 *      The canvas does not need to be mapped (one of it's ancestors must be)
 *      in order for this function to work. 
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      Canvas contents from within the -scrollregion or widget size are rendered
 *      into the Photo. Any errors are left in the result.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#define OVERDRAW_PIXELS 32        /* How much larger we make the pixmap
                                   * that the canvas objects are drawn into */

/* From stackoverflow.com/questions/2100331/c-macro-definition-to-determine-big-endian-or-little-endian-machine */
#define IS_BIG_ENDIAN (*(unsigned short *)"\0\xff" < 0x100)

#define BYTE_SWAP16(n) ((((unsigned short)n)>>8) | (((unsigned short)n)<<8))
#define BYTE_SWAP32(n) (((n>>24)&0x000000FF) | ((n<<8)&0x00FF0000) | ((n>>8)&0x0000FF00) | ((n<<24)&0xFF000000))

static int
DrawCanvas(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,           /* As passed to the widget command, and we will leave errors here */
    ClientData clientData,
    Tk_PhotoHandle photohandle,   /* The photo we are rendering into */
    int subsample,                /* If either subsample or zoom are not 1 then we call Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock() */
    int zoom)
{
    TkCanvas * canvasPtr = clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Display *displayPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock blockPtr = {0};
    Window wid;
    Tk_Item * itemPtr;
    Pixmap pixmap = 0;
    XImage *ximagePtr = NULL;
    Visual *visualPtr;
    GC xgc = 0;
    XGCValues xgcValues;
    int canvasX1, canvasY1, canvasX2, canvasY2, cWidth, cHeight,
        pixmapX1, pixmapY1, pixmapX2, pixmapY2, pmWidth, pmHeight,
        bitsPerPixel, bytesPerPixel, x, y, result = TCL_OK,
        rshift, gshift, bshift, rbits, gbits, bbits;

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    char buffer[128];
#endif

    if ((tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin) == NULL) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "canvas tkwin is NULL!", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

    /*
     * If this canvas is unmapped, then we won't have a window id, so we will
     * try the ancestors of the canvas until we find a window that has a
     * valid window id. The Tk_GetPixmap() call requires a valid window id.
     */

    do {

        if ((displayPtr = Tk_Display(tkwin)) == NULL) {
            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "canvas (or parent) display is NULL!", NULL);
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        if ((wid = Tk_WindowId(tkwin)) != 0) {
            continue;
        }

        if ((tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin)) == NULL) {
            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "canvas has no parent with a valid window id! Is the toplevel window mapped?", NULL);
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

    } while (wid == 0);

    bitsPerPixel = Tk_Depth(tkwin);
    visualPtr = Tk_Visual(tkwin);

    if (subsample == 0) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "subsample cannot be zero", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

    /*
    * Scan through the item list, registering the bounding box for all items
    * that didn't do that for the final coordinates yet. This can be
    * determined by the FORCE_REDRAW flag.
    */

    for (itemPtr = canvasPtr -> firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL; 
            itemPtr = itemPtr -> nextPtr) {
        if (itemPtr -> redraw_flags & FORCE_REDRAW) {
            itemPtr -> redraw_flags &= ~FORCE_REDRAW;
            EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
            itemPtr -> redraw_flags &= ~FORCE_REDRAW;
        }
    }

    /*
     * The DisplayCanvas() function works out the region that needs redrawing,
     * but we don't do this. We grab the whole scrollregion or canvas window
     * area. If we have a defined -scrollregion we use that as the drawing
     * region, otherwise use the canvas window height and width with an origin
     * of 0,0.
     */
    if (canvasPtr->scrollX1 != 0 || canvasPtr->scrollY1 != 0 ||
            canvasPtr->scrollX2 != 0 || canvasPtr->scrollY2 != 0) {

        canvasX1 = canvasPtr->scrollX1;
        canvasY1 = canvasPtr->scrollY1;
        canvasX2 = canvasPtr->scrollX2;
        canvasY2 = canvasPtr->scrollY2;
        cWidth = canvasX2 - canvasX1 + 1;
        cHeight = canvasY2 - canvasY1 + 1;

    } else {

        cWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin);
        cHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin);
        canvasX1 = 0;
        canvasY1 = 0;
        canvasX2 = canvasX1 + cWidth - 1;
        canvasY2 = canvasY1 + cHeight - 1;
    }
    
    /*
     * Allocate a pixmap to draw into. We add OVERDRAW_PIXELS in the same way
     * that DisplayCanvas() does to avoid problems on some systems when objects
     * are being drawn too close to the edge.
     */

    pixmapX1 = canvasX1 - OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pixmapY1 = canvasY1 - OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pixmapX2 = canvasX2 + OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pixmapY2 = canvasY2 + OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pmWidth = pixmapX2 - pixmapX1 + 1;
    pmHeight = pixmapY2 - pixmapY1 + 1;
    if ((pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(displayPtr, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), pmWidth, pmHeight,
            bitsPerPixel)) == 0) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create drawing Pixmap", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

    /*
     * Before we can draw the canvas objects into the pixmap it's background
     * should be filled with canvas background colour.
     */

    xgcValues.function = GXcopy;
    xgcValues.foreground = Tk_3DBorderColor(canvasPtr->bgBorder)->pixel;
    xgc = XCreateGC(displayPtr, pixmap, GCFunction|GCForeground, &xgcValues);
    XFillRectangle(displayPtr,pixmap,xgc,0,0,pmWidth,pmHeight);

    /*
     * Draw all the cavas items into the pixmap
     */

    canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin = pixmapX1;
    canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin = pixmapY1;
    for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
            itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
        if ((itemPtr->x1 >= pixmapX2) || (itemPtr->y1 >= pixmapY2) ||
                (itemPtr->x2 < pixmapX1) || (itemPtr->y2 < pixmapY1)) {
            if (!AlwaysRedraw(itemPtr)) {
                continue;
            }
        }
        if (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN || 
                (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_NULL && canvasPtr->canvas_state
                == TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
            continue;
        }
        ItemDisplay(canvasPtr, itemPtr, pixmap, pixmapX1, pixmapY1, pmWidth,
                pmHeight);
    }
    
    /*
     * Copy the Pixmap into an ZPixmap format XImage so we can copy it across
     * to the photo image. This seems to be the only way to get Pixmap image
     * data out of an image. Note we have to account for the OVERDRAW_PIXELS
     * border width.
     */

    if ((ximagePtr = XGetImage(displayPtr, pixmap, -pixmapX1, -pixmapY1, cWidth,
            cHeight, AllPlanes, ZPixmap)) == NULL) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to copy Pixmap to XImage", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }
    
#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ximagePtr {", NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->width);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " width ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->height);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " height ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->xoffset); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " xoffset ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->format);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " format ", buffer, NULL);
                                             Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ximagePtr->data", NULL);
    if (ximagePtr->data != NULL) {
	int ix, iy;

        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
	for (iy = 0; iy < ximagePtr->height; ++ iy) {
	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
	    for (ix = 0; ix < ximagePtr->bytes_per_line; ++ ix) {
	        if (ix > 0) {
                    if (ix % 4 == 0)
                        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-", NULL);
                    else
                        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", NULL);
                }
	        sprintf(buffer,"%2.2x",ximagePtr->data[ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * iy + ix]&0xFF);
	        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
	    }
	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
	}
	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
    } else
	sprintf(buffer," NULL");
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->byte_order);       Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " byte_order ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bitmap_unit);      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bitmap_unit ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bitmap_bit_order); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bitmap_bit_order ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bitmap_pad);       Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bitmap_pad ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->depth);            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " depth ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bytes_per_line);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bytes_per_line ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bits_per_pixel ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",ximagePtr->red_mask);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " red_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",ximagePtr->green_mask); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " green_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",ximagePtr->blue_mask);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " blue_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
    
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\nvisualPtr {", NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",visualPtr->red_mask);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " red_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",visualPtr->green_mask); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " green_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",visualPtr->blue_mask);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " blue_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
    
#endif

    /*
     * Fill in the PhotoImageBlock structure abd allocate a block of memory
     * for the converted image data. Note we allocate an alpha channel even
     * though we don't use one, because this layout helps Tk_PhotoPutBlock()
     * use memcpy() instead of the slow pixel or line copy.
     */

    blockPtr.width = cWidth;
    blockPtr.height = cHeight;
    blockPtr.pixelSize = 4;
    blockPtr.pitch = blockPtr.pixelSize * blockPtr.width;
    blockPtr.offset[0] = 0;
    blockPtr.offset[1] = 1;
    blockPtr.offset[2] = 2;
    blockPtr.offset[3] = 3;
    blockPtr.pixelPtr = ckalloc(blockPtr.pixelSize * blockPtr.height * blockPtr.width);

    /*
     * Now convert the image data pixel by pixel from XImage to 32bit RGBA
     * format suitable for Tk_PhotoPutBlock().
     */

    DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(visualPtr->red_mask,&rshift,&rbits);
    DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(visualPtr->green_mask,&gshift,&gbits);
    DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(visualPtr->blue_mask,&bshift,&bbits);

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",rshift); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\nbits { rshift ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",gshift); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " gshift ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",bshift); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bshift ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",rbits);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " rbits ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",gbits);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " gbits ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",bbits);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bbits ", buffer, " }", NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\nConverted_image {", NULL);
#endif

    /* Ok, had to use ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel here and in the switch (...)
     * below to get this to work on Windows. X11 correctly sets the bitmap
     *_pad and bitmap_unit fields to 32, but on Windows they are 0 and 8
     * respectively!
     */

    bytesPerPixel = ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel/8;
    for (y = 0; y < blockPtr.height; ++y) {

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
#endif

        for(x = 0; x < blockPtr.width; ++x) {
            unsigned long pixel = 0;

            switch (ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel) {

                /*
                 * Get an 8 bit pixel from the XImage.
                 */

                case 8 :
                    pixel = *((unsigned char *)(ximagePtr->data + bytesPerPixel * x
                            + ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * y));
                    break;

                /*
                 * Get a 16 bit pixel from the XImage, and correct the
                 * byte order as necessary.
                 */

                case 16 :
                    pixel = *((unsigned short *)(ximagePtr->data + bytesPerPixel * x
                            + ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * y));
                    if ((IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == LSBFirst)
                            || (!IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == MSBFirst))
                        pixel = BYTE_SWAP16(pixel);
                    break;

                /*
                 * Grab a 32 bit pixel from the XImage, and correct the
                 * byte order as necessary.
                 */

                case 32 :
                    pixel = *((unsigned long *)(ximagePtr->data + bytesPerPixel * x
                            + ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * y));
                    if ((IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == LSBFirst)
                            || (!IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == MSBFirst))
                        pixel = BYTE_SWAP32(pixel);
                    break;
            }

            /*
             * We have a pixel with the correct byte order, so pull out the
             * colours and place them in the photo block. Perhaps we could
             * just not bother with the alpha byte because we are using
             * TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET later?
             * ***Windows: We have to swap the red and blue values. The
             * XImage storage is B - G - R - A which becomes a 32bit ARGB
             * quad. However the visual mask is a 32bit ABGR quad. And
             * Tk_PhotoPutBlock() wants R-G-B-A which is a 32bit ABGR quad.
             * If the visual mask was correct there would be no need to
             * swap anything here.
             */

#ifdef _WIN32
#define   R_OFFSET 2
#define   B_OFFSET 0
#else
#define   R_OFFSET 0
#define   B_OFFSET 2
#endif
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x + R_OFFSET] =
                    (unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->red_mask) >> rshift);
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x +1] =
                    (unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->green_mask) >> gshift);
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x + B_OFFSET] =
                    (unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->blue_mask) >> bshift);
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x +3] = 0xFF;

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
            {
		int ix;
                if (x > 0)
                    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-", NULL);
	        for (ix = 0; ix < 4; ++ix) {
                    if (ix > 0)
                        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", NULL);
		    sprintf(buffer,"%2.2x",blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y
                            + blockPtr.pixelSize * x + ix]&0xFF);
                    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
                }
            }
#endif

        }

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
#endif

    }

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
#endif

    /*
     * Now put the copied pixmap into the photo.
     * If either zoom or subsample are not 1, we use the zoom function.
     */

    if (subsample != 1 || zoom != 1) {
        if ((result = Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(interp, photohandle, &blockPtr,
                0, 0, cWidth * zoom / subsample, cHeight * zoom / subsample,
                zoom, zoom, subsample, subsample, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET))
                != TCL_OK) {
            goto done;
        }
    } else {
        if ((result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, photohandle, &blockPtr, 0, 0,
            cWidth, cHeight, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET)) != TCL_OK) {
            goto done;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Clean up anything we have allocated and exit.
     */

done:
    if (blockPtr.pixelPtr)
        ckfree(blockPtr.pixelPtr);
    if (pixmap)
        Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), pixmap);
    if (ximagePtr)
        XDestroyImage(ximagePtr);
    if (xgc)
        XFreeGC(displayPtr,xgc);
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DisplayCanvas --
 *
 *	This function redraws the contents of a canvas window. It is invoked
 *	as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's nothing else

Changes to generic/tkCmds.c.

97
98
99
100
101
102
103

104
105
106
107
108
109
110
...
124
125
126
127
128
129
130

131
132
133
134
135

136
137
138
139
140
141
142
{
    static const char *const bellOptions[] = {
	"-displayof", "-nice", NULL
    };
    enum options { TK_BELL_DISPLAYOF, TK_BELL_NICE };
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    int i, index, nice = 0;


    if (objc > 4) {
    wrongArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-displayof window? ?-nice?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

................................................................................
	    }
	    break;
	case TK_BELL_NICE:
	    nice = 1;
	    break;
	}
    }

    XBell(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0);
    if (!nice) {
	XForceScreenSaver(Tk_Display(tkwin), ScreenSaverReset);
    }
    XFlush(Tk_Display(tkwin));

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_BindObjCmd --







>







 







>





>







97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
...
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
{
    static const char *const bellOptions[] = {
	"-displayof", "-nice", NULL
    };
    enum options { TK_BELL_DISPLAYOF, TK_BELL_NICE };
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    int i, index, nice = 0;
    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;

    if (objc > 4) {
    wrongArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-displayof window? ?-nice?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

................................................................................
	    }
	    break;
	case TK_BELL_NICE:
	    nice = 1;
	    break;
	}
    }
    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Tk_Display(tkwin), -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
    XBell(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0);
    if (!nice) {
	XForceScreenSaver(Tk_Display(tkwin), ScreenSaverReset);
    }
    XFlush(Tk_Display(tkwin));
    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_BindObjCmd --

Changes to generic/tkConfig.c.

1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
	    Tk_FreeFontFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_STYLE:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    Tk_FreeStyle(*((Tk_Style *) internalPtr));
	    *((Tk_Style *) internalPtr) = NULL;
	} else if (objPtr != NULL) {
	    Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(objPtr);
	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_BITMAP:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    if (*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) != None) {
		Tk_FreeBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), *((Pixmap *) internalPtr));
		*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) = None;







<
<







1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644


1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
	    Tk_FreeFontFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_STYLE:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    Tk_FreeStyle(*((Tk_Style *) internalPtr));
	    *((Tk_Style *) internalPtr) = NULL;


	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_BITMAP:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    if (*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) != None) {
		Tk_FreeBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), *((Pixmap *) internalPtr));
		*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) = None;

Changes to generic/tkDecls.h.

1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740





1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_Init
#undef Tk_SafeInit
#undef Tk_CreateConsoleWindow

#undef Tk_FreeXId
#define Tk_FreeXId(display,xid)






#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
#   define Tk_MainEx Tk_MainExW
    EXTERN void Tk_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
	    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif








>
>
>
>
>







1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_Init
#undef Tk_SafeInit
#undef Tk_CreateConsoleWindow

#undef Tk_FreeXId
#define Tk_FreeXId(display,xid)
#undef Tk_GetStyleFromObj
#undef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj(obj) Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(NULL, obj)
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(obj) /* no-op */


#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
#   define Tk_MainEx Tk_MainExW
    EXTERN void Tk_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
	    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif

Changes to generic/tkEntry.c.

114
115
116
117
118
119
120






121
122
123
124
125
126
127
...
254
255
256
257
258
259
260






261
262
263
264
265
266
267
...
532
533
534
535
536
537
538


539
540
541
542
543
544
545
...
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890

891
892
893
894
895
896
897
....
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
....
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280

1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
....
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488










1489
1490
1491


1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
....
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738

1739
1740
1741





1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
....
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952




















































1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
....
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750

2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
....
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817

2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
....
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870

2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
....
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147













3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
....
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644


3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
....
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039

4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},






    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
	"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
................................................................................
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},






    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
	"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
................................................................................
    entryPtr->displayString	= entryPtr->string;
    entryPtr->inset		= XPAD;
    entryPtr->textGC		= None;
    entryPtr->selTextGC		= None;
    entryPtr->highlightGC	= None;
    entryPtr->avgWidth		= 1;
    entryPtr->validate		= VALIDATE_NONE;



    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the entry,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);
................................................................................
		entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
		entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
		entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
	    }
	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
		    && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) {

		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	    }
	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
	    break;

................................................................................
    }

    /*
     * Store old values that we need to effect certain behavior if they change
     * value.
     */

    oldExport = entryPtr->exportSelection;
    if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
	oldValues = sbPtr->valueStr;
	oldFormat = sbPtr->reqFormat;
	oldFrom = sbPtr->fromValue;
	oldTo = sbPtr->toValue;
    }

................................................................................
	}

	/*
	 * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it.
	 */

	if (entryPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)

		&& (entryPtr->selectFirst != -1)
		&& !(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
	    Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		    entryPtr);
	    entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	}

................................................................................
    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->textGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC);
    }
    entryPtr->textGC = gc;











    if (entryPtr->selFgColorPtr != NULL) {
	gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->selFgColorPtr->pixel;


    }
    gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(entryPtr->tkfont);
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->selTextGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC);
    }
................................................................................
    }

    /*
     * Draw the text in two pieces: first the unselected portion, then the
     * selected portion on top of it.
     */


    Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->textGC,
	    entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY,
	    entryPtr->leftIndex, entryPtr->numChars);






    if (showSelection && (entryPtr->state != STATE_DISABLED)
	    && (entryPtr->selTextGC != entryPtr->textGC)
	    && (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->selectLast)) {
	int selFirst;

	if (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->leftIndex) {
................................................................................

	for (i = entryPtr->numChars; --i >= 0; ) {
	    memcpy(p, buf, size);
	    p += size;
	}
	*p = '\0';
    }





















































    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout);
    entryPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	    entryPtr->displayString, entryPtr->numChars, 0,
	    entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, &totalLength, &height);

    entryPtr->layoutY = (Tk_Height(entryPtr->tkwin) - height) / 2;
................................................................................
{
    int newFirst, newLast;

    /*
     * Grab the selection if we don't own it already.
     */

    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) {

	Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		entryPtr);
	entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
    }

    /*
     * Pick new starting and ending points for the selection.
................................................................................
				 * not including terminating NUL character. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    int byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if ((entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) || !(entryPtr->exportSelection)) {

	return -1;
    }
    string = entryPtr->displayString;
    selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->selectFirst);
    selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
	    entryPtr->selectLast - entryPtr->selectFirst);
    byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;
................................................................................
     * On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for the
     * next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, we need to clear the
     * selection since it is always visible.
     * This is controlled by ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection.
     */

    if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(entryPtr->tkwin)
	    && (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) && entryPtr->exportSelection) {

	entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
	entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
    }
}
 
/*
................................................................................
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
EntryTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Not used. */
    const char *name2,		/* Not used. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;

    if (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) {
	/*
	 * Just abort early if we entered here while being deleted.
	 */
	return NULL;
    }














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
................................................................................
    sbPtr->fromValue		= 0.0;
    sbPtr->toValue		= 100.0;
    sbPtr->increment		= 1.0;
    sbPtr->formatBuf		= ckalloc(TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE);
    sbPtr->bdRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
    sbPtr->buRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;



    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the spinbox,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);

................................................................................
		entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
		entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
		entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
	    }
	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
		    && entryPtr->exportSelection) {

		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	    }
	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
	    break;








>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>







 







|
>







 







|







 







>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



>
>







 







>
|


>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|
>







 







|
>







 







|
>







 







|
|











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>







 







|
>







114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
...
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
...
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
...
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
....
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
....
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
....
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
....
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
....
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
....
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
....
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
....
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
....
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
....
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
....
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-placeholder", "placeHolder", "PlaceHolder",
	DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDER, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, placeholderString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-placeholderforeground", "placeholderForeground",
        "PlaceholderForeground", DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDERFG, -1,
        Tk_Offset(Entry, placeholderColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
	"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
................................................................................
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-placeholder", "placeHolder", "PlaceHolder",
	DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDER, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, placeholderString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-placeholderforeground", "placeholderForeground",
        "PlaceholderForeground", DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDERFG, -1,
        Tk_Offset(Entry, placeholderColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
	"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
................................................................................
    entryPtr->displayString	= entryPtr->string;
    entryPtr->inset		= XPAD;
    entryPtr->textGC		= None;
    entryPtr->selTextGC		= None;
    entryPtr->highlightGC	= None;
    entryPtr->avgWidth		= 1;
    entryPtr->validate		= VALIDATE_NONE;

    entryPtr->placeholderGC	= None;

    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the entry,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);
................................................................................
		entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
		entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
		entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
	    }
	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
		    && (entryPtr->exportSelection)
		    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	    }
	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
	    break;

................................................................................
    }

    /*
     * Store old values that we need to effect certain behavior if they change
     * value.
     */

    oldExport = (entryPtr->exportSelection) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp));
    if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
	oldValues = sbPtr->valueStr;
	oldFormat = sbPtr->reqFormat;
	oldFrom = sbPtr->fromValue;
	oldTo = sbPtr->toValue;
    }

................................................................................
	}

	/*
	 * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it.
	 */

	if (entryPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)
		&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))
		&& (entryPtr->selectFirst != -1)
		&& !(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
	    Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		    entryPtr);
	    entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	}

................................................................................
    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->textGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC);
    }
    entryPtr->textGC = gc;

    if (entryPtr->placeholderColorPtr != NULL) {
	gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->placeholderColorPtr->pixel;
    }
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->placeholderGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->placeholderGC);
    }
    entryPtr->placeholderGC = gc;

    if (entryPtr->selFgColorPtr != NULL) {
	gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->selFgColorPtr->pixel;
    } else {
        gcValues.foreground = colorPtr->pixel;
    }
    gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(entryPtr->tkfont);
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->selTextGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC);
    }
................................................................................
    }

    /*
     * Draw the text in two pieces: first the unselected portion, then the
     * selected portion on top of it.
     */

    if ((entryPtr->numChars != 0) || (entryPtr->placeholderChars == 0)) {
        Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->textGC,
	    entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY,
	    entryPtr->leftIndex, entryPtr->numChars);
    } else {
	Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->placeholderGC,
	    entryPtr->placeholderLayout, entryPtr->placeholderX, entryPtr->layoutY,
	    entryPtr->placeholderLeftIndex, entryPtr->placeholderChars);
    }

    if (showSelection && (entryPtr->state != STATE_DISABLED)
	    && (entryPtr->selTextGC != entryPtr->textGC)
	    && (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->selectLast)) {
	int selFirst;

	if (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->leftIndex) {
................................................................................

	for (i = entryPtr->numChars; --i >= 0; ) {
	    memcpy(p, buf, size);
	    p += size;
	}
	*p = '\0';
    }

    /* Recompute layout of placeholder text.
     * Only the placeholderX and placeholderLeftIndex value is needed.
     * We use the same font so we can use the layoutY value from below.
     */

    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->placeholderLayout);
    if (entryPtr->placeholderString) {
        entryPtr->placeholderChars = strlen(entryPtr->placeholderString);
        entryPtr->placeholderLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	        entryPtr->placeholderString, entryPtr->placeholderChars, 0,
	        entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, &totalLength, NULL);
	overflow = totalLength -
	        (Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - 2*entryPtr->inset - entryPtr->xWidth);
	if (overflow <= 0) {
	    entryPtr->placeholderLeftIndex = 0;
	    if (entryPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
		entryPtr->placeholderX = entryPtr->inset;
	    } else if (entryPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) {
		entryPtr->placeholderX = Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset
		        - entryPtr->xWidth - totalLength;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->placeholderX = (Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin)
		        - entryPtr->xWidth - totalLength)/2;
	    }
    	} else {

	    /*
	     * The whole string can't fit in the window. Compute the maximum
	     * number of characters that may be off-screen to the left without
	     * leaving empty space on the right of the window, then don't let
	     * placeholderLeftIndex be any greater than that.
	     */

	    maxOffScreen = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->placeholderLayout, overflow, 0);
	    Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->placeholderLayout, maxOffScreen,
		&rightX, NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    if (rightX < overflow) {
		maxOffScreen++;
	    }
	    entryPtr->placeholderLeftIndex = maxOffScreen;
	    Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->placeholderLayout, entryPtr->placeholderLeftIndex, &rightX,
		NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    entryPtr->placeholderX = entryPtr->inset -rightX;
        }
    } else {
        entryPtr->placeholderChars = 0;
        entryPtr->placeholderLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	        entryPtr->placeholderString, 0, 0,
	        entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, NULL, NULL);
	entryPtr->placeholderX = entryPtr->inset;
    }

    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout);
    entryPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	    entryPtr->displayString, entryPtr->numChars, 0,
	    entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, &totalLength, &height);

    entryPtr->layoutY = (Tk_Height(entryPtr->tkwin) - height) / 2;
................................................................................
{
    int newFirst, newLast;

    /*
     * Grab the selection if we don't own it already.
     */

    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) && (entryPtr->exportSelection)
	    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
	Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		entryPtr);
	entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
    }

    /*
     * Pick new starting and ending points for the selection.
................................................................................
				 * not including terminating NUL character. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    int byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if ((entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) || (!entryPtr->exportSelection)
	    || Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp)) {
	return -1;
    }
    string = entryPtr->displayString;
    selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->selectFirst);
    selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
	    entryPtr->selectLast - entryPtr->selectFirst);
    byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;
................................................................................
     * On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for the
     * next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, we need to clear the
     * selection since it is always visible.
     * This is controlled by ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection.
     */

    if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(entryPtr->tkwin)
	    && (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) && entryPtr->exportSelection
	    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
	entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
	entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
    }
}
 
/*
................................................................................
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
EntryTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;

    if (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) {
	/*
	 * Just abort early if we entered here while being deleted.
	 */
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (entryPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    EntryTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
 	return NULL;
     }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
................................................................................
    sbPtr->fromValue		= 0.0;
    sbPtr->toValue		= 100.0;
    sbPtr->increment		= 1.0;
    sbPtr->formatBuf		= ckalloc(TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE);
    sbPtr->bdRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
    sbPtr->buRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;

    entryPtr->placeholderGC	= None;

    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the spinbox,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);

................................................................................
		entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
		entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
		entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
	    }
	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
		    && entryPtr->exportSelection
		    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	    }
	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
	    break;

Changes to generic/tkEntry.h.

124
125
126
127
128
129
130













131
132
133
134
135
136
137
...
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
				 * scrollbar(s). Malloc'ed. NULL means no
				 * command to issue. */
    char *showChar;		/* Value of -show option. If non-NULL, first
				 * character is used for displaying all
				 * characters in entry. Malloc'ed. This is
				 * only used by the Entry widget. */














    /*
     * Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the
     * configuration settings above.
     */

    const char *displayString;	/* String to use when displaying. This may be
				 * a pointer to string, or a pointer to
................................................................................
				 * multiple of this value. */
    char *formatBuf;		/* string into which to format value.
				 * Malloc'ed. */
    char *reqFormat;		/* Sprintf conversion specifier used for the
				 * value that the users requests. Malloc'ed */
    char *valueFormat;		/* Sprintf conversion specifier used for the
				 * value. */
    char digitFormat[10];	/* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from
				 * digits and other information; used for the
				 * value. */

    char *valueStr;		/* Values List. Malloc'ed. */
    Tcl_Obj *listObj;		/* Pointer to the list object being used */
    int eIndex;			/* Holds the current index into elements */
    int nElements;		/* Holds the current count of elements */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
...
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
				 * scrollbar(s). Malloc'ed. NULL means no
				 * command to issue. */
    char *showChar;		/* Value of -show option. If non-NULL, first
				 * character is used for displaying all
				 * characters in entry. Malloc'ed. This is
				 * only used by the Entry widget. */

    /*
     * Fields used in displaying help text if entry value is empty
     */

    Tk_TextLayout placeholderLayout;/* Cached placeholder text layout information. */
    char *placeholderString;	/* String value of placeholder. */
    int placeholderChars;	/* Number of chars in placeholder. */
    XColor *placeholderColorPtr;/* Color value of placeholder foreground. */
    GC placeholderGC;		/* For drawing placeholder text. */
    int placeholderX;		/* Origin for layout. */
    int placeholderLeftIndex;	/* Character index of left-most character
				 * visible in window. */

    /*
     * Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the
     * configuration settings above.
     */

    const char *displayString;	/* String to use when displaying. This may be
				 * a pointer to string, or a pointer to
................................................................................
				 * multiple of this value. */
    char *formatBuf;		/* string into which to format value.
				 * Malloc'ed. */
    char *reqFormat;		/* Sprintf conversion specifier used for the
				 * value that the users requests. Malloc'ed */
    char *valueFormat;		/* Sprintf conversion specifier used for the
				 * value. */
    char digitFormat[16];	/* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from
				 * digits and other information; used for the
				 * value. */

    char *valueStr;		/* Values List. Malloc'ed. */
    Tcl_Obj *listObj;		/* Pointer to the list object being used */
    int eIndex;			/* Holds the current index into elements */
    int nElements;		/* Holds the current count of elements */

Changes to generic/tkError.c.

78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
...
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
...
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172









173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
...
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
				 * request code (-1 means consider all minor
				 * codes). */
    Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc,	/* Procedure to invoke when a matching error
				 * occurs. NULL means just ignore matching
				 * errors. */
    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary value to pass to errorProc. */
{
    register TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
    register TkDisplay *dispPtr;

    /*
     * Find the display. If Tk doesn't know about this display then it's an
     * error: panic.
     */

    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
................................................................................
 */

void
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(
    Tk_ErrorHandler handler)	/* Token for handler to delete; was previous
				 * return value from Tk_CreateErrorHandler. */
{
    register TkErrorHandler *errorPtr = (TkErrorHandler *) handler;
    register TkDisplay *dispPtr = errorPtr->dispPtr;

    errorPtr->lastRequest = NextRequest(dispPtr->display) - 1;

    /*
     * Every once-in-a-while, cleanup handlers that are no longer active. We
     * probably won't be able to free the handler that was just deleted (need
     * to wait for any outstanding requests to be processed by server), but
................................................................................
     * errors that might occur while the dead handlers are hanging around, but
     * reduces the overhead of scanning the list to clean up (particularly if
     * there are many handlers that stay around forever).
     */

    dispPtr->deleteCount += 1;
    if (dispPtr->deleteCount >= 10) {
	register TkErrorHandler *prevPtr;
	TkErrorHandler *nextPtr;
	int lastSerial;










	dispPtr->deleteCount = 0;
	lastSerial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(dispPtr->display);
	errorPtr = dispPtr->errorPtr;
	for (prevPtr = NULL; errorPtr != NULL; errorPtr = nextPtr) {
	    nextPtr = errorPtr->nextPtr;
	    if ((errorPtr->lastRequest != (unsigned long) -1)
		    && (errorPtr->lastRequest <= (unsigned long) lastSerial)) {
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->errorPtr = nextPtr;
................................................................................
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ErrorProc(
    Display *display,		/* Display for which error occurred. */
    register XErrorEvent *errEventPtr)
				/* Information about error. */
{
    register TkDisplay *dispPtr;
    register TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;

    /*
     * See if we know anything about the display. If not, then invoke the
     * default error handler.
     */

    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);







|
|







 







|
|







 







|

|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<







 







|


|
|







78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
...
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
...
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182

183
184
185
186
187
188
189
...
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
				 * request code (-1 means consider all minor
				 * codes). */
    Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc,	/* Procedure to invoke when a matching error
				 * occurs. NULL means just ignore matching
				 * errors. */
    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary value to pass to errorProc. */
{
    TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr;

    /*
     * Find the display. If Tk doesn't know about this display then it's an
     * error: panic.
     */

    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
................................................................................
 */

void
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(
    Tk_ErrorHandler handler)	/* Token for handler to delete; was previous
				 * return value from Tk_CreateErrorHandler. */
{
    TkErrorHandler *errorPtr = (TkErrorHandler *) handler;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = errorPtr->dispPtr;

    errorPtr->lastRequest = NextRequest(dispPtr->display) - 1;

    /*
     * Every once-in-a-while, cleanup handlers that are no longer active. We
     * probably won't be able to free the handler that was just deleted (need
     * to wait for any outstanding requests to be processed by server), but
................................................................................
     * errors that might occur while the dead handlers are hanging around, but
     * reduces the overhead of scanning the list to clean up (particularly if
     * there are many handlers that stay around forever).
     */

    dispPtr->deleteCount += 1;
    if (dispPtr->deleteCount >= 10) {
	TkErrorHandler *prevPtr;
	TkErrorHandler *nextPtr;
	int lastSerial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(dispPtr->display);

	/*
	 * Last chance to catch errors for this handler: if no event/error
	 * processing took place to follow up the end of this error handler
	 * we need a round trip with the X server now.
	 */

	if (errorPtr->lastRequest > (unsigned long) lastSerial) {
	    XSync(dispPtr->display, False);
	}
	dispPtr->deleteCount = 0;

	errorPtr = dispPtr->errorPtr;
	for (prevPtr = NULL; errorPtr != NULL; errorPtr = nextPtr) {
	    nextPtr = errorPtr->nextPtr;
	    if ((errorPtr->lastRequest != (unsigned long) -1)
		    && (errorPtr->lastRequest <= (unsigned long) lastSerial)) {
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->errorPtr = nextPtr;
................................................................................
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ErrorProc(
    Display *display,		/* Display for which error occurred. */
    XErrorEvent *errEventPtr)
				/* Information about error. */
{
    TkDisplay *dispPtr;
    TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;

    /*
     * See if we know anything about the display. If not, then invoke the
     * default error handler.
     */

    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);

Changes to generic/tkFont.c.

347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tkFontObjType = {
    "font",			/* name */
    FreeFontObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupFontObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetFontFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFontPkgInit --
 *







|







347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tkFontObjType = {
    "font",			/* name */
    FreeFontObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupFontObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFontPkgInit --
 *

Changes to generic/tkGrid.c.

2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877

2878
2879
2880

2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
....
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
....
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086

3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
	    if (!(gridPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
		gridPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
		gridPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr->masterPtr);
	    }
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	register Gridder *gridPtr2, *nextPtr;

	if (gridPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
	    Unlink(gridPtr);
	}
	for (gridPtr2 = gridPtr->slavePtr; gridPtr2 != NULL;
		gridPtr2 = nextPtr) {

	    Tk_UnmapWindow(gridPtr2->tkwin);
	    gridPtr2->masterPtr = NULL;
	    nextPtr = gridPtr2->nextPtr;

	    gridPtr2->nextPtr = NULL;
	}
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable,
		(char *) gridPtr->tkwin));
	if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
	gridPtr->tkwin = NULL;
................................................................................
    } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
	if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
		&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
	    gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
	register Gridder *gridPtr2;

	for (gridPtr2 = gridPtr->slavePtr; gridPtr2 != NULL;
		gridPtr2 = gridPtr2->nextPtr) {
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(gridPtr2->tkwin);
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    defaultRow = tmp;
	}
    }

    /*
     * If no -row is given, use the first unoccupied row of the master.

     */

    if (defaultRow < 0) {
	if (masterPtr != NULL && masterPtr->masterDataPtr != NULL) {
	    SetGridSize(masterPtr);
	    defaultRow = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowEnd;
	} else {







|




|
|
>
|
|
<
>
|







 







|

|
|
|







 







|
>







2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880

2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
....
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
....
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
	    if (!(gridPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
		gridPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
		gridPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr->masterPtr);
	    }
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	register Gridder *slavePtr, *nextPtr;

	if (gridPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
	    Unlink(gridPtr);
	}
	for (slavePtr = gridPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
		slavePtr = nextPtr) {
	    Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;

	    nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
	    slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
	}
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable,
		(char *) gridPtr->tkwin));
	if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
	gridPtr->tkwin = NULL;
................................................................................
    } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
	if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
		&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
	    gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
	register Gridder *slavePtr;

	for (slavePtr = gridPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    defaultRow = tmp;
	}
    }

    /*
     * If no -row is given, use the next row after the highest occupied row
     * of the master.
     */

    if (defaultRow < 0) {
	if (masterPtr != NULL && masterPtr->masterDataPtr != NULL) {
	    SetGridSize(masterPtr);
	    defaultRow = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowEnd;
	} else {

Changes to generic/tkImgPNG.c.

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
...
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
    0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 2, 0, 1
};

/*
 * Chunk type flags.
 */

#define PNG_CF_ANCILLARY 0x10000000L	/* Non-critical chunk (can ignore). */
#define PNG_CF_PRIVATE   0x00100000L	/* Application-specific chunk. */
#define PNG_CF_RESERVED  0x00001000L	/* Not used. */
#define PNG_CF_COPYSAFE  0x00000010L	/* Opaque data safe for copying. */

/*
 * Chunk types, not all of which have support implemented. Note that there are
 * others in the official extension set which we will never support (as they
................................................................................
		if (chunkType & PNG_INT32(128,128,128,128)) {
		    /*
		     * No nice ASCII conversion; shouldn't happen either, but
		     * we'll be doubly careful.
		     */

		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "encountered an unsupported criticial chunk type",
			    -1));
		} else {
		    char typeString[5];

		    typeString[0] = (char) ((chunkType >> 24) & 255);
		    typeString[1] = (char) ((chunkType >> 16) & 255);
		    typeString[2] = (char) ((chunkType >> 8) & 255);
		    typeString[3] = (char) (chunkType & 255);
		    typeString[4] = '\0';
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "encountered an unsupported criticial chunk type"
			    " \"%s\"", typeString));
		}
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG",
			"UNSUPPORTED_CRITICAL", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }








|







 







|










|







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
...
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
    0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 2, 0, 1
};

/*
 * Chunk type flags.
 */

#define PNG_CF_ANCILLARY 0x20000000L	/* Non-critical chunk (can ignore). */
#define PNG_CF_PRIVATE   0x00100000L	/* Application-specific chunk. */
#define PNG_CF_RESERVED  0x00001000L	/* Not used. */
#define PNG_CF_COPYSAFE  0x00000010L	/* Opaque data safe for copying. */

/*
 * Chunk types, not all of which have support implemented. Note that there are
 * others in the official extension set which we will never support (as they
................................................................................
		if (chunkType & PNG_INT32(128,128,128,128)) {
		    /*
		     * No nice ASCII conversion; shouldn't happen either, but
		     * we'll be doubly careful.
		     */

		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "encountered an unsupported critical chunk type",
			    -1));
		} else {
		    char typeString[5];

		    typeString[0] = (char) ((chunkType >> 24) & 255);
		    typeString[1] = (char) ((chunkType >> 16) & 255);
		    typeString[2] = (char) ((chunkType >> 8) & 255);
		    typeString[3] = (char) (chunkType & 255);
		    typeString[4] = '\0';
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "encountered an unsupported critical chunk type"
			    " \"%s\"", typeString));
		}
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG",
			"UNSUPPORTED_CRITICAL", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

Changes to generic/tkImgPhInstance.c.

414
415
416
417
418
419
420







421
422
423
424
425
426
427
...
481
482
483
484
485
486
487







488
489
490
491
492
493
494
...
581
582
583
584
585
586
587

588



589
590
591
592
593
594
595
#define GetRValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & red_mask) >> red_shift))
#define GetGValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & green_mask) >> green_shift))
#define GetBValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & blue_mask) >> blue_shift))
#define RGB(r, g, b)	((unsigned)( \
	(UCHAR(r) << red_shift)   | \
	(UCHAR(g) << green_shift) | \
	(UCHAR(b) << blue_shift)  ))







#define RGB15(r, g, b)	((unsigned)( \
	(((r) * red_mask / 255)   & red_mask)   | \
	(((g) * green_mask / 255) & green_mask) | \
	(((b) * blue_mask / 255)  & blue_mask)  ))
#endif /* !_WIN32 */

static void
................................................................................
    }
    while ((0x0001 & (green_mask >> green_shift)) == 0) {
	green_shift++;
    }
    while ((0x0001 & (blue_mask >> blue_shift)) == 0) {
	blue_shift++;
    }







#endif /* !_WIN32 */

    /*
     * Only UNIX requires the special case for <24bpp. It varies with 3 extra
     * shifts and uses RGB15. The 24+bpp version could also then be further
     * optimized.
     */
................................................................................
		    ga = GetGValue(pixel);
		    ba = GetBValue(pixel);
		    unalpha = 255 - alpha;	/* Calculate once. */
		    r = ALPHA_BLEND(ra, r, alpha, unalpha);
		    g = ALPHA_BLEND(ga, g, alpha, unalpha);
		    b = ALPHA_BLEND(ba, b, alpha, unalpha);
		}

		XPutPixel(bgImg, x, y, RGB(r, g, b));



	    }
	}
    }
#undef ALPHA_BLEND
}
 
/*







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>

>
>
>







414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
...
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
...
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
#define GetRValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & red_mask) >> red_shift))
#define GetGValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & green_mask) >> green_shift))
#define GetBValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & blue_mask) >> blue_shift))
#define RGB(r, g, b)	((unsigned)( \
	(UCHAR(r) << red_shift)   | \
	(UCHAR(g) << green_shift) | \
	(UCHAR(b) << blue_shift)  ))
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#define RGBA(r, g, b, a) ((unsigned)( \
	(UCHAR(r) << red_shift)   | \
	(UCHAR(g) << green_shift) | \
	(UCHAR(b) << blue_shift)  | \
	(UCHAR(a) << alpha_shift) ))
#endif
#define RGB15(r, g, b)	((unsigned)( \
	(((r) * red_mask / 255)   & red_mask)   | \
	(((g) * green_mask / 255) & green_mask) | \
	(((b) * blue_mask / 255)  & blue_mask)  ))
#endif /* !_WIN32 */

static void
................................................................................
    }
    while ((0x0001 & (green_mask >> green_shift)) == 0) {
	green_shift++;
    }
    while ((0x0001 & (blue_mask >> blue_shift)) == 0) {
	blue_shift++;
    }
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
    unsigned long alpha_mask = visual->alpha_mask;
    unsigned long alpha_shift = 0;
    while ((0x0001 & (alpha_mask >> alpha_shift)) == 0) {
	alpha_shift++;
    }
#endif
#endif /* !_WIN32 */

    /*
     * Only UNIX requires the special case for <24bpp. It varies with 3 extra
     * shifts and uses RGB15. The 24+bpp version could also then be further
     * optimized.
     */
................................................................................
		    ga = GetGValue(pixel);
		    ba = GetBValue(pixel);
		    unalpha = 255 - alpha;	/* Calculate once. */
		    r = ALPHA_BLEND(ra, r, alpha, unalpha);
		    g = ALPHA_BLEND(ga, g, alpha, unalpha);
		    b = ALPHA_BLEND(ba, b, alpha, unalpha);
		}
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
		XPutPixel(bgImg, x, y, RGB(r, g, b));
#else
		XPutPixel(bgImg, x, y, RGBA(r, g, b, alpha));
#endif
	    }
	}
    }
#undef ALPHA_BLEND
}
 
/*

Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.c.

573
574
575
576
577
578
579



580
581
582
583
584
585
586
...
645
646
647
648
649
650
651



652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659



660
661
662
663
664
665
666
		    Tcl_GetString(options.name), NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_PhotoGetImage(srcHandle, &block);
	if ((options.fromX2 > block.width) || (options.fromY2 > block.height)
		|| (options.fromX2 > block.width)
		|| (options.fromY2 > block.height)) {



	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "coordinates for -from option extend outside source image",
		    -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_FROM", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

................................................................................
	 * and destination are the same image, block.pixelPtr would point to
	 * an invalid memory block (bug [5239fd749b]).
	 */

	if (options.options & OPT_SHRINK) {
	    if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, options.toX2,
		    options.toY2) != TCL_OK) {



		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}
	Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0,
		masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);



	return result;

    case PHOTO_DATA: {
        char *data = NULL;
        Tcl_Obj *freeObj = NULL;

	/*







>
>
>







 







>
>
>








>
>
>







573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
...
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
		    Tcl_GetString(options.name), NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_PhotoGetImage(srcHandle, &block);
	if ((options.fromX2 > block.width) || (options.fromY2 > block.height)
		|| (options.fromX2 > block.width)
		|| (options.fromY2 > block.height)) {
	    if (options.background) {
		Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "coordinates for -from option extend outside source image",
		    -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_FROM", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

................................................................................
	 * and destination are the same image, block.pixelPtr would point to
	 * an invalid memory block (bug [5239fd749b]).
	 */

	if (options.options & OPT_SHRINK) {
	    if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, options.toX2,
		    options.toY2) != TCL_OK) {
		if (options.background) {
		    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
		}
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}
	Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0,
		masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
	if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	return result;

    case PHOTO_DATA: {
        char *data = NULL;
        Tcl_Obj *freeObj = NULL;

	/*

Changes to generic/tkInt.h.

419
420
421
422
423
424
425

426
427
428
429
430
431
432
    Atom timestampAtom;		/* Atom for TIMESTAMP. */
    Atom textAtom;		/* Atom for TEXT. */
    Atom compoundTextAtom;	/* Atom for COMPOUND_TEXT. */
    Atom applicationAtom;	/* Atom for TK_APPLICATION. */
    Atom windowAtom;		/* Atom for TK_WINDOW. */
    Atom clipboardAtom;		/* Atom for CLIPBOARD. */
    Atom utf8Atom;		/* Atom for UTF8_STRING. */


    Tk_Window clipWindow;	/* Window used for clipboard ownership and to
				 * retrieve selections between processes. NULL
				 * means clipboard info hasn't been
				 * initialized. */
    int clipboardActive;	/* 1 means we currently own the clipboard
				 * selection, 0 means we don't. */







>







419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
    Atom timestampAtom;		/* Atom for TIMESTAMP. */
    Atom textAtom;		/* Atom for TEXT. */
    Atom compoundTextAtom;	/* Atom for COMPOUND_TEXT. */
    Atom applicationAtom;	/* Atom for TK_APPLICATION. */
    Atom windowAtom;		/* Atom for TK_WINDOW. */
    Atom clipboardAtom;		/* Atom for CLIPBOARD. */
    Atom utf8Atom;		/* Atom for UTF8_STRING. */
    Atom atomPairAtom;          /* Atom for ATOM_PAIR. */

    Tk_Window clipWindow;	/* Window used for clipboard ownership and to
				 * retrieve selections between processes. NULL
				 * means clipboard info hasn't been
				 * initialized. */
    int clipboardActive;	/* 1 means we currently own the clipboard
				 * selection, 0 means we don't. */

Changes to generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h.

662
663
664
665
666
667
668





669
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT






#endif /* _TKINTPLATDECLS */







>
>
>
>
>

662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#undef TkWinGetPlatformId
#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) && TK_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#   define TkWinGetPlatformId() (2) /* VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT */
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

#endif /* _TKINTPLATDECLS */

Changes to generic/tkListbox.c.

1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
....
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613

1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
....
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082

3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
....
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
....
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198

3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
....
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438













3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
    int oldExport, error;

    oldExport = listPtr->exportSelection;
    if (listPtr->listVarName != NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		ListboxListVarProc, listPtr);
    }

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
................................................................................
	if (listPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	    listPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
	}
	listPtr->inset = listPtr->highlightWidth + listPtr->borderWidth;

	/*
	 * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and
	 * there is a selection to export.
	 */

	if (listPtr->exportSelection && !oldExport

		&& (listPtr->numSelected != 0)) {
	    Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
		    ListboxLostSelection, listPtr);
	}

	/*
	 * Verify the current status of the list var.
................................................................................
	}
    }

    if (firstRedisplay >= 0) {
	EventuallyRedrawRange(listPtr, first, last);
    }
    if ((oldCount == 0) && (listPtr->numSelected > 0)
	    && listPtr->exportSelection) {

	Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
		ListboxLostSelection, listPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_DString selection;
    int length, count, needNewline, stringLen, i;
    Tcl_Obj *curElement;
    const char *stringRep;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    if (!listPtr->exportSelection) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Use a dynamic string to accumulate the contents of the selection.
     */

................................................................................

static void
ListboxLostSelection(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about listbox widget. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;


    if ((listPtr->exportSelection) && (listPtr->nElements > 0)) {
	ListboxSelect(listPtr, 0, listPtr->nElements-1, 0);
        GenerateListboxSelectEvent(listPtr);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static char *
ListboxListVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Not used. */
    const char *name2,		/* Not used. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj, *varListObj;
    int oldLength, i;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;














    /*
     * Bwah hahahaha! Puny mortal, you can't unset a -listvar'd variable!
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {







|







 







|


|
>







 







|
>







 







|







 







>
|







 







|
|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
....
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
....
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
....
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
....
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
....
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
    int oldExport, error;

    oldExport = (listPtr->exportSelection) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp));
    if (listPtr->listVarName != NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		ListboxListVarProc, listPtr);
    }

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
................................................................................
	if (listPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	    listPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
	}
	listPtr->inset = listPtr->highlightWidth + listPtr->borderWidth;

	/*
	 * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and
	 * there is a selection to export and this interp is unsafe.
	 */

	if (listPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)
		&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp))
		&& (listPtr->numSelected != 0)) {
	    Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
		    ListboxLostSelection, listPtr);
	}

	/*
	 * Verify the current status of the list var.
................................................................................
	}
    }

    if (firstRedisplay >= 0) {
	EventuallyRedrawRange(listPtr, first, last);
    }
    if ((oldCount == 0) && (listPtr->numSelected > 0)
	    && (listPtr->exportSelection)
	    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp))) {
	Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
		ListboxLostSelection, listPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_DString selection;
    int length, count, needNewline, stringLen, i;
    Tcl_Obj *curElement;
    const char *stringRep;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    if ((!listPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp)) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Use a dynamic string to accumulate the contents of the selection.
     */

................................................................................

static void
ListboxLostSelection(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about listbox widget. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;

    if ((listPtr->exportSelection) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp))
	    && (listPtr->nElements > 0)) {
	ListboxSelect(listPtr, 0, listPtr->nElements-1, 0);
        GenerateListboxSelectEvent(listPtr);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static char *
ListboxListVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj, *varListObj;
    int oldLength, i;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (listPtr->listVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ListboxListVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Bwah hahahaha! Puny mortal, you can't unset a -listvar'd variable!
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {

Changes to generic/tkMenu.c.

2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
















2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
	 * Do nothing if the interpreter is going away.
	 */

    	return NULL;
    }

    menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
















    name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
	 * Do nothing if the interpreter is going away.
	 */

    	return NULL;
    }

    menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;

    if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_DELETION_PENDING) {
    	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (mePtr->namePtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		MenuVarProc, clientData);
	return NULL;
     }

    name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

Changes to generic/tkMenubutton.c.

876
877
878
879
880
881
882













883
884
885
886
887
888
889
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    unsigned len;














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    unsigned len;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (mbPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    MenuButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

Changes to generic/tkMessage.c.

833
834
835
836
837
838
839













840
841
842
843
844
845
846
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register Message *msgPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register Message *msgPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (msgPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    MessageTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

Changes to generic/tkObj.c.

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
....
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType pixelObjType = {
    "pixel",			/* name */
    FreePixelInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupPixelInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetPixelFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
 * object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
 * initial display-independant settings.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType mmObjType = {
    "mm",			/* name */
    FreeMMInternalRep,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupMMInternalRep,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    UpdateStringOfMM,		/* updateStringProc */
    SetMMFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "window"
 * Tcl object.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType windowObjType = {
    "window",			/* name */
    FreeWindowInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupWindowInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetWindowFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetTypeCache --
 *
................................................................................
 *
 *	Registers Tk's Tcl_ObjType structures with the Tcl run-time.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All instances of Tcl_ObjType structues used in Tk are registered with
 *	Tcl.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkRegisterObjTypes(void)







|













|












|







 







|







100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
....
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType pixelObjType = {
    "pixel",			/* name */
    FreePixelInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupPixelInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
 * object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
 * initial display-independant settings.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType mmObjType = {
    "mm",			/* name */
    FreeMMInternalRep,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupMMInternalRep,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    UpdateStringOfMM,		/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "window"
 * Tcl object.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType windowObjType = {
    "window",			/* name */
    FreeWindowInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupWindowInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetTypeCache --
 *
................................................................................
 *
 *	Registers Tk's Tcl_ObjType structures with the Tcl run-time.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All instances of Tcl_ObjType structures used in Tk are registered with
 *	Tcl.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkRegisterObjTypes(void)

Changes to generic/tkPack.c.

1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
    packPtr->masterPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.
     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL && masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "pack");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
    }

}
 
/*







|







1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
    packPtr->masterPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.
     */

    if ((masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) && (masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER)) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "pack");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
    }

}
 
/*

Changes to generic/tkScale.c.

1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193













1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
    const char *resultStr;
    double value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
    int result;














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
    const char *resultStr;
    double value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
    int result;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (scalePtr->varNamePtr == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ScaleVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

Changes to generic/tkScale.h.

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
				 * display any tick marks. */
    double resolution;		/* If > 0, all values are rounded to an even
				 * multiple of this value. */
    int digits;			/* Number of significant digits to print in
				 * values. 0 means we get to choose the number
				 * based on resolution and/or the range of the
				 * scale. */
    char format[10];		/* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from
				 * digits and other information. */
    double bigIncrement;	/* Amount to use for large increments to scale
				 * value. (0 means we pick a value). */
    char *command;		/* Command prefix to use when invoking Tcl
				 * commands because the scale value changed.
				 * NULL means don't invoke commands. */
    int repeatDelay;		/* How long to wait before auto-repeating on







|







69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
				 * display any tick marks. */
    double resolution;		/* If > 0, all values are rounded to an even
				 * multiple of this value. */
    int digits;			/* Number of significant digits to print in
				 * values. 0 means we get to choose the number
				 * based on resolution and/or the range of the
				 * scale. */
    char format[16];		/* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from
				 * digits and other information. */
    double bigIncrement;	/* Amount to use for large increments to scale
				 * value. (0 means we pick a value). */
    char *command;		/* Command prefix to use when invoking Tcl
				 * commands because the scale value changed.
				 * NULL means don't invoke commands. */
    int repeatDelay;		/* How long to wait before auto-repeating on

Changes to generic/tkSelect.c.

1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187

1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
    dispPtr->targetsAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TARGETS");
    dispPtr->timestampAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TIMESTAMP");
    dispPtr->textAtom		= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TEXT");
    dispPtr->compoundTextAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "COMPOUND_TEXT");
    dispPtr->applicationAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TK_APPLICATION");
    dispPtr->windowAtom		= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TK_WINDOW");
    dispPtr->clipboardAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD");


    /*
     * Using UTF8_STRING instead of the XA_UTF8_STRING macro allows us to
     * support older X servers that didn't have UTF8_STRING yet. This is
     * necessary on Unix systems. For more information, see:
     *	  http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html#x11
     */







>







1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
    dispPtr->targetsAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TARGETS");
    dispPtr->timestampAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TIMESTAMP");
    dispPtr->textAtom		= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TEXT");
    dispPtr->compoundTextAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "COMPOUND_TEXT");
    dispPtr->applicationAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TK_APPLICATION");
    dispPtr->windowAtom		= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TK_WINDOW");
    dispPtr->clipboardAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD");
    dispPtr->atomPairAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "ATOM_PAIR");

    /*
     * Using UTF8_STRING instead of the XA_UTF8_STRING macro allows us to
     * support older X servers that didn't have UTF8_STRING yet. This is
     * necessary on Unix systems. For more information, see:
     *	  http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html#x11
     */

Changes to generic/tkStubInit.c.

35
36
37
38
39
40
41



42
43
44

45



46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

60











61
62
63
64
65
66
67
...
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235

/*
 * Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below.
 */

#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_FreeXId





#ifdef TK_NO_DEPRECATED

#define Tk_FreeXId 0



#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite 0
#define Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic 0
#else
static void
doNothing(void)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
}

#define Tk_FreeXId ((void (*)(Display *, XID)) doNothing)

#endif












#ifdef _WIN32

int
TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
................................................................................
#	define TkWinSetWindowPos 0
#	define TkWinWmCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXInit 0
#	define TkWinSetForegroundWindow 0
#	define TkWinDialogDebug 0
#	define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault 0
#	define TkWinGetPlatformId 0
#	define TkWinSetHINSTANCE 0
#	define TkWinGetPlatformTheme 0
#	define TkWinChildProc 0

#   elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */

#	undef TkClipBox







>
>
>

<
|
>

>
>
>












<

>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







<







35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63

64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
...
238
239
240
241
242
243
244

245
246
247
248
249
250
251

/*
 * Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below.
 */

#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_FreeXId
#undef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj
#undef Tk_GetStyleFromObj
#undef TkWinGetPlatformId


#if defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) || TK_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#define Tk_MainEx 0
#define Tk_FreeXId 0
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj 0
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj 0
#define TkWinGetPlatformId 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite 0
#define Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic 0
#else
static void
doNothing(void)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
}

#define Tk_FreeXId ((void (*)(Display *, XID)) doNothing)
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj ((void (*)(Tcl_Obj *)) doNothing)
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj getStyleFromObj
static Tk_Style Tk_GetStyleFromObj(Tcl_Obj *obj)
{
	return Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(NULL, obj);
}
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
#define TkWinGetPlatformId winGetPlatformId
static int TkWinGetPlatformId(void) {
    return 2;
}
#endif /* defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) */
#endif /* defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) || TK_MAJOR_VERSION > 8 */

#ifdef _WIN32

int
TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
................................................................................
#	define TkWinSetWindowPos 0
#	define TkWinWmCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXInit 0
#	define TkWinSetForegroundWindow 0
#	define TkWinDialogDebug 0
#	define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault 0

#	define TkWinSetHINSTANCE 0
#	define TkWinGetPlatformTheme 0
#	define TkWinChildProc 0

#   elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */

#	undef TkClipBox

Changes to generic/tkStyle.c.

151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
....
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
....
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487

1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498




1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType styleObjType = {
    "style",			/* name */
    FreeStyleObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupStyleObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetStyleFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkStylePkgInit --
 *
................................................................................

Tk_Style
Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error return. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object containing name of the style to
				 * retrieve. */
{
    Style *stylePtr;

    if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
	SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr);
    }
    stylePtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    return (Tk_Style) stylePtr;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetStyleFromObj --
 *
 *	Find the style that corresponds to a given object. The style must have
 *	already been created by Tk_CreateStyle.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a token for the style that matches objPtr, or NULL
 *	if none found.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	If the object is not already a style ref, the conversion will free any
 *	old internal representation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tk_Style
Tk_GetStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object from which to get the style. */
{
    if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
	SetStyleFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
    }

    return objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FreeStyleFromObj --
 *
 *	No-op. Present only for stubs compatibility.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
void
Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * SetStyleFromAny --
 *
 *	Convert the internal representation of a Tcl object to the style
 *	internal form.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Always returns TCL_OK. If an error occurs is returned (e.g. the style
 *	doesn't exist), an error message will be left in interp's result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The object is left with its typePtr pointing to styleObjType.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

................................................................................
static int
SetStyleFromAny(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object to convert. */
{
    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
    const char *name;


    /*
     * Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
     */

    name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
    if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
	typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
    }





    objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType;
    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







 







<
<

|
<
<
<
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<











|
|







 







>











>
>
>
>

|







151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
....
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407


1408
1409



1410
1411
1412



























1413















1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
....
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType styleObjType = {
    "style",			/* name */
    FreeStyleObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupStyleObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkStylePkgInit --
 *
................................................................................

Tk_Style
Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error return. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object containing name of the style to
				 * retrieve. */
{


    if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
	if (SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr) != TCL_OK) {



	    return NULL;
	}
    }



























    return objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;















}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * SetStyleFromAny --
 *
 *	Convert the internal representation of a Tcl object to the style
 *	internal form.
 *
 * Results:
 *	If an error occurs is returned (e.g. the style doesn't exist), an
 *	error message will be left in interp's result and TCL_ERROR is returned.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The object is left with its typePtr pointing to styleObjType.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

................................................................................
static int
SetStyleFromAny(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object to convert. */
{
    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
    const char *name;
    Tk_Style style;

    /*
     * Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
     */

    name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
    if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
	typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
    }

    style = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);
    if (style == NULL) {
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType;
    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = style;

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to generic/tkTest.c.

1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
    int drawableX, int drawableY)
				/* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to
				 * imageX and imageY. */
{
    TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData;
    char buffer[200 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 6];

    sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d %d %d",
	    instPtr->masterPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height,
	    drawableX, drawableY);
    Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, NULL,
	    buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
    if (width > (instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX)) {
	width = instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX;
    }
    if (height > (instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY)) {
	height = instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY;







|
|
<







1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564

1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
    int drawableX, int drawableY)
				/* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to
				 * imageX and imageY. */
{
    TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData;
    char buffer[200 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 6];

    sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d",
	    instPtr->masterPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height);

    Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, NULL,
	    buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
    if (width > (instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX)) {
	width = instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX;
    }
    if (height > (instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY)) {
	height = instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY;

Changes to generic/tkText.c.

1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
....
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485



1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494



1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
....
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
....
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
....
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729

2730
2731
2732



2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
....
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120



3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
....
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
....
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
....
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
....
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
....
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
....
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
		    && (TkTextIndexCmp(indexToPtr, &index) > 0)) {
		/*
		 * The insertion point is inside the range to be replaced, so
		 * we have to do some calculations to ensure it doesn't move
		 * unnecessarily.
		 */

		int deleteInsertOffset, insertLength, j;

		insertLength = 0;
		for (j = 4; j < objc; j += 2) {
		    insertLength += Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[j]);
		}

		/*
................................................................................

		deleteInsertOffset = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr,
			&index, COUNT_CHARS);
		if (deleteInsertOffset > insertLength) {
		    deleteInsertOffset = insertLength;
		}




		result = TextReplaceCmd(textPtr, interp, indexFromPtr,
			indexToPtr, objc, objv, 0);

		if (result == TCL_OK) {
		    /*
		     * Move the insertion position to the correct place.
		     */

                    indexFromPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objv[2]);



		    TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, indexFromPtr,
			    deleteInsertOffset, &index, COUNT_INDICES);
		    TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(textPtr->insertMarkPtr,
			    textPtr->insertMarkPtr->body.mark.linePtr);
		    TkBTreeLinkSegment(textPtr->insertMarkPtr, &index);
		}
	    } else {
		result = TextReplaceCmd(textPtr, interp, indexFromPtr,
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    register TkText *textPtr,	/* Information about widget; may or may not
				 * already have values for some fields. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int oldExport = textPtr->exportSelection;
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) textPtr, textPtr->optionTable,
	    objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

................................................................................
    TkTextRedrawTag(NULL, textPtr, NULL, NULL, textPtr->selTagPtr, 1);

    /*
     * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and there
     * are tagged characters.
     */

    if (textPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)) {
	TkTextSearch search;
	TkTextIndex first, last;

	TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, 0, 0,
		&first);
	TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
		TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr),
................................................................................
	resetViewCount += 2;
    }
    if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
	ckfree(lineAndByteIndex);
    }

    /*
     * Invalidate any selection retrievals in progress.

     */

    for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ; tPtr = tPtr->next) {



	tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
    }

    /*
     * For convenience, return the length of the string.
     */

................................................................................
{
    int line1, line2;
    TkTextIndex index1, index2;
    TkText *tPtr;
    int *lineAndByteIndex;
    int resetViewCount;
    int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];




    if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
	sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Prepare the starting and stopping indices.
................................................................................
	    for (i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) {
		TkBTreeTag(&index2, &oldIndex2, arrayPtr[i], 0);
	    }
	    ckfree(arrayPtr);
	}
    }

    if (line1 < line2) {
	/*
	 * We are deleting more than one line. For speed, we remove all tags
	 * from the range first. If we don't do this, the code below can (when
	 * there are many tags) grow non-linearly in execution time.
	 */

	Tcl_HashSearch search;
	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
	int i;

	for (i=0, hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
		hPtr != NULL; i++, hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	    TkTextTag *tagPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

	    TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tagPtr, 0);
	}

	/*
	 * Special case for the sel tag which is not in the hash table. We
	 * need to do this once for each peer text widget.
	 */

	for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ;
		tPtr = tPtr->next) {
	    if (TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tPtr->selTagPtr, 0)) {
		/*
		 * Send an event that the selection changed. This is
		 * equivalent to:
		 *	event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
		 */

		TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);
		tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Tell the display what's about to happen so it can discard obsolete
     * display information, then do the deletion. Also, if the deletion
     * involves the top line on the screen, then we have to reset the view
     * (the deletion will invalidate textPtr->topIndex). Compute what the new
................................................................................
{
    register TkText *textPtr = clientData;
    TkTextIndex eof;
    int count, chunkSize, offsetInSeg;
    TkTextSearch search;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;

    if (!textPtr->exportSelection) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Find the beginning of the next range of selected text. Note: if the
     * selection is being retrieved in multiple pieces (offset != 0) and some
     * modification has been made to the text that affects the selection then
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about text widget. */
{
    register TkText *textPtr = clientData;

    if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(textPtr->tkwin)) {
	TkTextIndex start, end;

	if (!textPtr->exportSelection) {
	    return;
	}

	/*
	 * On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for
	 * the next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, just remove the
	 * "sel" tag from everything in the widget.
................................................................................

    static const char *const switchStrings[] = {
	"-hidden",
	"--", "-all", "-backwards", "-count", "-elide", "-exact", "-forwards",
	"-nocase", "-nolinestop", "-overlap", "-regexp", "-strictlimits", NULL
    };
    enum SearchSwitches {
	SEARCH_HIDDEN,
	SEARCH_END, SEARCH_ALL, SEARCH_BACK, SEARCH_COUNT, SEARCH_ELIDE,
	SEARCH_EXACT, SEARCH_FWD, SEARCH_NOCASE,
	SEARCH_NOLINESTOP, SEARCH_OVERLAP, SEARCH_REGEXP, SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS
    };

    /*
     * Set up the search specification, including the last 4 fields which are
     * text widget specific.
     */

................................................................................

	    (void) Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], switchStrings+1,
		    sizeof(char *), "switch", 0, &index);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	switch ((enum SearchSwitches) index) {
	case SEARCH_END:
	    i++;
	    goto endOfSwitchProcessing;
	case SEARCH_ALL:
	    searchSpec.all = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_BACK:
	    searchSpec.backwards = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_COUNT:
	    if (i >= objc-1) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"no value given for \"-count\" option", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "VALUE", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    i++;
................................................................................
	    /*
	     * Assumption objv[i] isn't going to disappear on us during this
	     * function, which is fair.
	     */

	    searchSpec.varPtr = objv[i];
	    break;
	case SEARCH_ELIDE:
	case SEARCH_HIDDEN:
	    searchSpec.searchElide = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_EXACT:
	    searchSpec.exact = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_FWD:
	    searchSpec.backwards = 0;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_NOCASE:
	    searchSpec.noCase = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_NOLINESTOP:
	    searchSpec.noLineStop = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_OVERLAP:
	    searchSpec.overlap = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS:
	    searchSpec.strictLimits = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_REGEXP:
	    searchSpec.exact = 0;
	    break;
	default:
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
	}
    }
  endOfSwitchProcessing:







|







 







>
>
>








|
>
>
>
|







 







|







 







|







 







|
>



>
>
>







 







>
>
>







 







<
|
|
|
|
|

<
<
<
<
|
|
|

|
|

|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
<







 







|







 







|







 







|
|
|
|







 







|


|


|


|







 







|
|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|







1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
....
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
....
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
....
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
....
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
....
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
....
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197

3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203




3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227

3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
....
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
....
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
....
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
....
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
....
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
		    && (TkTextIndexCmp(indexToPtr, &index) > 0)) {
		/*
		 * The insertion point is inside the range to be replaced, so
		 * we have to do some calculations to ensure it doesn't move
		 * unnecessarily.
		 */

		int deleteInsertOffset, insertLength, j, indexFromLine, indexFromByteOffset;

		insertLength = 0;
		for (j = 4; j < objc; j += 2) {
		    insertLength += Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[j]);
		}

		/*
................................................................................

		deleteInsertOffset = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr,
			&index, COUNT_CHARS);
		if (deleteInsertOffset > insertLength) {
		    deleteInsertOffset = insertLength;
		}

                indexFromLine = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexFromPtr->linePtr);
                indexFromByteOffset = indexFromPtr->byteIndex;

		result = TextReplaceCmd(textPtr, interp, indexFromPtr,
			indexToPtr, objc, objv, 0);

		if (result == TCL_OK) {
		    /*
		     * Move the insertion position to the correct place.
		     */

                    TkTextIndex indexTmp;

                    TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, indexFromLine,
                            indexFromByteOffset, &indexTmp);
                    TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &indexTmp,
			    deleteInsertOffset, &index, COUNT_INDICES);
		    TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(textPtr->insertMarkPtr,
			    textPtr->insertMarkPtr->body.mark.linePtr);
		    TkBTreeLinkSegment(textPtr->insertMarkPtr, &index);
		}
	    } else {
		result = TextReplaceCmd(textPtr, interp, indexFromPtr,
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    register TkText *textPtr,	/* Information about widget; may or may not
				 * already have values for some fields. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int oldExport = (textPtr->exportSelection) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp));
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) textPtr, textPtr->optionTable,
	    objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

................................................................................
    TkTextRedrawTag(NULL, textPtr, NULL, NULL, textPtr->selTagPtr, 1);

    /*
     * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and there
     * are tagged characters.
     */

    if (textPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp))) {
	TkTextSearch search;
	TkTextIndex first, last;

	TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, 0, 0,
		&first);
	TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
		TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr),
................................................................................
	resetViewCount += 2;
    }
    if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
	ckfree(lineAndByteIndex);
    }

    /*
     * Invalidate any selection retrievals in progress, and send an event
     * that the selection changed if that is the case.
     */

    for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ; tPtr = tPtr->next) {
        if (TkBTreeCharTagged(indexPtr, tPtr->selTagPtr)) {
            TkTextSelectionEvent(tPtr);
        }
	tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
    }

    /*
     * For convenience, return the length of the string.
     */

................................................................................
{
    int line1, line2;
    TkTextIndex index1, index2;
    TkText *tPtr;
    int *lineAndByteIndex;
    int resetViewCount;
    int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];
    Tcl_HashSearch search;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    int i;

    if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
	sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Prepare the starting and stopping indices.
................................................................................
	    for (i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) {
		TkBTreeTag(&index2, &oldIndex2, arrayPtr[i], 0);
	    }
	    ckfree(arrayPtr);
	}
    }


    /*
     * For speed, we remove all tags from the range first. If we don't
     * do this, the code below can (when there are many tags) grow
     * non-linearly in execution time.
     */





    for (i=0, hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
	    hPtr != NULL; i++, hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
        TkTextTag *tagPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

        TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tagPtr, 0);
    }

    /*
     * Special case for the sel tag which is not in the hash table. We
     * need to do this once for each peer text widget.
     */

    for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ;
	    tPtr = tPtr->next) {
        if (TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tPtr->selTagPtr, 0)) {
	    /*
	     * Send an event that the selection changed. This is
	     * equivalent to:
	     *	event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
	     */

	    TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);
	    tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
        }

    }

    /*
     * Tell the display what's about to happen so it can discard obsolete
     * display information, then do the deletion. Also, if the deletion
     * involves the top line on the screen, then we have to reset the view
     * (the deletion will invalidate textPtr->topIndex). Compute what the new
................................................................................
{
    register TkText *textPtr = clientData;
    TkTextIndex eof;
    int count, chunkSize, offsetInSeg;
    TkTextSearch search;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;

    if ((!textPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp)) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Find the beginning of the next range of selected text. Note: if the
     * selection is being retrieved in multiple pieces (offset != 0) and some
     * modification has been made to the text that affects the selection then
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about text widget. */
{
    register TkText *textPtr = clientData;

    if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(textPtr->tkwin)) {
	TkTextIndex start, end;

	if ((!textPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp)) {
	    return;
	}

	/*
	 * On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for
	 * the next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, just remove the
	 * "sel" tag from everything in the widget.
................................................................................

    static const char *const switchStrings[] = {
	"-hidden",
	"--", "-all", "-backwards", "-count", "-elide", "-exact", "-forwards",
	"-nocase", "-nolinestop", "-overlap", "-regexp", "-strictlimits", NULL
    };
    enum SearchSwitches {
	TK_TEXT_SEARCH_HIDDEN,
	TK_TEXT_SEARCH_END, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_ALL, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_BACK, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_COUNT, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_ELIDE,
	TK_TEXT_SEARCH_EXACT, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_FWD, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_NOCASE,
	TK_TEXT_SEARCH_NOLINESTOP, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_OVERLAP, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_REGEXP, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS
    };

    /*
     * Set up the search specification, including the last 4 fields which are
     * text widget specific.
     */

................................................................................

	    (void) Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], switchStrings+1,
		    sizeof(char *), "switch", 0, &index);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	switch ((enum SearchSwitches) index) {
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_END:
	    i++;
	    goto endOfSwitchProcessing;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_ALL:
	    searchSpec.all = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_BACK:
	    searchSpec.backwards = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_COUNT:
	    if (i >= objc-1) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"no value given for \"-count\" option", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "VALUE", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    i++;
................................................................................
	    /*
	     * Assumption objv[i] isn't going to disappear on us during this
	     * function, which is fair.
	     */

	    searchSpec.varPtr = objv[i];
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_ELIDE:
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_HIDDEN:
	    searchSpec.searchElide = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_EXACT:
	    searchSpec.exact = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_FWD:
	    searchSpec.backwards = 0;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_NOCASE:
	    searchSpec.noCase = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_NOLINESTOP:
	    searchSpec.noLineStop = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_OVERLAP:
	    searchSpec.overlap = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS:
	    searchSpec.strictLimits = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_REGEXP:
	    searchSpec.exact = 0;
	    break;
	default:
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
	}
    }
  endOfSwitchProcessing:

Changes to generic/tkTextDisp.c.

4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
		 * by the scrolling.  So it is as efficient to redisplay them
		 * here as it would have been if they had been redisplayed by
		 * the call to TextInvalidateRegion above.
		 */
#else
	    } else if (dlPtr->chunkPtr != NULL && ((dlPtr->y < 0)
		    || (dlPtr->y + dlPtr->height > dInfoPtr->maxY))) {
		/* 
		 * On platforms other than the Mac:
		 *
		 * It's the first or last DLine which are also overlapping the
		 * top or bottom of the window, but we decided above it wasn't
		 * necessary to display them (we were able to update them by
		 * scrolling). This is fine, except that if the lines contain
		 * any embedded windows, we must still call the display proc







|







4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
		 * by the scrolling.  So it is as efficient to redisplay them
		 * here as it would have been if they had been redisplayed by
		 * the call to TextInvalidateRegion above.
		 */
#else
	    } else if (dlPtr->chunkPtr != NULL && ((dlPtr->y < 0)
		    || (dlPtr->y + dlPtr->height > dInfoPtr->maxY))) {
		/*
		 * On platforms other than the Mac:
		 *
		 * It's the first or last DLine which are also overlapping the
		 * top or bottom of the window, but we decided above it wasn't
		 * necessary to display them (we were able to update them by
		 * scrolling). This is fine, except that if the lines contain
		 * any embedded windows, we must still call the display proc

Changes to generic/tkTextIndex.c.

383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
...
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
...
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
...
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
....
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
....
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
				 * of text). */
    int byteIndex,		/* Byte index of desired character. */
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr)	/* Structure to fill in. */
{
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    int index;
    const char *p, *start;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;

    indexPtr->tree = tree;
    if (lineIndex < 0) {
	lineIndex = 0;
	byteIndex = 0;
    }
    if (byteIndex < 0) {
................................................................................
		 * that byteIndex falls on a character boundary. If the index
		 * falls in the middle of a UTF-8 character, it will be
		 * adjusted to the end of that UTF-8 character.
		 */

		start = segPtr->body.chars + (byteIndex - index);
		p = Tcl_UtfPrev(start, segPtr->body.chars);
		p += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
		indexPtr->byteIndex += p - start;
	    }
	    break;
	}
	index += segPtr->size;
    }
    return indexPtr;
................................................................................
				 * of text). */
    int charIndex,		/* Index of desired character. */
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr)	/* Structure to fill in. */
{
    register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    char *p, *start, *end;
    int index, offset;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;

    indexPtr->tree = tree;
    if (lineIndex < 0) {
	lineIndex = 0;
	charIndex = 0;
    }
    if (charIndex < 0) {
................................................................................
	    end = start + segPtr->size;
	    for (p = start; p < end; p += offset) {
		if (charIndex == 0) {
		    indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
		    return indexPtr;
		}
		charIndex--;
		offset = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
		index += offset;
	    }
	} else {
	    if (charIndex < segPtr->size) {
		indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
		break;
	    }
................................................................................
    TkTextCountType type)	/* The type of item to count */
{
    TkTextLine *linePtr;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr = NULL;
    int byteOffset;
    char *start, *end, *p;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    int elide = 0;
    int checkElided = (type & COUNT_DISPLAY);

    if (charCount < 0) {
	TkTextIndexBackChars(textPtr, srcPtr, -charCount, dstPtr, type);
	return;
    }
................................................................................
		}
	    }

	    if (!elide) {
		if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
		    start = segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
		    end = segPtr->body.chars + segPtr->size;
		    for (p = start; p < end; p += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch)) {
			if (charCount == 0) {
			    dstPtr->byteIndex += (p - start);
			    goto forwardCharDone;
			}
			charCount--;
		    }
		} else if (type & COUNT_INDICES) {







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
...
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
...
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
...
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
....
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
....
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
				 * of text). */
    int byteIndex,		/* Byte index of desired character. */
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr)	/* Structure to fill in. */
{
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    int index;
    const char *p, *start;
    int ch;

    indexPtr->tree = tree;
    if (lineIndex < 0) {
	lineIndex = 0;
	byteIndex = 0;
    }
    if (byteIndex < 0) {
................................................................................
		 * that byteIndex falls on a character boundary. If the index
		 * falls in the middle of a UTF-8 character, it will be
		 * adjusted to the end of that UTF-8 character.
		 */

		start = segPtr->body.chars + (byteIndex - index);
		p = Tcl_UtfPrev(start, segPtr->body.chars);
		p += TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
		indexPtr->byteIndex += p - start;
	    }
	    break;
	}
	index += segPtr->size;
    }
    return indexPtr;
................................................................................
				 * of text). */
    int charIndex,		/* Index of desired character. */
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr)	/* Structure to fill in. */
{
    register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    char *p, *start, *end;
    int index, offset;
    int ch;

    indexPtr->tree = tree;
    if (lineIndex < 0) {
	lineIndex = 0;
	charIndex = 0;
    }
    if (charIndex < 0) {
................................................................................
	    end = start + segPtr->size;
	    for (p = start; p < end; p += offset) {
		if (charIndex == 0) {
		    indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
		    return indexPtr;
		}
		charIndex--;
		offset = TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
		index += offset;
	    }
	} else {
	    if (charIndex < segPtr->size) {
		indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
		break;
	    }
................................................................................
    TkTextCountType type)	/* The type of item to count */
{
    TkTextLine *linePtr;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr = NULL;
    int byteOffset;
    char *start, *end, *p;
    int ch;
    int elide = 0;
    int checkElided = (type & COUNT_DISPLAY);

    if (charCount < 0) {
	TkTextIndexBackChars(textPtr, srcPtr, -charCount, dstPtr, type);
	return;
    }
................................................................................
		}
	    }

	    if (!elide) {
		if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
		    start = segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
		    end = segPtr->body.chars + segPtr->size;
		    for (p = start; p < end; p += TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch)) {
			if (charCount == 0) {
			    dstPtr->byteIndex += (p - start);
			    goto forwardCharDone;
			}
			charCount--;
		    }
		} else if (type & COUNT_INDICES) {

Changes to generic/tkTextTag.c.

239
240
241
242
243
244
245

246
247
248
249
250
251
252
		     * equivalent to:
		     *	   event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
		     */

		    TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);

		    if (addTag && textPtr->exportSelection

			    && !(textPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
			Tk_OwnSelection(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
				TkTextLostSelection, textPtr);
			textPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
		    }
		    textPtr->abortSelections = 1;
		}







>







239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
		     * equivalent to:
		     *	   event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
		     */

		    TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);

		    if (addTag && textPtr->exportSelection
			    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp))
			    && !(textPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
			Tk_OwnSelection(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
				TkTextLostSelection, textPtr);
			textPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
		    }
		    textPtr->abortSelections = 1;
		}

Changes to generic/tkUtil.c.

1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int TkUniCharToUtf(int ch, char *buf)
{
    int size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
    if ((ch > 0xffff) && (ch <= 0x10ffff) && (size < 4)) {
	/* Hey, this is wrong, we must be running TCL_UTF_MAX==3
	 * The best thing we can do is spit out 2 surrogates */
	ch -= 0x10000;
	size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch >> 10) | 0xd800), buf);
	size += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch & 0x3ff) | 0xdc00), buf+size);
    }
    return size;







|







1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int TkUniCharToUtf(int ch, char *buf)
{
    int size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
    if ((((unsigned)(ch - 0x10000) <= 0xFFFFF)) && (size < 4)) {
	/* Hey, this is wrong, we must be running TCL_UTF_MAX==3
	 * The best thing we can do is spit out 2 surrogates */
	ch -= 0x10000;
	size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch >> 10) | 0xd800), buf);
	size += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch & 0x3ff) | 0xdc00), buf+size);
    }
    return size;

Changes to generic/tkWindow.c.

2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787












2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794

    while (tsdPtr->mainWindowList != NULL) {
	interp = tsdPtr->mainWindowList->interp;
	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
	Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) tsdPtr->mainWindowList->winPtr);
	Tcl_Release(interp);
    }













    /*
     * Iterate destroying the displays until no more displays remain. It is
     * possible for displays to get recreated during exit by any code that
     * calls GetScreen, so we must destroy these new displays as well as the
     * old ones.
     */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806

    while (tsdPtr->mainWindowList != NULL) {
	interp = tsdPtr->mainWindowList->interp;
	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
	Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) tsdPtr->mainWindowList->winPtr);
	Tcl_Release(interp);
    }

    /*
     * Let error handlers catch up before actual close of displays.
     * Must be done before tsdPtr->displayList is cleared, otherwise
     * ErrorProc() in tkError.c cannot associate the pending X errors
     * to the remaining error handlers.
     */

    for (dispPtr = tsdPtr->displayList; dispPtr != NULL;
           dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
       XSync(dispPtr->display, False);
    }

    /*
     * Iterate destroying the displays until no more displays remain. It is
     * possible for displays to get recreated during exit by any code that
     * calls GetScreen, so we must destroy these new displays as well as the
     * old ones.
     */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkButton.c.

489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498

499



500
501

502
503
504
505
506
507
508

509

510
511
512
513
514
515
516
...
548
549
550
551
552
553
554



555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
    BaseCleanup(recordPtr);
}

static int
CheckbuttonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(
	interp, checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj,
	CheckbuttonVariableChanged, checkPtr);





    if (!vt) {
	return TCL_ERROR;

    }

    if (BaseConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK){
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(vt);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    Ttk_UntraceVariable(checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace);

    checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace = vt;

    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
CheckbuttonPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
................................................................................
     * Toggle the selected state.
     */
    if (corePtr->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)
	newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.offValueObj;
    else
	newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.onValueObj;




    if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp,
	    checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj, NULL, newValue,
	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	== NULL)
	return TCL_ERROR;

    if (WidgetDestroyed(corePtr))
	return TCL_ERROR;

    return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp,
	checkPtr->checkbutton.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);







<
|
<
>
|
>
>
>
|
|
>







>
|
>







 







>
>
>
|
|
|
|







489
490
491
492
493
494
495

496

497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
...
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
    BaseCleanup(recordPtr);
}

static int
CheckbuttonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;

    Tcl_Obj *varName = checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj;

    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = NULL;
        
    if (varName != NULL && *Tcl_GetString(varName) != '\0') {
        vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp, varName,
	    CheckbuttonVariableChanged, checkPtr);
        if (!vt) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
        }
    }

    if (BaseConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK){
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(vt);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace) {
        Ttk_UntraceVariable(checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace);
    }
    checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace = vt;

    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
CheckbuttonPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
................................................................................
     * Toggle the selected state.
     */
    if (corePtr->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)
	newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.offValueObj;
    else
	newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.onValueObj;

    if (checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj == NULL ||
        *Tcl_GetString(checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj) == '\0')
        CheckbuttonVariableChanged(checkPtr, Tcl_GetString(newValue));
    else if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp,
	        checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj, NULL, newValue,
	        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	    == NULL)
	return TCL_ERROR;

    if (WidgetDestroyed(corePtr))
	return TCL_ERROR;

    return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp,
	checkPtr->checkbutton.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkDefaultTheme.c.

682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *directionObj;
    Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
} MenubuttonArrowElement;

static const char *directionStrings[] = {	/* See also: button.c */
    "above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
enum { POST_ABOVE, POST_BELOW, POST_LEFT, POST_RIGHT, POST_FLUSH };

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenubuttonArrowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-direction", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,directionObj), "below" },







|







682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *directionObj;
    Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
} MenubuttonArrowElement;

static const char *const directionStrings[] = {	/* See also: button.c */
    "above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
enum { POST_ABOVE, POST_BELOW, POST_LEFT, POST_RIGHT, POST_FLUSH };

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenubuttonArrowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-direction", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,directionObj), "below" },

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkEntry.c.

69
70
71
72
73
74
75

76
77
78
79
80
81
82
...
114
115
116
117
118
119
120


121
122
123
124
125
126
127
...
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151

152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
...
163
164
165
166
167
168
169



170
171
172
173
174
175
176
...
187
188
189
190
191
192
193



194
195
196
197

198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
...
212
213
214
215
216
217
218

219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229

230
231
232
233
234
235
236
...
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265

266
267
268
269
270
271
272
...
300
301
302
303
304
305
306


307

308
309
310
311
312








313
314
315
316
317
318
319
...
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340

341
342
343
344
345
346
347
...
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379

380
381
382
383
384
385
386
...
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002

1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
....
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177

1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
....
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265














1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
 * displayString points to string if showChar == NULL,
 * or to malloc'ed storage if showChar != NULL.
 */

/* Style parameters:
 */
typedef struct {

    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;	/* Foreground color for normal text */
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;	/* Entry widget background color */
    Tcl_Obj *selBorderObj;	/* Border and background for selection */
    Tcl_Obj *selBorderWidthObj;	/* Width of selection border */
    Tcl_Obj *selForegroundObj;	/* Foreground color for selected text */
    Tcl_Obj *insertColorObj;	/* Color of insertion cursor */
    Tcl_Obj *insertWidthObj;	/* Insert cursor width */
................................................................................
    Tk_Justify justify;		/* Text justification */

    EntryStyleData styleData;	/* Display style data (widget options) */
    EntryStyleData styleDefaults;/* Style defaults (fallback values) */

    Tcl_Obj *stateObj;		/* Compatibility option -- see CheckStateObj */



    /*
     * Derived resources:
     */
    Ttk_TraceHandle *textVariableTrace;

    char *displayString;	/* String to use when displaying */
    Tk_TextLayout textLayout;	/* Cached text layout information. */
................................................................................
#define STATE_CHANGED	 	(0x100)	/* -state option changed */
#define TEXTVAR_CHANGED	 	(0x200)	/* -textvariable option changed */
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(0x400)	/* -xscrollcommand option changed */

/*
 * Default option values:
 */
#define DEF_SELECT_BG	"#000000"
#define DEF_SELECT_FG	"#ffffff"

#define DEF_INSERT_BG	"black"
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH	"20"
#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT	"TkTextFont"
#define DEF_LIST_HEIGHT	"10"

static Tk_OptionSpec EntryOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
        "ExportSelection", "1", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.exportSelection),
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_ENTRY_FONT, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.fontObj),-1,
................................................................................
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	"left", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.justify),
	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},



    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
        NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.showChar),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.stateObj), -1,
        0,0,STATE_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
................................................................................
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.xscroll.scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},

    /* EntryStyleData options:
     */



    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.foregroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "windowColor", "WindowColor",

	NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.backgroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
 * 	Initialize EntryStyleData record to fallback values.
 */
static void EntryInitStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{
#define INIT(member, value) \
	es->member = Tcl_NewStringObj(value, -1); \
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(es->member);

    INIT(foregroundObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
    INIT(selBorderObj, DEF_SELECT_BG)
    INIT(selForegroundObj, DEF_SELECT_FG)
    INIT(insertColorObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
    INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "0")
    INIT(insertWidthObj, "1")
#undef INIT
}

static void EntryFreeStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->foregroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selForegroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertColorObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderWidthObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertWidthObj);
}
................................................................................
    /* Initialize to fallback values:
     */
    *es = entryPtr->entry.styleDefaults;

#   define INIT(member, name) \
    if ((tmp=Ttk_QueryOption(entryPtr->core.layout,name,state))) \
    	es->member=tmp;

    INIT(foregroundObj, "-foreground");
    INIT(selBorderObj, "-selectbackground")
    INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "-selectborderwidth")
    INIT(selForegroundObj, "-selectforeground")
    INIT(insertColorObj, "-insertcolor")
    INIT(insertWidthObj, "-insertwidth")
#undef INIT

    /* Reacquire color & border resources from resource cache.
     */

    es->foregroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->foregroundObj);
    es->selForegroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->selForegroundObj);
    es->insertColorObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->insertColorObj);
    es->selBorderObj = Ttk_UseBorder(cache, tkwin, es->selBorderObj);
}

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................

/* EntryUpdateTextLayout --
 * 	Recompute textLayout, layoutWidth, and layoutHeight
 * 	from displayString and fontObj.
 */
static void EntryUpdateTextLayout(Entry *entryPtr)
{


    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->entry.textLayout);

    entryPtr->entry.textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(
	    Tk_GetFontFromObj(entryPtr->core.tkwin, entryPtr->entry.fontObj),
	    entryPtr->entry.displayString, entryPtr->entry.numChars,
	    0/*wraplength*/, entryPtr->entry.justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES,
	    &entryPtr->entry.layoutWidth, &entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight);








}

/* EntryEditable --
 * 	Returns 1 if the entry widget accepts user changes, 0 otherwise
 */
static int
EntryEditable(Entry *entryPtr)
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
    size_t byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst < 0 || !entryPtr->entry.exportSelection) {

	return -1;
    }
    string = entryPtr->entry.displayString;

    selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
    selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
	    entryPtr->entry.selectLast - entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
................................................................................
    entryPtr->core.flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION;
    entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
    TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
}

/* EntryOwnSelection --
 * 	Assert ownership of the PRIMARY selection,
 * 	if -exportselection set and selection is present.
 */
static void EntryOwnSelection(Entry *entryPtr)
{
    if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection

	&& !(entryPtr->core.flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
	Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->core.tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		(ClientData) entryPtr);
	entryPtr->core.flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
    }
}

................................................................................
	if (entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace)
	    Ttk_UntraceVariable(entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace);
	entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace = vt;
    }

    /* Claim the selection, in case we've suddenly started exporting it.
     */
    if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection && entryPtr->entry.selectFirst != -1) {

	EntryOwnSelection(entryPtr);
    }

    /* Handle -state compatibility option:
     */
    if (mask & STATE_CHANGED) {
	TtkCheckStateOption(&entryPtr->core, entryPtr->entry.stateObj);
................................................................................
	selLast = entryPtr->entry.selectLast;
    EntryStyleData es;
    GC gc;
    int showSelection, showCursor;
    Ttk_Box textarea;
    TkRegion clipRegion;
    XRectangle rect;


    EntryInitStyleData(entryPtr, &es);

    textarea = Ttk_ClientRegion(entryPtr->core.layout, "textarea");
    showCursor =
	   (entryPtr->core.flags & CURSOR_ON)
	&& EntryEditable(entryPtr)
................................................................................
	    cursorX-cursorWidth/2, cursorY, cursorWidth, cursorHeight);
	XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc, None);
	Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
    }

    /* Draw the text:
     */














    gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, es.foregroundObj, clipRegion);
    Tk_DrawTextLayout(
	Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
	entryPtr->entry.layoutX, entryPtr->entry.layoutY,
	leftIndex, rightIndex);
    XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc, None);
    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);








>







 







>
>







 







|
|
>
|
|
|
|







 







>
>
>







 







>
>
>



|
>
|







 







>











>







 







>










>







 







>
>

>
|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|
>







 







|




>







 







|
>







 







>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
...
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
...
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
...
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
...
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
...
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
...
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
...
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
...
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
...
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
....
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
....
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
....
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
 * displayString points to string if showChar == NULL,
 * or to malloc'ed storage if showChar != NULL.
 */

/* Style parameters:
 */
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *placeholderForegroundObj;/* Foreground color for placeholder text */
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;	/* Foreground color for normal text */
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;	/* Entry widget background color */
    Tcl_Obj *selBorderObj;	/* Border and background for selection */
    Tcl_Obj *selBorderWidthObj;	/* Width of selection border */
    Tcl_Obj *selForegroundObj;	/* Foreground color for selected text */
    Tcl_Obj *insertColorObj;	/* Color of insertion cursor */
    Tcl_Obj *insertWidthObj;	/* Insert cursor width */
................................................................................
    Tk_Justify justify;		/* Text justification */

    EntryStyleData styleData;	/* Display style data (widget options) */
    EntryStyleData styleDefaults;/* Style defaults (fallback values) */

    Tcl_Obj *stateObj;		/* Compatibility option -- see CheckStateObj */

    Tcl_Obj *placeholderObj;	/* Text to display for placeholder text */

    /*
     * Derived resources:
     */
    Ttk_TraceHandle *textVariableTrace;

    char *displayString;	/* String to use when displaying */
    Tk_TextLayout textLayout;	/* Cached text layout information. */
................................................................................
#define STATE_CHANGED	 	(0x100)	/* -state option changed */
#define TEXTVAR_CHANGED	 	(0x200)	/* -textvariable option changed */
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(0x400)	/* -xscrollcommand option changed */

/*
 * Default option values:
 */
#define DEF_SELECT_BG		"#000000"
#define DEF_SELECT_FG		"#ffffff"
#define DEF_PLACEHOLDER_FG	"#b3b3b3"
#define DEF_INSERT_BG		"black"
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH		"20"
#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT		"TkTextFont"
#define DEF_LIST_HEIGHT		"10"

static Tk_OptionSpec EntryOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
        "ExportSelection", "1", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.exportSelection),
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_ENTRY_FONT, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.fontObj),-1,
................................................................................
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	"left", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.justify),
	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-placeholder", "placeHolder", "PlaceHolder",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.placeholderObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
        NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.showChar),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.stateObj), -1,
        0,0,STATE_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
................................................................................
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.xscroll.scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},

    /* EntryStyleData options:
     */
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "windowColor", "WindowColor",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.backgroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.foregroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-placeholderforeground", "placeholderForeground",
        "PlaceholderForeground", NULL,
        Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.placeholderForegroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
 * 	Initialize EntryStyleData record to fallback values.
 */
static void EntryInitStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{
#define INIT(member, value) \
	es->member = Tcl_NewStringObj(value, -1); \
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(es->member);
    INIT(placeholderForegroundObj, DEF_PLACEHOLDER_FG)
    INIT(foregroundObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
    INIT(selBorderObj, DEF_SELECT_BG)
    INIT(selForegroundObj, DEF_SELECT_FG)
    INIT(insertColorObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
    INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "0")
    INIT(insertWidthObj, "1")
#undef INIT
}

static void EntryFreeStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->placeholderForegroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->foregroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selForegroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertColorObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderWidthObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertWidthObj);
}
................................................................................
    /* Initialize to fallback values:
     */
    *es = entryPtr->entry.styleDefaults;

#   define INIT(member, name) \
    if ((tmp=Ttk_QueryOption(entryPtr->core.layout,name,state))) \
    	es->member=tmp;
    INIT(placeholderForegroundObj, "-placeholderforeground");
    INIT(foregroundObj, "-foreground");
    INIT(selBorderObj, "-selectbackground")
    INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "-selectborderwidth")
    INIT(selForegroundObj, "-selectforeground")
    INIT(insertColorObj, "-insertcolor")
    INIT(insertWidthObj, "-insertwidth")
#undef INIT

    /* Reacquire color & border resources from resource cache.
     */
    es->placeholderForegroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->placeholderForegroundObj);
    es->foregroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->foregroundObj);
    es->selForegroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->selForegroundObj);
    es->insertColorObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->insertColorObj);
    es->selBorderObj = Ttk_UseBorder(cache, tkwin, es->selBorderObj);
}

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................

/* EntryUpdateTextLayout --
 * 	Recompute textLayout, layoutWidth, and layoutHeight
 * 	from displayString and fontObj.
 */
static void EntryUpdateTextLayout(Entry *entryPtr)
{
    int length;
    char *text;
    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->entry.textLayout);
    if ((entryPtr->entry.numChars != 0) || (entryPtr->entry.placeholderObj == NULL)) {
        entryPtr->entry.textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(
	    Tk_GetFontFromObj(entryPtr->core.tkwin, entryPtr->entry.fontObj),
	    entryPtr->entry.displayString, entryPtr->entry.numChars,
	    0/*wraplength*/, entryPtr->entry.justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES,
	    &entryPtr->entry.layoutWidth, &entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight);
    } else {
        text = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(entryPtr->entry.placeholderObj, &length);
        entryPtr->entry.textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(
	    Tk_GetFontFromObj(entryPtr->core.tkwin, entryPtr->entry.fontObj),
	    text, length,
	    0/*wraplength*/, entryPtr->entry.justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES,
	    &entryPtr->entry.layoutWidth, &entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight);
    }
}

/* EntryEditable --
 * 	Returns 1 if the entry widget accepts user changes, 0 otherwise
 */
static int
EntryEditable(Entry *entryPtr)
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
    size_t byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst < 0 || (!entryPtr->entry.exportSelection)
	    || Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->core.interp)) {
	return -1;
    }
    string = entryPtr->entry.displayString;

    selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
    selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
	    entryPtr->entry.selectLast - entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
................................................................................
    entryPtr->core.flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION;
    entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
    TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
}

/* EntryOwnSelection --
 * 	Assert ownership of the PRIMARY selection,
 * 	if -exportselection set and selection is present and interp is unsafe.
 */
static void EntryOwnSelection(Entry *entryPtr)
{
    if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection
	&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->core.interp))
	&& !(entryPtr->core.flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
	Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->core.tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		(ClientData) entryPtr);
	entryPtr->core.flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
    }
}

................................................................................
	if (entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace)
	    Ttk_UntraceVariable(entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace);
	entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace = vt;
    }

    /* Claim the selection, in case we've suddenly started exporting it.
     */
    if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection && (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst != -1)
	    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->core.interp))) {
	EntryOwnSelection(entryPtr);
    }

    /* Handle -state compatibility option:
     */
    if (mask & STATE_CHANGED) {
	TtkCheckStateOption(&entryPtr->core, entryPtr->entry.stateObj);
................................................................................
	selLast = entryPtr->entry.selectLast;
    EntryStyleData es;
    GC gc;
    int showSelection, showCursor;
    Ttk_Box textarea;
    TkRegion clipRegion;
    XRectangle rect;
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;

    EntryInitStyleData(entryPtr, &es);

    textarea = Ttk_ClientRegion(entryPtr->core.layout, "textarea");
    showCursor =
	   (entryPtr->core.flags & CURSOR_ON)
	&& EntryEditable(entryPtr)
................................................................................
	    cursorX-cursorWidth/2, cursorY, cursorWidth, cursorHeight);
	XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc, None);
	Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
    }

    /* Draw the text:
     */
    if ((*(entryPtr->entry.displayString) == '\0')
		&& (entryPtr->entry.placeholderObj != NULL)) {
	/* No text displayed, but -placeholder is given */
	if (Tcl_GetCharLength(es.placeholderForegroundObj) > 0) {
	    foregroundObj = es.placeholderForegroundObj;
	} else {
            foregroundObj = es.foregroundObj;
	}
	/* Use placeholder text width */
	leftIndex = 0;
        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(entryPtr->entry.placeholderObj,&rightIndex);
    } else {
        foregroundObj = es.foregroundObj;
    }
    gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, foregroundObj, clipRegion);
    Tk_DrawTextLayout(
	Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
	entryPtr->entry.layoutX, entryPtr->entry.layoutY,
	leftIndex, rightIndex);
    XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc, None);
    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkImage.c.

341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
Ttk_CreateImageElement(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    void *clientData,
    Ttk_Theme theme,
    const char *elementName,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *optionStrings[] =
	 { "-border","-height","-padding","-sticky","-width",NULL };
    enum { O_BORDER, O_HEIGHT, O_PADDING, O_STICKY, O_WIDTH };

    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
    ImageData *imageData = 0;
    int padding_specified = 0;
    int i;







|







341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
Ttk_CreateImageElement(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    void *clientData,
    Ttk_Theme theme,
    const char *elementName,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const optionStrings[] =
	 { "-border","-height","-padding","-sticky","-width",NULL };
    enum { O_BORDER, O_HEIGHT, O_PADDING, O_STICKY, O_WIDTH };

    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
    ImageData *imageData = 0;
    int padding_specified = 0;
    int i;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkInit.c.

58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
	    sizeof(char *), "orientation", 0, resultPtr);
}

/*
 * Recognized values for the -state compatibility option.
 * Other options are accepted and interpreted as synonyms for "normal".
 */
static const char *ttkStateStrings[] = {
    "normal", "readonly", "disabled", "active", NULL
};
enum {
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_READONLY,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_DISABLED,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_ACTIVE







|







58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
	    sizeof(char *), "orientation", 0, resultPtr);
}

/*
 * Recognized values for the -state compatibility option.
 * Other options are accepted and interpreted as synonyms for "normal".
 */
static const char *const ttkStateStrings[] = {
    "normal", "readonly", "disabled", "active", NULL
};
enum {
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_READONLY,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_DISABLED,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_ACTIVE

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkLayout.c.

600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
 *	Convert a Tcl list into a layout template.
 *
 * Syntax:
 * 	layoutSpec ::= { elementName ?-option value ...? }+
 */

/* NB: This must match bit definitions TTK_PACK_LEFT etc. */
static const char *packSideStrings[] =
    { "left", "right", "top", "bottom", NULL };

Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    enum {  OP_SIDE, OP_STICKY, OP_EXPAND, OP_BORDER, OP_UNIT, OP_CHILDREN };
    static const char *optStrings[] = {
	"-side", "-sticky", "-expand", "-border", "-unit", "-children", 0 };

    int i = 0, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    Ttk_TemplateNode *head = 0, *tail = 0;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)







|





|







600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
 *	Convert a Tcl list into a layout template.
 *
 * Syntax:
 * 	layoutSpec ::= { elementName ?-option value ...? }+
 */

/* NB: This must match bit definitions TTK_PACK_LEFT etc. */
static const char *const packSideStrings[] =
    { "left", "right", "top", "bottom", NULL };

Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    enum {  OP_SIDE, OP_STICKY, OP_EXPAND, OP_BORDER, OP_UNIT, OP_CHILDREN };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = {
	"-side", "-sticky", "-expand", "-border", "-unit", "-children", 0 };

    int i = 0, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    Ttk_TemplateNode *head = 0, *tail = 0;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c.

1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063

/* $nb identify $x $y --
 * 	Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none.
 */
static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "tab", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_TAB };
    int what = IDENTIFY_ELEMENT;
    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element = NULL;
    int x, y, tabIndex;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {







|







1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063

/* $nb identify $x $y --
 * 	Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none.
 */
static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", "tab", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_TAB };
    int what = IDENTIFY_ELEMENT;
    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element = NULL;
    int x, y, tabIndex;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c.

711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725

/* $pw identify ?what? $x $y --
 * 	Return index of sash at $x,$y
 */
static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "sash", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_SASH };
    int what = IDENTIFY_SASH;
    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
    int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
    int nSashes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
    int x, y, pos;
    int index;







|







711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725

/* $pw identify ?what? $x $y --
 * 	Return index of sash at $x,$y
 */
static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", "sash", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_SASH };
    int what = IDENTIFY_SASH;
    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
    int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
    int nSashes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
    int x, y, pos;
    int index;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c.

441
442
443
444
445
446
447

448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457


458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
    if (pb->progress.mode == TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE) {
	double maximum = 100.0;
	(void)Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.maximumObj, &maximum);
	value = fmod(value, maximum);
    }

    newValueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value);


    TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);

    /* Update value by setting the linked -variable, if there is one:
     */
    if (pb->progress.variableTrace) {
	return Tcl_ObjSetVar2(
		    interp, pb->progress.variableObj, 0, newValueObj,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	    ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;


    }

    /* Otherwise, change the -value directly:
     */
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(newValueObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pb->progress.valueObj);
    pb->progress.valueObj = newValueObj;
    CheckAnimation(pb);

    return TCL_OK;
}








>






|
|
|
|
>
>




<







441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464

465
466
467
468
469
470
471
    if (pb->progress.mode == TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE) {
	double maximum = 100.0;
	(void)Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.maximumObj, &maximum);
	value = fmod(value, maximum);
    }

    newValueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(newValueObj);

    TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);

    /* Update value by setting the linked -variable, if there is one:
     */
    if (pb->progress.variableTrace) {
	int result = Tcl_ObjSetVar2(
		        interp, pb->progress.variableObj, 0, newValueObj,
		        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	        ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
        Tcl_DecrRefCount(newValueObj);
        return result;
    }

    /* Otherwise, change the -value directly:
     */

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pb->progress.valueObj);
    pb->progress.valueObj = newValueObj;
    CheckAnimation(pb);

    return TCL_OK;
}

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScale.c.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17




18
19
20
21
22
23
24
..
31
32
33
34
35
36
37





38
39
40
41
42
43
44
..
61
62
63
64
65
66
67




68
69
70
71
72
73
74
...
134
135
136
137
138
139
140




141
142
143
144
145
146
147
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100"

#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))





/*
 * Scale widget record
 */
typedef struct
{
    /* slider element options */
    Tcl_Obj *fromObj;         /* minimum value */
................................................................................
    /* widget options */
    Tcl_Obj *commandObj;
    Tcl_Obj *variableObj;

    /* internal state */
    Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace;






} ScalePart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    ScalePart  scale;
} Scale;
................................................................................
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To", "1.0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.toObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
	DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0,
    	GEOMETRY_CHANGED},





    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static XPoint ValueToPoint(Scale *scalePtr, double value);
static double PointToValue(Scale *scalePtr, int x, int y);
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (scale->scale.variableTrace) {
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(scale->scale.variableTrace);
    }
    scale->scale.variableTrace = vt;





    return TCL_OK;
}

/* ScalePostConfigure --
 * 	Post-configuration hook.
 */







>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
..
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
..
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
...
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100"

#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))

/* Bit fields for OptionSpec mask field:
 */
#define STATE_CHANGED	 	(0x100)		/* -state option changed */

/*
 * Scale widget record
 */
typedef struct
{
    /* slider element options */
    Tcl_Obj *fromObj;         /* minimum value */
................................................................................
    /* widget options */
    Tcl_Obj *commandObj;
    Tcl_Obj *variableObj;

    /* internal state */
    Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace;

    /*
     * Compatibility/legacy options:
     */
    Tcl_Obj *stateObj;

} ScalePart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    ScalePart  scale;
} Scale;
................................................................................
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To", "1.0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.toObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
	DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0,
    	GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.stateObj), -1,
        0,0,STATE_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static XPoint ValueToPoint(Scale *scalePtr, double value);
static double PointToValue(Scale *scalePtr, int x, int y);
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (scale->scale.variableTrace) {
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(scale->scale.variableTrace);
    }
    scale->scale.variableTrace = vt;

    if (mask & STATE_CHANGED) {
	TtkCheckStateOption(&scale->core, scale->scale.stateObj);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/* ScalePostConfigure --
 * 	Post-configuration hook.
 */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c.

1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387

/* + style theme create name ?-parent $theme? ?-settings { script }?
 */
static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
    static const char *optStrings[] =
    	 { "-parent", "-settings", NULL };
    enum { OP_PARENT, OP_SETTINGS };
    Ttk_Theme parentTheme = pkgPtr->defaultTheme, newTheme;
    Tcl_Obj *settingsScript = NULL;
    const char *themeName;
    int i;








|







1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387

/* + style theme create name ?-parent $theme? ?-settings { script }?
 */
static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
    static const char *const optStrings[] =
    	 { "-parent", "-settings", NULL };
    enum { OP_PARENT, OP_SETTINGS };
    Ttk_Theme parentTheme = pkgPtr->defaultTheme, newTheme;
    Tcl_Obj *settingsScript = NULL;
    const char *themeName;
    int i;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c.

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39











40
41
42
43
44
45
46
/*
 * Tcl_VarTraceProc for trace handles.
 */
static char *
VarTraceProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Widget record pointer */
    Tcl_Interp *interp, 	/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* (unused) */
    const char *name2,		/* (unused) */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Ttk_TraceHandle *tracePtr = clientData;
    const char *name, *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) {
	return NULL;
    }












    name = Tcl_GetString(tracePtr->varnameObj);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace:
     */
    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) {







|
|









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
/*
 * Tcl_VarTraceProc for trace handles.
 */
static char *
VarTraceProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Widget record pointer */
    Tcl_Interp *interp, 	/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Ttk_TraceHandle *tracePtr = clientData;
    const char *name, *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) {
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (tracePtr->varnameObj == NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		VarTraceProc, clientData);
	return NULL;
    }

    name = Tcl_GetString(tracePtr->varnameObj);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace:
     */
    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) {

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c.

317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
...
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
....
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
....
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
....
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
 */

#define SHOW_TREE 	(0x1) 	/* Show tree column? */
#define SHOW_HEADINGS	(0x2)	/* Show heading row? */

#define DEFAULT_SHOW	"tree headings"

static const char *showStrings[] = {
    "tree", "headings", NULL
};

static int GetEnumSetFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
    const char *table[],
    unsigned *resultPtr)
{
    unsigned result = 0;
    int i, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
................................................................................

#define USER_MASK 		0x0100
#define COLUMNS_CHANGED 	(USER_MASK)
#define DCOLUMNS_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<1)
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<2)
#define SHOW_CHANGED 		(USER_MASK<<3)

static const char *SelectModeStrings[] = { "none", "browse", "extended", NULL };

static Tk_OptionSpec TreeviewOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-columns", "columns", "Columns",
	"", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.columnsObj), -1,
	0,0,COLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*| READONLY_OPTION*/ },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-displaycolumns","displayColumns","DisplayColumns",
	"#all", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.displayColumnsObj), -1,
................................................................................
    REGION_NOTHING = 0,
    REGION_HEADING,
    REGION_SEPARATOR,
    REGION_TREE,
    REGION_CELL
} TreeRegion;

static const char *regionStrings[] = {
    "nothing", "heading", "separator", "tree", "cell", 0
};

static TreeRegion IdentifyRegion(Treeview *tv, int x, int y)
{
    int x1 = 0, colno;

................................................................................
/* + $tv identify $component $x $y --
 * 	Identify the component at position x,y.
 */

static int TreeviewIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *submethodStrings[] =
	 { "region", "item", "column", "row", "element", NULL };
    enum { I_REGION, I_ITEM, I_COLUMN, I_ROW, I_ELEMENT };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int submethod;
    int x, y;

................................................................................
 */
static int TreeviewSelectionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    enum {
	SELECTION_SET, SELECTION_ADD, SELECTION_REMOVE, SELECTION_TOGGLE
    };
    static const char *selopStrings[] = {
	"set", "add", "remove", "toggle", NULL
    };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int selop, i;
    TreeItem *item, **items;








|






|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
...
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
....
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
....
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
....
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
 */

#define SHOW_TREE 	(0x1) 	/* Show tree column? */
#define SHOW_HEADINGS	(0x2)	/* Show heading row? */

#define DEFAULT_SHOW	"tree headings"

static const char *const showStrings[] = {
    "tree", "headings", NULL
};

static int GetEnumSetFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
    const char *const table[],
    unsigned *resultPtr)
{
    unsigned result = 0;
    int i, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
................................................................................

#define USER_MASK 		0x0100
#define COLUMNS_CHANGED 	(USER_MASK)
#define DCOLUMNS_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<1)
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<2)
#define SHOW_CHANGED 		(USER_MASK<<3)

static const char *const SelectModeStrings[] = { "none", "browse", "extended", NULL };

static Tk_OptionSpec TreeviewOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-columns", "columns", "Columns",
	"", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.columnsObj), -1,
	0,0,COLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*| READONLY_OPTION*/ },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-displaycolumns","displayColumns","DisplayColumns",
	"#all", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.displayColumnsObj), -1,
................................................................................
    REGION_NOTHING = 0,
    REGION_HEADING,
    REGION_SEPARATOR,
    REGION_TREE,
    REGION_CELL
} TreeRegion;

static const char *const regionStrings[] = {
    "nothing", "heading", "separator", "tree", "cell", 0
};

static TreeRegion IdentifyRegion(Treeview *tv, int x, int y)
{
    int x1 = 0, colno;

................................................................................
/* + $tv identify $component $x $y --
 * 	Identify the component at position x,y.
 */

static int TreeviewIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const submethodStrings[] =
	 { "region", "item", "column", "row", "element", NULL };
    enum { I_REGION, I_ITEM, I_COLUMN, I_ROW, I_ELEMENT };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int submethod;
    int x, y;

................................................................................
 */
static int TreeviewSelectionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    enum {
	SELECTION_SET, SELECTION_ADD, SELECTION_REMOVE, SELECTION_TOGGLE
    };
    static const char *const selopStrings[] = {
	"set", "add", "remove", "toggle", NULL
    };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int selop, i;
    TreeItem *item, **items;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c.

753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
 * 	Returns: name of element at $x, $y
 */
int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element;
    static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", NULL };
    int x, y, what;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?what? x y");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 5) {







|







753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
 * 	Returns: name of element at $x, $y
 */
int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element;
    static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", NULL };
    int x, y, what;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?what? x y");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 5) {

Changes to library/demos/combo.tcl.

39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

47
48
49
50
51
52
53
    Canberra Sydney Melbourne Perth Adelaide Brisbane
    Hobart Darwin "Alice Springs"
}
set secondValue unchangable
set ozCity Sydney

ttk::labelframe $w.c1 -text "Fully Editable"
ttk::combobox $w.c1.c -textvariable firstValue

ttk::labelframe $w.c2 -text Disabled
ttk::combobox $w.c2.c -textvariable secondValue -state disabled
ttk::labelframe $w.c3 -text "Defined List Only"
ttk::combobox $w.c3.c -textvariable ozCity -state readonly \
	-values $australianCities
bind $w.c1.c <Return> {
    if {[%W get] ni [%W cget -values]} {







|
>







39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
    Canberra Sydney Melbourne Perth Adelaide Brisbane
    Hobart Darwin "Alice Springs"
}
set secondValue unchangable
set ozCity Sydney

ttk::labelframe $w.c1 -text "Fully Editable"
ttk::combobox $w.c1.c -textvariable firstValue -placeholder {Enter text here}
ttk::style configure TEntry -placeholderforeground gray50
ttk::labelframe $w.c2 -text Disabled
ttk::combobox $w.c2.c -textvariable secondValue -state disabled
ttk::labelframe $w.c3 -text "Defined List Only"
ttk::combobox $w.c3.c -textvariable ozCity -state readonly \
	-values $australianCities
bind $w.c1.c <Return> {
    if {[%W get] ni [%W cget -values]} {

Changes to library/demos/entry1.tcl.

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x

entry $w.e1
entry $w.e2
entry $w.e3
pack $w.e1 $w.e2 $w.e3 -side top -pady 5 -padx 10 -fill x

$w.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."







|






21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x

entry $w.e1
entry $w.e2
entry $w.e3 -placeholder {Enter text here} -placeholderforeground gray75
pack $w.e1 $w.e2 $w.e3 -side top -pady 5 -padx 10 -fill x

$w.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."

Changes to library/demos/entry2.tcl.

40
41
42
43
44
45
46

pack $w.frame.e1 $w.frame.s1 $w.frame.spacer1 $w.frame.e2 $w.frame.s2 \
	$w.frame.spacer2 $w.frame.e3 $w.frame.s3 -side top -fill x

$w.frame.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.frame.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."








>
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
pack $w.frame.e1 $w.frame.s1 $w.frame.spacer1 $w.frame.e2 $w.frame.s2 \
	$w.frame.spacer2 $w.frame.e3 $w.frame.s3 -side top -fill x

$w.frame.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.frame.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."
$w.frame.e3 configure -placeholder {Enter text here} -placeholderforeground gray75

Added library/demos/images/earthmenu.png.

cannot compute difference between binary files

Changes to library/demos/menu.tcl.

110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117


118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140







141
142
143
144
145
146
147
$m invoke 1
$m invoke 7

set m $w.menu.icon
$w.menu add cascade -label "Icons" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
# Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory
$m add command -bitmap @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images pattern.xbm] \


    -hidemargin 1 -command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.pattern {Bitmap Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays a bitmap rather than\
		a text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]
foreach i {info questhead error} {
    $m add command -bitmap $i -hidemargin 1 -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked the $i bitmap" ]
}
$m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1

set m $w.menu.more
$w.menu add cascade -label "More" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
foreach i {{An entry} {Another entry} {Does nothing} {Does almost nothing} {Make life meaningful}} {
    $m add command -label $i -command [list puts "You invoked \"$i\""]
}
$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing" -bitmap questhead -compound left \
	-command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays both a bitmap and a\
		text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]








set m $w.menu.colors
$w.menu add cascade -label "Colors" -menu $m -underline 1
menu $m -tearoff 1
foreach i {red orange yellow green blue} {
    $m add command -label $i -background $i -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked \"$i\"" ]







|
>
>


|











|








>
>
>
>
>
>
>







110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
$m invoke 1
$m invoke 7

set m $w.menu.icon
$w.menu add cascade -label "Icons" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
# Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory
image create photo lilearth -file [file join $tk_demoDirectory \
images earthmenu.png]
$m add command -image lilearth \
    -hidemargin 1 -command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.pattern {Bitmap Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays a photoimage rather than\
		a text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]
foreach i {info questhead error} {
    $m add command -bitmap $i -hidemargin 1 -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked the $i bitmap" ]
}
$m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1

set m $w.menu.more
$w.menu add cascade -label "More" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
foreach i {{An entry} {Another entry} {Does nothing} {Does almost nothing} {Does almost nothing also} {Make life meaningful}} {
    $m add command -label $i -command [list puts "You invoked \"$i\""]
}
$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing" -bitmap questhead -compound left \
	-command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays both a bitmap and a\
		text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]

$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing also" -image lilearth -compound left \
	-command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays both a image and a\
		text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]

set m $w.menu.colors
$w.menu add cascade -label "Colors" -menu $m -underline 1
menu $m -tearoff 1
foreach i {red orange yellow green blue} {
    $m add command -label $i -background $i -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked \"$i\"" ]

Changes to library/demos/tree.tcl.

35
36
37
38
39
40
41

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
proc populateTree {tree node} {
    if {[$tree set $node type] ne "directory"} {
	return
    }
    set path [$tree set $node fullpath]
    $tree delete [$tree children $node]
    foreach f [lsort -dictionary [glob -nocomplain -dir $path *]] {

	set type [file type $f]
	set id [$tree insert $node end -text [file tail $f] \
		-values [list $f $type]]

	if {$type eq "directory"} {
	    ## Make it so that this node is openable
	    $tree insert $id 0 -text dummy ;# a dummy







>







35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
proc populateTree {tree node} {
    if {[$tree set $node type] ne "directory"} {
	return
    }
    set path [$tree set $node fullpath]
    $tree delete [$tree children $node]
    foreach f [lsort -dictionary [glob -nocomplain -dir $path *]] {
	set f [file normalize $f]
	set type [file type $f]
	set id [$tree insert $node end -text [file tail $f] \
		-values [list $f $type]]

	if {$type eq "directory"} {
	    ## Make it so that this node is openable
	    $tree insert $id 0 -text dummy ;# a dummy

Changes to library/listbox.tcl.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tk::Priv elements used in this file:
#
# afterId -		Token returned by "after" for autoscanning.
# listboxPrev -		The last element to be selected or deselected
#			during a selection operation.
# listboxSelection -	All of the items that were selected before the
#			current selection operation (such as a mouse
#			drag) started;  used to cancel an operation.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------







|







10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tk::Priv elements used in this file:
#
# afterId -		Token returned by "after" for autoscanning.
# listboxPrev -	The last element to be selected or deselected
#			during a selection operation.
# listboxSelection -	All of the items that were selected before the
#			current selection operation (such as a mouse
#			drag) started;  used to cancel an operation.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Changes to library/menu.tcl.

605
606
607
608
609
610
611

612

613
614
615
616
617
618
619
proc ::tk::MenuButtonDown menu {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    if {![winfo viewable $menu]} {
        return
    }
    if {[$menu index active] eq "none"} {

        set Priv(window) {}

        return
    }
    $menu postcascade active
    if {$Priv(postedMb) ne "" && [winfo viewable $Priv(postedMb)]} {
	grab -global $Priv(postedMb)
    } else {
	while {[$menu cget -type] eq "normal" \







>
|
>







605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
proc ::tk::MenuButtonDown menu {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    if {![winfo viewable $menu]} {
        return
    }
    if {[$menu index active] eq "none"} {
        if {[$menu cget -type] ne "menubar" } {
            set Priv(window) {}
        }
        return
    }
    $menu postcascade active
    if {$Priv(postedMb) ne "" && [winfo viewable $Priv(postedMb)]} {
	grab -global $Priv(postedMb)
    } else {
	while {[$menu cget -type] eq "normal" \

Changes to library/msgbox.tcl.

230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237

238
239
240
241
242
243
244
	if {[lindex $btn 0] eq $data(-default)} {
	    set valid 1
	    break
	}
    }
    if {!$valid} {
	return -code error -errorcode {TK MSGBOX DEFAULT} \
	    "invalid default button \"$data(-default)\""

    }

    # 2. Set the dialog to be a child window of $parent
    #
    #
    if {$data(-parent) ne "."} {
	set w $data(-parent).__tk__messagebox







|
>







230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
	if {[lindex $btn 0] eq $data(-default)} {
	    set valid 1
	    break
	}
    }
    if {!$valid} {
	return -code error -errorcode {TK MSGBOX DEFAULT} \
	    "bad -default value \"$data(-default)\": must be\
	    abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes"
    }

    # 2. Set the dialog to be a child window of $parent
    #
    #
    if {$data(-parent) ne "."} {
	set w $data(-parent).__tk__messagebox

Changes to library/palette.tcl.

201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235

# ::tk::Darken --
# Given a color name, computes a new color value that darkens (or
# brightens) the given color by a given percent.
#
# Arguments:
# color -	Name of starting color.
# perecent -	Integer telling how much to brighten or darken as a
#		percent: 50 means darken by 50%, 110 means brighten
#		by 10%.

proc ::tk::Darken {color percent} {
    foreach {red green blue} [winfo rgb . $color] {
	set red [expr {($red/256)*$percent/100}]
	set green [expr {($green/256)*$percent/100}]
	set blue [expr {($blue/256)*$percent/100}]
	break
    }
    if {$red > 255} {
	set red 255
    }
    if {$green > 255} {
	set green 255
    }
    if {$blue > 255} {
	set blue 255
    }
    return [format "#%02x%02x%02x" $red $green $blue]
}

# ::tk_bisque --
# Reset the Tk color palette to the old "bisque" colors.
#
# Arguments:
# None.







|




|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|







201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235

# ::tk::Darken --
# Given a color name, computes a new color value that darkens (or
# brightens) the given color by a given percent.
#
# Arguments:
# color -	Name of starting color.
# percent -	Integer telling how much to brighten or darken as a
#		percent: 50 means darken by 50%, 110 means brighten
#		by 10%.

proc ::tk::Darken {color percent} {
    if {$percent < 0} {
        return #000000
    } elseif {$percent > 200} {
        return #ffffff
    } elseif {$percent <= 100} {
        lassign [winfo rgb . $color] r g b
        set r [expr {($r/256)*$percent/100}]
        set g [expr {($g/256)*$percent/100}]
        set b [expr {($b/256)*$percent/100}]
    } elseif {$percent > 100} {
        lassign [winfo rgb . $color] r g b
        set r [expr {255 - ((65535-$r)/256)*(200-$percent)/100}]
        set g [expr {255 - ((65535-$g)/256)*(200-$percent)/100}]
        set b [expr {255 - ((65535-$b)/256)*(200-$percent)/100}]
    }
    return [format #%02x%02x%02x $r $g $b]
}

# ::tk_bisque --
# Reset the Tk color palette to the old "bisque" colors.
#
# Arguments:
# None.

Changes to library/text.tcl.

1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
# w -		Name of a text widget.

proc ::tk_textCut w {
    if {![catch {set data [$w get sel.first sel.last]}]} {
        # make <<Cut>> an atomic operation on the Undo stack,
        # i.e. separate it from other delete operations on either side
	set oldSeparator [$w cget -autoseparators]
	if {$oldSeparator} {
	    $w edit separator
	}
	clipboard clear -displayof $w
	clipboard append -displayof $w $data
	$w delete sel.first sel.last
	if {$oldSeparator} {
	    $w edit separator
	}
    }
}

# ::tk_textPaste --
# This procedure pastes the contents of the clipboard to the insertion







|





|







1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
# w -		Name of a text widget.

proc ::tk_textCut w {
    if {![catch {set data [$w get sel.first sel.last]}]} {
        # make <<Cut>> an atomic operation on the Undo stack,
        # i.e. separate it from other delete operations on either side
	set oldSeparator [$w cget -autoseparators]
	if {([$w cget -state] eq "normal") && $oldSeparator} {
	    $w edit separator
	}
	clipboard clear -displayof $w
	clipboard append -displayof $w $data
	$w delete sel.first sel.last
	if {([$w cget -state] eq "normal") && $oldSeparator} {
	    $w edit separator
	}
    }
}

# ::tk_textPaste --
# This procedure pastes the contents of the clipboard to the insertion

Changes to library/ttk/altTheme.tcl.

91
92
93
94
95
96
97


98


99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 1 0}] \
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \


	    -foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;

	ttk::style configure TScale \
	    -groovewidth 4 -troughrelief sunken \
	    -sliderwidth raised -borderwidth 2
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background $colors(-selectbg) -borderwidth 0
    }
}







>
>
|
>
>
|








91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 1 0}] \
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	ttk::style configure TScale \
	    -groovewidth 4 -troughrelief sunken \
	    -sliderwidth raised -borderwidth 2
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background $colors(-selectbg) -borderwidth 0
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/aquaTheme.tcl.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43


44
45



46
47
48
49
50
51
52
	# Combobox:
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -postoffset {5 -2 -10 0}

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 18 -background White
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background {{selected background} systemHighlightSecondary
		    selected systemHighlight}




	# Enable animation for ttk::progressbar widget:
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -period 100 -maxphase 255

	# For Aqua, labelframe labels should appear outside the border,
	# with a 14 pixel inset and 4 pixels spacing between border and label
	# (ref: Apple Human Interface Guidelines / Controls / Grouping Controls)







>
>
|
|
>
>
>







37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
	# Combobox:
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -postoffset {5 -2 -10 0}

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 18 -background White
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled systemDialogBackgroundInactive \
				{!disabled !selected} systemWindowBody \
				{selected background} systemHighlightSecondary \
				selected systemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list disabled systemModelessDialogInactiveText \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected systemModelessDialogActiveText]

	# Enable animation for ttk::progressbar widget:
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -period 100 -maxphase 255

	# For Aqua, labelframe labels should appear outside the border,
	# with a 14 pixel inset and 4 pixels spacing between border and label
	# (ref: Apple Human Interface Guidelines / Controls / Grouping Controls)

Changes to library/ttk/clamTheme.tcl.

127
128
129
130
131
132
133


134


135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading \
	    -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised -padding {3}
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \


	    -foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;

    	ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
	    -labeloutside true -labelmargins {0 0 0 4} \
	    -borderwidth 2 -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -background $colors(-frame)

	ttk::style configure Sash -sashthickness 6 -gripcount 10
    }
}







>
>
|
>
>
|










127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading \
	    -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised -padding {3}
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

    	ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
	    -labeloutside true -labelmargins {0 0 0 4} \
	    -borderwidth 2 -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -background $colors(-frame)

	ttk::style configure Sash -sashthickness 6 -gripcount 10
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/classicTheme.tcl.

94
95
96
97
98
99
100


101


102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
	    -background $colors(-troughbg)
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -background [list selected $colors(-frame)]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \


	    -foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;

	#
	# Toolbar buttons:
	#
	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding 2 -relief flat -shiftrelief 2
	ttk::style map Toolbutton -relief \
	    {disabled flat selected sunken pressed sunken active raised}
	ttk::style map Toolbutton -background \
	    [list pressed $colors(-troughbg)  active $colors(-activebg)]
    }
}







>
>
|
>
>
|











94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
	    -background $colors(-troughbg)
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -background [list selected $colors(-frame)]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	#
	# Toolbar buttons:
	#
	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding 2 -relief flat -shiftrelief 2
	ttk::style map Toolbutton -relief \
	    {disabled flat selected sunken pressed sunken active raised}
	ttk::style map Toolbutton -background \
	    [list pressed $colors(-troughbg)  active $colors(-activebg)]
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/combobox.tcl.

84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
bind ComboboxPopdown	<Unmap>		{ ttk::combobox::UnmapPopdown %W }
bind ComboboxPopdown	<ButtonPress> \
			{ ttk::combobox::Unpost [winfo parent %W] }

### Option database settings.
#

option add *TCombobox*Listbox.font TkTextFont
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.relief flat
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.highlightThickness 0

## Platform-specific settings.
#
switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
    x11 {
	option add *TCombobox*Listbox.background white
    }
    aqua {
	option add *TCombobox*Listbox.borderWidth 0
    }
}

### Binding procedures.
#

## Press $mode $x $y -- ButtonPress binding for comboboxes.







|
|
|





|


|







84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
bind ComboboxPopdown	<Unmap>		{ ttk::combobox::UnmapPopdown %W }
bind ComboboxPopdown	<ButtonPress> \
			{ ttk::combobox::Unpost [winfo parent %W] }

### Option database settings.
#

option add *TCombobox*Listbox.font TkTextFont widgetDefault
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.relief flat widgetDefault
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.highlightThickness 0 widgetDefault

## Platform-specific settings.
#
switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
    x11 {
	option add *TCombobox*Listbox.background white widgetDefault
    }
    aqua {
	option add *TCombobox*Listbox.borderWidth 0 widgetDefault
    }
}

### Binding procedures.
#

## Press $mode $x $y -- ButtonPress binding for comboboxes.

Changes to library/ttk/defaults.tcl.

106
107
108
109
110
111
112


113


114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
	# Treeview.
	#
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview \
	    -background $colors(-window) \
	    -foreground $colors(-text) ;
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \


	    -foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;

	# Combobox popdown frame
	ttk::style layout ComboboxPopdownFrame {
	    ComboboxPopdownFrame.border -sticky nswe
	}
 	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -borderwidth 1 -relief solid







>
>
|
>
>
|







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
	# Treeview.
	#
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview \
	    -background $colors(-window) \
	    -foreground $colors(-text) ;
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	# Combobox popdown frame
	ttk::style layout ComboboxPopdownFrame {
	    ComboboxPopdownFrame.border -sticky nswe
	}
 	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -borderwidth 1 -relief solid

Changes to library/ttk/entry.tcl.

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
	set State(scanDen) 1
	set State(deadband) 3	;# #pixels for mouse-moved deadband.
    }
}

### Option database settings.
#
option add *TEntry.cursor [ttk::cursor text]

### Bindings.
#
# Removed the following standard Tk bindings:
#
# <Control-Key-space>, <Control-Shift-Key-space>,
# <Key-Select>,  <Shift-Key-Select>:







|







30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
	set State(scanDen) 1
	set State(deadband) 3	;# #pixels for mouse-moved deadband.
    }
}

### Option database settings.
#
option add *TEntry.cursor [ttk::cursor text] widgetDefault

### Bindings.
#
# Removed the following standard Tk bindings:
#
# <Control-Key-space>, <Control-Shift-Key-space>,
# <Key-Select>,  <Shift-Key-Select>:

Changes to library/ttk/sizegrip.tcl.

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
#
# NOTE: the sizegrip widget must be in the lower right hand corner.
#

switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
    x11 -
    win32 {
	option add *TSizegrip.cursor [ttk::cursor seresize]
    }
    aqua {
    	# Aqua sizegrips use default Arrow cursor.
    }
}

namespace eval ttk::sizegrip {







|







5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
#
# NOTE: the sizegrip widget must be in the lower right hand corner.
#

switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
    x11 -
    win32 {
	option add *TSizegrip.cursor [ttk::cursor seresize] widgetDefault
    }
    aqua {
    	# Aqua sizegrips use default Arrow cursor.
    }
}

namespace eval ttk::sizegrip {

Changes to library/ttk/vistaTheme.tcl.

42
43
44
45
46
47
48


49


50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 2 2}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected SystemHighlight] \


	    -foreground [list selected SystemHighlightText] ;

        # Label and Toolbutton
	ttk::style configure TLabelframe.Label -foreground "#0046d5"

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}

        # Combobox







>
>
|
>
>
|







42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 2 2}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \
				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \
				selected SystemHighlightText]

        # Label and Toolbutton
	ttk::style configure TLabelframe.Label -foreground "#0046d5"

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}

        # Combobox

Changes to library/ttk/winTheme.tcl.

67
68
69
70
71
72
73


74


75
76
77
78
79
80
	ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {3 1} -borderwidth 1
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -expand [list selected {2 2 2 0}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected SystemHighlight] \


	    -foreground [list selected SystemHighlightText] ;

        ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background SystemHighlight -borderwidth 0 ;
    }
}







>
>
|
>
>
|





67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
	ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {3 1} -borderwidth 1
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -expand [list selected {2 2 2 0}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \
				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \
				selected SystemHighlightText]

        ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background SystemHighlight -borderwidth 0 ;
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/xpTheme.tcl.

57
58
59
60
61
62
63










64
65
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
	    -selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}











    }
}







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
	    -selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \
				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \
				selected SystemHighlightText];
    }
}

Changes to macosx/GNUmakefile.

176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
	${MAKE} install-${PROJECT} INSTALL_ROOT="${OBJ_DIR}/"

${objdir}/Makefile: ${UNIX_DIR}/Makefile.in ${UNIX_DIR}/configure \
		     ${UNIX_DIR}/tkConfig.sh.in Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist.in
	mkdir -p "${OBJ_DIR}" && cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && \
	if [ ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -nt config.status ]; then ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -C \
	--prefix="${PREFIX}" --bindir="${BINDIR}" --libdir="${LIBDIR}" \
	--mandir="${MANDIR}" --enable-threads --enable-framework \
	--with-tcl="${TCL_DIR}" \
	${CONFIGURE_ARGS} ${EXTRA_CONFIGURE_ARGS}; else ./config.status; fi
ifneq (${VERSION},${TCL_VERSION})
	@cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && sed -e 's#/Versions/${TCL_VERSION}#/Versions/${VERSION}#' \
	tkConfig.sh > tkConfig.sh.1 && mv -f tkConfig.sh.1 tkConfig.sh
endif








|







176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
	${MAKE} install-${PROJECT} INSTALL_ROOT="${OBJ_DIR}/"

${objdir}/Makefile: ${UNIX_DIR}/Makefile.in ${UNIX_DIR}/configure \
		     ${UNIX_DIR}/tkConfig.sh.in Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist.in
	mkdir -p "${OBJ_DIR}" && cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && \
	if [ ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -nt config.status ]; then ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -C \
	--prefix="${PREFIX}" --bindir="${BINDIR}" --libdir="${LIBDIR}" \
	--mandir="${MANDIR}" --enable-framework \
	--with-tcl="${TCL_DIR}" \
	${CONFIGURE_ARGS} ${EXTRA_CONFIGURE_ARGS}; else ./config.status; fi
ifneq (${VERSION},${TCL_VERSION})
	@cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && sed -e 's#/Versions/${TCL_VERSION}#/Versions/${VERSION}#' \
	tkConfig.sh > tkConfig.sh.1 && mv -f tkConfig.sh.1 tkConfig.sh
endif

Changes to macosx/README.

28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
..
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
...
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250

251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
...
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
...
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
...
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463

464
465
466
467
468
469
470
- There are two versions of Tk available on macOS: TkAqua using the native
aqua widgets and look&feel, and TkX11 using the traditional unix X11 wigets.
TkX11 requires an X11 server to be installed, such as Apple's X11 (which is
available as an optional or default install on recent macOS).
TkAqua and TkX11 can be distinguished at runtime via [tk windowingsystem].

- At a minimum, macOS 10.3 is required to run Tcl and TkX11.
TkAqua requires macOS 10.5 or later (starting with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7).

- Unless weak-linking is used, Tcl/Tk built on macOS 10.x will not run on
10.y with y < x; on the other hand Tcl/Tk built on 10.y will always run on 10.x
with y <= x (but without any of the fixes and optimizations that would be
available in a binary built on 10.x).
Weak-linking is available on OS X 10.2 or later, it additionally allows Tcl/Tk
built on 10.x to run on any 10.y with x > y >= z (for a chosen z >= 2).
................................................................................
$pkg/Resources/Scripts/pkgIndex.tcl as well as the usual $pkg/pkgIndex.tcl.
This allows building extensions as frameworks with all script files contained in
the Resources/Scripts directory of the framework.

- [load]able binary extensions can linked as either ordinary shared libraries
(.dylib) or as MachO bundles (since 8.4.10/8.5a3); bundles have the advantage
that they are [load]ed more efficiently from a tcl VFS (no temporary copy to the
native filesystem required), and prior to macOS 10.5, only bundles can be
[unload]ed.

- The 'deploy' target of macosx/GNUmakefile installs the html manpages into the
standard documentation location in the Tcl/Tk frameworks:
	Tcl.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tcl
	Tk.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk
No nroff manpages are installed by default by the GNUmakefile.

................................................................................
Window class names:
    document, modal, floating, utility, toolbar, simple, help, overlay
Window attribute names:
    standardDocument, standardFloating, resizable, fullZoom, horizontalZoom,
    verticalZoom, closeBox, collapseBox, toolbarButton, sideTitlebar,
    noTitleBar, unifiedTitleAndToolbar, metal, hud, noShadow, doesNotCycle,
    noActivates, hideOnSuspend, inWindowMenu, ignoreClicks, doesNotHide,
    canJoinAllSpaces, moveToActiveSpace, nonActivating, black, dark, light,
    gray, red, green, blue, cyan, yellow, magenta, orange, purple,
    brown, clear, opacity

Note that not all attributes are valid for all window classes.
Support for the 3 argument form was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7, at the
same time support for some legacy Carbon-specific classes and attributes was
removed (they are still accepted by the command but no longer have any effect).

The color window attributes (black, dark, red, etc.) and the "opacity" allow  one to set the background and opacity of a textured ("metal") window. This allows a Tk window to implement a window without the dividing line between the titlebar and the rest of the window, or the "unified toolbar" effect, which is increasingly standard in Mac applications. An example:

toplevel .f
tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style .f document {metal light opaque closeBox collapseBox resizable standardDocument }

pack [label .f.f -bg  #ababab -text "This is a textured window\nwith opacity and a gray background\nsimilar to other Mac applications"] -fill both -expand yes

The color attributes correspond to system-defined NSColor constants (e.g., red is [NSColor redColor]. The "light" and "dark" attributes correspond to lightGrayColor and darkGrayColor, respectively (because of the way the attributes are parsed, using "lightgray" and "darkgray" would cause a conflict with the core "gray" attribute).

Below are the corresponding hex and/or Tk-defined colors that can be used from Tk widgets to match the NSColor-based attributes:

black	#000000
dark	#545454
light	#ababab
white	#ffffff
gray	#7f7f7f
red 	#ff0000
green	#00ff00
blue	#0000ff
cyan	#00ffff
yellow	#ffff00
magenta	#ff00ff
orange	#ff8000
purple 	#800080
brown	#996633
clear	systemTransparent

- The Cocoa-based TkAqua can be distinguished from the older Carbon-based
version via the [winfo server .] command, example output on macOS 10.5.7:
    Cocoa-based:	CG409.3 Apple AppKit GC 949.46 macOS 1057
    Carbon-based:	QD10R30 Apple 1057

- If you want to use Remote Debugging with Xcode, you need to set the
environment variable XCNOSTDIN to 1 in the Executable editor for Wish. That will
cause us to force closing stdin & stdout.  Otherwise, given how Xcode launches
Wish remotely, they will be left open and then Wish & gdb will fight for stdin.


3. Building Tcl/Tk on macOS
------------------------------

- At least macOS 10.3 is required to build Tcl and TkX11, and macOS 10.5
is required to build TkAqua.
Apple's Xcode Developer Tools need to be installed (only the most recent version
matching your OS release is supported), the Xcode installer is available on Mac
OS X install media or may be present in /Applications/Installers on Macs that
came with OS X preinstalled. The most recent version can always be downloaded
from the ADC website http://connect.apple.com (free ADC membership required).

- Tcl/Tk are most easily built as macOS frameworks via GNUmakefile in
tcl/macosx and tk/macosx (see below for details), but can also be built with the
standard unix configure and make buildsystem in tcl/unix resp. tk/unix as on any
other unix platform (indeed, the GNUmakefiles are just wrappers around the unix
buildsystem).
The macOS specific configure flags are --enable-aqua, --enable-framework and
--disable-corefoundation (which disables CF and notably reverts to the standard
select based notifier). Note that --enable-aqua is incompatible with
--disable-corefoundation (for both Tcl and Tk configure).

- It is also possible to build with the Xcode IDE via the projects in

tk/macosx, take care to use the project matching your DevTools and OS version:
	Tk.xcode: 		    for Xcode 3.1 on 10.5
	Tk.xcodeproj:		    for Xcode 3.2 on 10.6
These have the following targets:
	Tk:			    calls through to tk/macosx/GNUMakefile,
				    requires a corresponding build of the Tcl
				    target of tcl/macosx/Tcl.xcode.
	tktest:			    static build of TkAqua tktest for debugging.
................................................................................
be run on the build machine (i.e. ppc on G3/G4, ppc or ppc64 on G5, ppc or i386
on Core and ppc, i386 or x86_64 on Core2/Xeon).
Universal builds of Tcl TEA extensions are also possible with CFLAGS set as
above, they will be [load]able by universal as well as thin binaries of Tcl.

- To enable weak-linking, set the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET environment variable
to the minimal OS version the binaries should be able to run on, e.g:
	export MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET=10.4
This requires at least gcc 3.1; with gcc 4 or later, set/add to CFLAGS instead:
	export CFLAGS="-mmacosx-version-min=10.4"
Support for weak-linking was added with 8.4.14/8.5a5.

Detailed Instructions for building with macosx/GNUmakefile
----------------------------------------------------------

- Unpack the Tcl and Tk source release archives and place the tcl and tk source
trees in a common parent directory.
................................................................................
	    TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
	sudo make -C tk${ver}/macosx install \
	    TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
The Makefile variables TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR and TCLSH_DIR were added with Tk 8.4.3.

4. Details regarding the macOS port of Tk.
-------------------------------------------
 
4.1 About the event loop
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The main program in a typical OSX application looks like this (see
https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/documentation/Cocoa/\
Reference/ApplicationKit/Classes/NSApplication_Class)

................................................................................
4.2 Autorelease pools
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

In order to carry out the job of managing autorelease pools, which
would normally be handled by the [NSApp run] method, a private
NSAUtoreleasePool* property is added to the TkApplication subclass of
NSApplication. The TkpInit function calls [NSApp _setup] which
initializes this property by creating an NSAutoreleasePool. A bit
later on, TkpInit calls [NSAPP _setupEventLoop] which in turn calls
the [NSApp finishLaunching] method.


Since the CheckProc function gets called for every Tk event, it is an
appropriate place to drain the main NSAutoreleasePool and replace it
with a new pool.  This is done by calling the method [NSApp
_resetAutoreleasePool], where _resetAutoreleasePool is a method which
we define for the subclass.  Unfortunately, by itself this is not
sufficient for safe memory managememt because, as was made painfully







|







 







|
<







 







|
<
<






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|








|
|
|
|
|
|
<











|
>
|







 







|

|







 







|







 







|
|
|
>







28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
..
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

66
67
68
69
70
71
72
...
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181


182
183
184
185
186
187
































188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202

203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
...
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
...
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
...
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
- There are two versions of Tk available on macOS: TkAqua using the native
aqua widgets and look&feel, and TkX11 using the traditional unix X11 wigets.
TkX11 requires an X11 server to be installed, such as Apple's X11 (which is
available as an optional or default install on recent macOS).
TkAqua and TkX11 can be distinguished at runtime via [tk windowingsystem].

- At a minimum, macOS 10.3 is required to run Tcl and TkX11.
TkAqua requires macOS 10.6 or later.

- Unless weak-linking is used, Tcl/Tk built on macOS 10.x will not run on
10.y with y < x; on the other hand Tcl/Tk built on 10.y will always run on 10.x
with y <= x (but without any of the fixes and optimizations that would be
available in a binary built on 10.x).
Weak-linking is available on OS X 10.2 or later, it additionally allows Tcl/Tk
built on 10.x to run on any 10.y with x > y >= z (for a chosen z >= 2).
................................................................................
$pkg/Resources/Scripts/pkgIndex.tcl as well as the usual $pkg/pkgIndex.tcl.
This allows building extensions as frameworks with all script files contained in
the Resources/Scripts directory of the framework.

- [load]able binary extensions can linked as either ordinary shared libraries
(.dylib) or as MachO bundles (since 8.4.10/8.5a3); bundles have the advantage
that they are [load]ed more efficiently from a tcl VFS (no temporary copy to the
native filesystem required).


- The 'deploy' target of macosx/GNUmakefile installs the html manpages into the
standard documentation location in the Tcl/Tk frameworks:
	Tcl.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tcl
	Tk.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk
No nroff manpages are installed by default by the GNUmakefile.

................................................................................
Window class names:
    document, modal, floating, utility, toolbar, simple, help, overlay
Window attribute names:
    standardDocument, standardFloating, resizable, fullZoom, horizontalZoom,
    verticalZoom, closeBox, collapseBox, toolbarButton, sideTitlebar,
    noTitleBar, unifiedTitleAndToolbar, metal, hud, noShadow, doesNotCycle,
    noActivates, hideOnSuspend, inWindowMenu, ignoreClicks, doesNotHide,
    canJoinAllSpaces, moveToActiveSpace, nonActivating



Note that not all attributes are valid for all window classes.
Support for the 3 argument form was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7, at the
same time support for some legacy Carbon-specific classes and attributes was
removed (they are still accepted by the command but no longer have any effect).

































If you want to use Remote Debugging with Xcode, you need to set the
environment variable XCNOSTDIN to 1 in the Executable editor for Wish. That will
cause us to force closing stdin & stdout.  Otherwise, given how Xcode launches
Wish remotely, they will be left open and then Wish & gdb will fight for stdin.


3. Building Tcl/Tk on macOS
------------------------------

- At least macOS 10.3 is required to build Tcl and TkX11, and macOS 10.6
is required to build TkAqua.  The XCode application provides everything
needed to build Tk, but it is not necessary to install the full XCode.
It suffices to install the Command Line Tools package, which can be done
by running the command:
xcode-selecct --install


- Tcl/Tk are most easily built as macOS frameworks via GNUmakefile in
tcl/macosx and tk/macosx (see below for details), but can also be built with the
standard unix configure and make buildsystem in tcl/unix resp. tk/unix as on any
other unix platform (indeed, the GNUmakefiles are just wrappers around the unix
buildsystem).
The macOS specific configure flags are --enable-aqua, --enable-framework and
--disable-corefoundation (which disables CF and notably reverts to the standard
select based notifier). Note that --enable-aqua is incompatible with
--disable-corefoundation (for both Tcl and Tk configure).

- It was once possible to build with the Xcode IDE via the projects in
tk/macosx, but this has not been tested recently. Take care to use the
project matching your DevTools and OS version:
	Tk.xcode: 		    for Xcode 3.1 on 10.5
	Tk.xcodeproj:		    for Xcode 3.2 on 10.6
These have the following targets:
	Tk:			    calls through to tk/macosx/GNUMakefile,
				    requires a corresponding build of the Tcl
				    target of tcl/macosx/Tcl.xcode.
	tktest:			    static build of TkAqua tktest for debugging.
................................................................................
be run on the build machine (i.e. ppc on G3/G4, ppc or ppc64 on G5, ppc or i386
on Core and ppc, i386 or x86_64 on Core2/Xeon).
Universal builds of Tcl TEA extensions are also possible with CFLAGS set as
above, they will be [load]able by universal as well as thin binaries of Tcl.

- To enable weak-linking, set the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET environment variable
to the minimal OS version the binaries should be able to run on, e.g:
	export MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET=10.6
This requires at least gcc 3.1; with gcc 4 or later, set/add to CFLAGS instead:
	export CFLAGS="-mmacosx-version-min=10.6"
Support for weak-linking was added with 8.4.14/8.5a5.

Detailed Instructions for building with macosx/GNUmakefile
----------------------------------------------------------

- Unpack the Tcl and Tk source release archives and place the tcl and tk source
trees in a common parent directory.
................................................................................
	    TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
	sudo make -C tk${ver}/macosx install \
	    TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
The Makefile variables TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR and TCLSH_DIR were added with Tk 8.4.3.

4. Details regarding the macOS port of Tk.
-------------------------------------------

4.1 About the event loop
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The main program in a typical OSX application looks like this (see
https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/documentation/Cocoa/\
Reference/ApplicationKit/Classes/NSApplication_Class)

................................................................................
4.2 Autorelease pools
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

In order to carry out the job of managing autorelease pools, which
would normally be handled by the [NSApp run] method, a private
NSAUtoreleasePool* property is added to the TkApplication subclass of
NSApplication. The TkpInit function calls [NSApp _setup] which
initializes this property by creating an NSAutoreleasePool prior to
calling [NSApp finishLaunching].  This mimics the behavior of the
[NSApp run] method, which calls [NSApp finishLaunching] just before
starting the event loop.

Since the CheckProc function gets called for every Tk event, it is an
appropriate place to drain the main NSAutoreleasePool and replace it
with a new pool.  This is done by calling the method [NSApp
_resetAutoreleasePool], where _resetAutoreleasePool is a method which
we define for the subclass.  Unfortunately, by itself this is not
sufficient for safe memory managememt because, as was made painfully

Changes to macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig.

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
FRAMEWORK_INSTALL_PATH = /Library/Frameworks
INCLUDEDIR = $(PREFIX)/include
LIBDIR = $(PREFIX)/lib
MANDIR = $(PREFIX)/man
PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc = -mcpu=G3 -mtune=G4 $(PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc)
PREFIX = /usr/local
TCL_BUILD_DIR = $(OBJROOT)/../tcl/Tcl.build/$(CONFIGURATION)/Tcl.build/Objects
TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS = --enable-threads --enable-dtrace
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR = $(SYMROOT)/../tcl/$(CONFIGURATION)
TCL_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tcl$(VERSION)
TCL_PACKAGE_PATH = "$(LIBDIR)"
TCL_DEFS = HAVE_TCL_CONFIG_H
TK_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tk$(VERSION)
TK_DEFS = HAVE_TK_CONFIG_H TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
VERSION = 8.7







|







32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
FRAMEWORK_INSTALL_PATH = /Library/Frameworks
INCLUDEDIR = $(PREFIX)/include
LIBDIR = $(PREFIX)/lib
MANDIR = $(PREFIX)/man
PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc = -mcpu=G3 -mtune=G4 $(PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc)
PREFIX = /usr/local
TCL_BUILD_DIR = $(OBJROOT)/../tcl/Tcl.build/$(CONFIGURATION)/Tcl.build/Objects
TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS = --enable-dtrace
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR = $(SYMROOT)/../tcl/$(CONFIGURATION)
TCL_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tcl$(VERSION)
TCL_PACKAGE_PATH = "$(LIBDIR)"
TCL_DEFS = HAVE_TCL_CONFIG_H
TK_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tk$(VERSION)
TK_DEFS = HAVE_TK_CONFIG_H TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
VERSION = 8.7

Changes to macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in.

65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
	<key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
	<string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string>
	<key>CFBundleSignature</key>
	<string>WiSH</string>
	<key>CFBundleVersion</key>
	<string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string>
	<key>LSMinimumSystemVersion</key>
	<string>10.5.0</string>
	<key>LSRequiresCarbon</key>
	<true/>
	<key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key>
	<true/>
	<key>OSAScriptingDefinition</key>
	<string>Wish.sdef</string>
	<key>NSHighResolutionCapable</key>
	<string>True</string>
</dict>
</plist>







|










65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
	<key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
	<string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string>
	<key>CFBundleSignature</key>
	<string>WiSH</string>
	<key>CFBundleVersion</key>
	<string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string>
	<key>LSMinimumSystemVersion</key>
	<string>10.6.0</string>
	<key>LSRequiresCarbon</key>
	<true/>
	<key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key>
	<true/>
	<key>OSAScriptingDefinition</key>
	<string>Wish.sdef</string>
	<key>NSHighResolutionCapable</key>
	<string>True</string>
</dict>
</plist>

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c.

294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
	if (image) {
	    [image setSize:size];
	}
    } else {
	string = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:name];
	image = [NSImage imageNamed:string];
	if (!image) {
	    NSURL *url = [NSURL URLWithString:string];
	    if (url) {
		image = [[[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfURL:url]
			autorelease];
	    }
	}
	if (image) {
	    size = [image size];







|







294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
	if (image) {
	    [image setSize:size];
	}
    } else {
	string = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:name];
	image = [NSImage imageNamed:string];
	if (!image) {
	    NSURL *url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:string];
	    if (url) {
		image = [[[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfURL:url]
			autorelease];
	    }
	}
	if (image) {
	    size = [image size];

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXButton.c.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
...
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
...
360
361
362
363
364
365
366

367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
...
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
...
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
...
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
...
905
906
907
908
909
910
911


912

913
914
915
916
917
918
919
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkButton.h"
#include "tkMacOSXFont.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


#define FIRST_DRAW	    2
#define ACTIVE		    4


/*

 * Default insets for controls
 */

#define DEF_INSET_LEFT 12
#define DEF_INSET_RIGHT 12
#define DEF_INSET_TOP 1
#define DEF_INSET_BOTTOM 1

/*
 * Some defines used to control what type of control is drawn.
 */

#define DRAW_LABEL	0	/* Labels are treated genericly. */
#define DRAW_CONTROL	1	/* Draw using the Native control. */
................................................................................

    if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) {
	Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
	butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont,
		Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr), -1, butPtr->wrapLength,
		butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight);

	/*Remove extraneous padding around label widgets.*/
	txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth;
	txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight + DEF_INSET_BOTTOM + DEF_INSET_TOP;
	charWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
	Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0);
    }

    if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */
	switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
................................................................................
	width += butPtr->indicatorSpace;

    } else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */
      width = butPtr->width > 0 ? butPtr->width : width + butPtr->indicatorSpace;
      height = butPtr->height > 0 ? butPtr->height : height;

    } else { /* Text only */

        width = txtWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	height = txtHeight;
	if (butPtr->width > 0) {
	   width = butPtr->width * charWidth;
	}
	if (butPtr->height > 0) {
	  height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace;
	}
................................................................................

    if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr,&drawParams)) {
        HIRect tmpRect;
    	HIRect contBounds;
        int paddingx = 0;
        int paddingy = 0;

    	tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width, height);

        HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds);
        /* If the content region has a minimum height, match it. */
        if (height < contBounds.size.height) {
    	  height = contBounds.size.height;
        }

................................................................................
    } else { /* Text only */
        int x, y;
	TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
			butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace,
			  butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
	x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
			  x, y - DEF_INSET_BOTTOM, 0, -1);
    }

    /*
     * If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special
     * foreground color, generate the stippled effect.  If the widget
     * is selected and we use a different background color when selected,
     * must temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color.
................................................................................

        ButtonBackgroundDrawCB(&cntrRect, mbPtr, 32, true);

	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}


	if (mbPtr->btnkind == kThemePushButton) {
	    /*
	     * For some reason, pushbuttons get drawn a bit
	     * too low, normally.  Correct for this.
	     */
	    if (cntrRect.size.height < 22) {
		cntrRect.origin.y -= 1;
	    } else if (cntrRect.size.height < 23) {
		cntrRect.origin.y -= 2;
	    }
	}

        hiinfo.version = 0;
        hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state;
        hiinfo.kind  = mbPtr->btnkind;
        hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value;
        hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment;
        hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
        if (hiinfo.animation.time.start == 0) {
................................................................................
    TkButton  *butPtr = (TkButton *)ptr;
    Tk_Window  tkwin  = butPtr->tkwin;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }



    /*Overlay Tk elements over button native region: drawing elements within button boundaries/native region causes unpredictable metrics.*/

    DrawButtonImageAndText( butPtr);
}
 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ButtonEventProc --







<



<

>
|


|
<
|
<







 







<

|







 







>
|







 







|







 







|







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







>
>
|
>







17
18
19
20
21
22
23

24
25
26

27
28
29
30
31
32

33

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
...
311
312
313
314
315
316
317

318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
...
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
...
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
...
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
...
778
779
780
781
782
783
784













785
786
787
788
789
790
791
...
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkButton.h"
#include "tkMacOSXFont.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


#define FIRST_DRAW	    2
#define ACTIVE		    4


/*
 * Extra padding used for computing the content size that should
 * be allowed when drawing the HITheme button.
 */

#define HI_PADX 0

#define HI_PADY 1


/*
 * Some defines used to control what type of control is drawn.
 */

#define DRAW_LABEL	0	/* Labels are treated genericly. */
#define DRAW_CONTROL	1	/* Draw using the Native control. */
................................................................................

    if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) {
	Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
	butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont,
		Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr), -1, butPtr->wrapLength,
		butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight);


	txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth;
	txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight;
	charWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
	Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0);
    }

    if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */
	switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
................................................................................
	width += butPtr->indicatorSpace;

    } else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */
      width = butPtr->width > 0 ? butPtr->width : width + butPtr->indicatorSpace;
      height = butPtr->height > 0 ? butPtr->height : height;

    } else { /* Text only */
      /*Add four pixels of padding to width for text-only buttons to improve appearance.*/
        width = txtWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace + 4;
	height = txtHeight;
	if (butPtr->width > 0) {
	   width = butPtr->width * charWidth;
	}
	if (butPtr->height > 0) {
	  height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace;
	}
................................................................................

    if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr,&drawParams)) {
        HIRect tmpRect;
    	HIRect contBounds;
        int paddingx = 0;
        int paddingy = 0;

    	tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width + 2*HI_PADX, height + 2*HI_PADY);

        HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds);
        /* If the content region has a minimum height, match it. */
        if (height < contBounds.size.height) {
    	  height = contBounds.size.height;
        }

................................................................................
    } else { /* Text only */
        int x, y;
	TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
			butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace,
			  butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
	x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
			  x, y, 0, -1);
    }

    /*
     * If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special
     * foreground color, generate the stippled effect.  If the widget
     * is selected and we use a different background color when selected,
     * must temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color.
................................................................................

        ButtonBackgroundDrawCB(&cntrRect, mbPtr, 32, true);

	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}














        hiinfo.version = 0;
        hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state;
        hiinfo.kind  = mbPtr->btnkind;
        hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value;
        hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment;
        hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
        if (hiinfo.animation.time.start == 0) {
................................................................................
    TkButton  *butPtr = (TkButton *)ptr;
    Tk_Window  tkwin  = butPtr->tkwin;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }

    /*
     * Overlay Tk elements over button native region: drawing elements
     * within button boundaries/native region causes unpredictable metrics.
     */
    DrawButtonImageAndText( butPtr);
}
 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ButtonEventProc --

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDefault.h.

187
188
189
190
191
192
193


194
195
196
197
198
199
200
...
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
/* #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2" */
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"


#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
/* #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"solid" */
#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
................................................................................
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"menu" /* special: see tkMacOSXMenu.c */
#define DEF_MENU_FG			"systemMenuText"
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		"systemMenuActive"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"

/*
 * FIXME: Turn the default back to 1 when we make tearoff menus work again.
 */

#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:







>
>







 







<
<
<
<
<







187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
...
323
324
325
326
327
328
329





330
331
332
333
334
335
336
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
/* #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2" */
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDER		""
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDERFG		"#b3b3b3"
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
/* #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"solid" */
#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
................................................................................
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"menu" /* special: see tkMacOSXMenu.c */
#define DEF_MENU_FG			"systemMenuText"
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		"systemMenuActive"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"





#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c.

27
28
29
30
31
32
33

34
35
36


37


38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
...
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
...
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
...
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273









274
275

276


277
278
279
280
281
282






283




284
285
286
287
288
289
290
...
415
416
417
418
419
420
421


422

423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431

432
433
434

435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450





451
452
453
454

455
456
457
458
459
460
461
...
483
484
485
486
487
488
489











490
491
492
493
494
495
496
...
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647



648
649

650
651
652
653
654
655
656
...
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720






































721
722
723
724
725
726
727
...
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
...
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
....
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
....
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
....
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
....
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
#define modalError  -2

/*Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs.*/
typedef struct {
    bool doFileTypes; // show the accessory view which displays the filter menu
    bool preselectFilter; // a filter was selected by the typevariable
    bool userHasSelectedFilter; // The user has changed the filter in the accessory view

    NSMutableArray *fileTypeNames; // array of names, e.g. "Text document"
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeExtensions; // array of allowed extensions per name, e.g. "txt", "doc"
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeLabels; // displayed string, e.g. "Text document (.txt, .doc)"


    NSMutableArray *allAllowedExtensions; // set of all allowed extensions


    NSInteger fileTypeIndex; // index of currently selected filter
} filepanelFilterInfo;

filepanelFilterInfo filterInfo;

NSOpenPanel *openpanel;
NSSavePanel *savepanel;

................................................................................
static const char *const alertIconStrings[] = {
    "error", "info", "question", "warning", NULL
};
enum alertIconOptions {
    ICON_ERROR, ICON_INFO, ICON_QUESTION, ICON_WARNING
};
static const char *const alertButtonStrings[] = {
    "abort", "retry", "ignore", "ok", "cancel", "yes", "no", NULL
};

static const NSString *const alertButtonNames[][3] = {
    [TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE] =   {@"Abort", @"Retry", @"Ignore"},
    [TYPE_OK] =			{@"OK"},
    [TYPE_OKCANCEL] =		{@"OK", @"Cancel"},
    [TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] =	{@"Retry", @"Cancel"},
................................................................................
    [TYPE_YESNOCANCEL] =	{5, 6, 4},
};

/*
 * Construct a file URL from directory and filename.  Either may
 * be nil.  If both are nil, returns nil.
 */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050
static NSURL *getFileURL(NSString *directory, NSString *filename) {
    NSURL *url = nil;
    if (directory) {
	url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES];
    }
    if (filename) {
	url = [NSURL URLWithString:filename relativeToURL:url];
    }
    return url;
}
#endif
 
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKDialog)

@interface NSColorPanel(TKDialog)
- (void) _setUseModalAppearance: (BOOL) flag;
@end

................................................................................
    if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);
	ckfree(callbackInfo);
    }
}

- (void)selectFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button                 = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex      = [button indexOfSelectedItem];
    NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];









    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];
    filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;




}

- (void)saveFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button                 = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex      = [button indexOfSelectedItem];
    NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];






    [savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];




}

@end

#pragma mark -
 
/*
................................................................................

    filterInfo.doFileTypes = (fl.filters != NULL);

    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = 0;
    filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeNames = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeLabels = [NSMutableArray array];


    filterInfo.allAllowedExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];


    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;
		filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
	    NSString * name = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String: filterPtr -> name];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeNames addObject:name];
	    [name release];
	    NSMutableArray * clauseextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
	    NSMutableArray * displayextensions = [NSMutableArray array];


	    for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;
		    clausePtr = clausePtr->next) {

		for (GlobPattern *globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
			globPtr = globPtr->next) {
		    const char *str = globPtr->pattern;
		    while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
		    	str++;
		     }
		    if (*str) {
			NSString *extension = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str];
			if (![filterInfo.allAllowedExtensions containsObject:extension]) {
			    [filterInfo.allAllowedExtensions addObject:extension];
			}

			[clauseextensions addObject:extension];
			[displayextensions addObject:[@"." stringByAppendingString:extension]];

			[extension release];





		    }
		}
	    }
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions addObject:clauseextensions];


	    NSMutableString * label = [[NSMutableString alloc] initWithString:name];
	    [label appendString:@" ("];
	    [label appendString:[displayextensions componentsJoinedByString:@", "]];
	    [label appendString:@")"];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeLabels addObject:label];
	    [label release];
................................................................................
	}

    }

    TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
    return TCL_OK;
}












 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd --
 *
................................................................................
    [openpanel setAllowsMultipleSelection:multiple];

    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	NSView  *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 200, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:@"Enable:"];
	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 140, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(selectFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];

	if (filterInfo.preselectFilter) {
	    /* A specific filter was selected from the typevariable. Select it and
	     * open the accessory view */
	    [popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	    /* on OSX > 10.11, the optons are not visible by default. Ergo allow all file types
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	    */
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allAllowedExtensions];
	} else {
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allAllowedExtensions];
	}




	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];


	[openpanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];
    } else {
	/* No filters are given. Allow picking all files */
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
    }

    if (cmdObj) {
................................................................................
    }

    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = multiple;
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	    parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	[openpanel beginSheetForDirectory:directory
	       file:filename
	       types:openFileTypes
	       modalForWindow:parent
	       modalDelegate:NSApp
	       didEndSelector:
		   @selector(tkFilePanelDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
	       contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#else
	if (directory || filename ) {
	    NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);
	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	[openpanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
#endif
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:openpanel];
    } else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	modalReturnCode = [openpanel runModalForDirectory:directory
				 file:filename];
#else
	if (directory || filename ) {
	    NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);
	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	modalReturnCode = [openpanel runModal];
#endif
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) &&
	filterInfo.doFileTypes && filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter) {
	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled
	 */
	#if 0
	NSLog(@"result: %i modal: %li", result, (long)modalReturnCode);
	#endif
	NSString * selectedFilter = filterInfo.fileTypeNames[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];






































	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }


  end:
    return result;
................................................................................
    }

    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	NSView  *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 200, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:NSLocalizedString(@"Format:", nil)];
	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 140, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(saveFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];

	[savepanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];

	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
    } else if (defaultType) {
	/* If no filetypes are given, defaultextension is an alternative way
	 * to specify the attached extension. Just propose this extension,
	 * but don't display an accessory view */
	NSMutableArray *AllowedFileTypes = [NSMutableArray array];
	[AllowedFileTypes addObject:defaultType];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:AllowedFileTypes];
................................................................................
    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;

    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
       parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	[savepanel beginSheetForDirectory:directory
	       file:filename
	       modalForWindow:parent
	       modalDelegate:NSApp
	       didEndSelector:
		   @selector(tkFilePanelDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
	       contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#else
	if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}
	   /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/
	if (filename) {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	[savepanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
#endif
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:savepanel];
    } else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	modalReturnCode = [savepanel runModalForDirectory:directory file:filename];
#else
	if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}
	 /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/
	if (filename) {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	modalReturnCode = [savepanel runModal];
	#if 0
	NSLog(@"modal: %li", modalReturnCode);
	#endif
#endif
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) && filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled
	 */
	#if 0
	NSLog(@"result: %i modal: %li", result, (long)modalReturnCode);
	#endif
	NSString * selectedFilter = filterInfo.fileTypeNames[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }


  end:
    return result;
................................................................................
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;
    /*check for directory value, set to root if not specified; otherwise crashes with exception because of nil string parameter*/
    if (!directory) {
	directory = @"/";
    }
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
      parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	[panel beginSheetForDirectory:directory
		file:nil
		modalForWindow:parent
		modalDelegate:NSApp
		didEndSelector: @selector(tkFilePanelDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#else
	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
#endif
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
    } else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	modalReturnCode = [panel runModalForDirectory:directory file:nil];
#else
	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
#endif
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }
................................................................................
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
	    [alert setInformativeText:message];
	    [message release];
	    break;

	case ALERT_ICON:
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertIconStrings,
		    sizeof(char *), "value", TCL_EXACT, &iconIndex) != TCL_OK) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    break;

	case ALERT_MESSAGE:
	    message = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
................................................................................
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
	    [[alert window] setTitle:title];
	    [title release];
	    break;

	case ALERT_TYPE:
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertTypeStrings,
		    sizeof(char *), "value", TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex) != TCL_OK) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    break;
	case ALERT_COMMAND:
	    cmdObj = objv[i+1];
	    break;
	}
................................................................................
    if (indexDefaultOption) {
	/*
	 * Any '-default' option needs to know the '-type' option, which is
	 * why we do this here.
	 */

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[indexDefaultOption + 1],
		alertButtonStrings, sizeof(char *), "value", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto end;
	}

	/*
	 * Need to map from "ok" etc. to 1, 2, 3, right to left.
	 */








>



>
>
|
>
>
|







 







|







 







<










<







 







|
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
|
>
>



|
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
|
>









>



>








|
|






>
>
>
>
>




>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|


|




|













|

|


>
>
>
|
|
>







 







|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<










<


<
<
<
<






<









|



|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







|









|
|







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|













<


<
<
<










<
<
<
<












|
<
<
<







 







|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






<


<
<
<


<







 







|







 







|







 







|







27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
...
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
...
165
166
167
168
169
170
171

172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181

182
183
184
185
186
187
188
...
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275

276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285

286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294

295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
...
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
...
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
...
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
...
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717










718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727

728
729




730
731
732
733
734
735

736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
...
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
...
979
980
981
982
983
984
985









986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999

1000
1001



1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011




1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024



1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
....
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143








1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149

1150
1151



1152
1153

1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
....
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
....
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
....
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
#define modalError  -2

/*Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs.*/
typedef struct {
    bool doFileTypes; // show the accessory view which displays the filter menu
    bool preselectFilter; // a filter was selected by the typevariable
    bool userHasSelectedFilter; // The user has changed the filter in the accessory view

    NSMutableArray *fileTypeNames; // array of names, e.g. "Text document"
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeExtensions; // array of allowed extensions per name, e.g. "txt", "doc"
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeLabels; // displayed string, e.g. "Text document (.txt, .doc)"
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeAllowsAll; // boolean if the all pattern (*.*) is included

    NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions; // set of all allowed extensions
    bool allowedExtensionsAllowAll; // set of all allowed extensions includes *.*

    NSUInteger fileTypeIndex; // index of currently selected filter
} filepanelFilterInfo;

filepanelFilterInfo filterInfo;

NSOpenPanel *openpanel;
NSSavePanel *savepanel;

................................................................................
static const char *const alertIconStrings[] = {
    "error", "info", "question", "warning", NULL
};
enum alertIconOptions {
    ICON_ERROR, ICON_INFO, ICON_QUESTION, ICON_WARNING
};
static const char *const alertButtonStrings[] = {
    "abort", "retry", "ignore", "ok", "cancel", "no", "yes", NULL
};

static const NSString *const alertButtonNames[][3] = {
    [TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE] =   {@"Abort", @"Retry", @"Ignore"},
    [TYPE_OK] =			{@"OK"},
    [TYPE_OKCANCEL] =		{@"OK", @"Cancel"},
    [TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] =	{@"Retry", @"Cancel"},
................................................................................
    [TYPE_YESNOCANCEL] =	{5, 6, 4},
};

/*
 * Construct a file URL from directory and filename.  Either may
 * be nil.  If both are nil, returns nil.
 */

static NSURL *getFileURL(NSString *directory, NSString *filename) {
    NSURL *url = nil;
    if (directory) {
	url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES];
    }
    if (filename) {
	url = [NSURL URLWithString:filename relativeToURL:url];
    }
    return url;
}

 
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKDialog)

@interface NSColorPanel(TKDialog)
- (void) _setUseModalAppearance: (BOOL) flag;
@end

................................................................................
    if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);
	ckfree(callbackInfo);
    }
}

- (void)selectFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button      = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex   = [button indexOfSelectedItem];


    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) {
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
	/* setAllowsOtherFileTypes might have no effect; it's inherited from the
	 * NSSavePanel, where it has the effect that it does not append an extension
	 * Setting the allowed file types to nil allows selecting any file */
	[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil];
    } else {
	NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];

	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
    }

    filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;
}

- (void)saveFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button     = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex  = [button indexOfSelectedItem];


    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) {
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil];
    } else {
	NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
    }

    filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;
}

@end

#pragma mark -
 
/*
................................................................................

    filterInfo.doFileTypes = (fl.filters != NULL);

    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = 0;
    filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeNames = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeLabels = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll = [NSMutableArray array];

    filterInfo.allowedExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = NO;

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;
		filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
	    NSString * name = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String: filterPtr -> name];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeNames addObject:name];
	    [name release];
	    NSMutableArray * clauseextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
	    NSMutableArray * displayextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
	    bool allowsAll = NO;

	    for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;
		    clausePtr = clausePtr->next) {

		for (GlobPattern *globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
			globPtr = globPtr->next) {
		    const char *str = globPtr->pattern;
		    while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
		    	str++;
		     }
		    if (*str) {
			NSString *extension = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str];
			if (![filterInfo.allowedExtensions containsObject:extension]) {
			    [filterInfo.allowedExtensions addObject:extension];
			}

			[clauseextensions addObject:extension];
			[displayextensions addObject:[@"." stringByAppendingString:extension]];

			[extension release];
		    } else {
			// it is the all pattern (*, .* or *.*)
			allowsAll = YES;
			filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = YES;
			[displayextensions addObject:@"*"];
		    }
		}
	    }
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions addObject:clauseextensions];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll addObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:allowsAll]];

	    NSMutableString * label = [[NSMutableString alloc] initWithString:name];
	    [label appendString:@" ("];
	    [label appendString:[displayextensions componentsJoinedByString:@", "]];
	    [label appendString:@")"];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeLabels addObject:label];
	    [label release];
................................................................................
	}

    }

    TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
    return TCL_OK;
}

bool filterCompatible(NSString *extension, int filterIndex) {
    NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex: filterIndex];

    /* If this contains the all pattern, accept any extension */
    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterIndex] boolValue]) {
	return true;
    }

    return [allowedExtensions containsObject: extension];
}

 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd --
 *
................................................................................
    [openpanel setAllowsMultipleSelection:multiple];

    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	NSView  *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:@"Filter:"];
	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 240, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(selectFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];

	if (filterInfo.preselectFilter) {
	    /* A specific filter was selected from the typevariable. Select it and
	     * open the accessory view */
	    [popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	    /* on OSX > 10.11, the optons are not visible by default. Ergo allow all file types
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	    */
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensions];
	} else {
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensions];
	}

	if (filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll) {
	    [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
	} else {
	    [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
	}

	[openpanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];
    } else {
	/* No filters are given. Allow picking all files */
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
    }

    if (cmdObj) {
................................................................................
    }

    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = multiple;
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];










	if (directory || filename ) {
	    NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);
	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	[openpanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];

	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:openpanel];
    } else {




	if (directory || filename ) {
	    NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);
	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	modalReturnCode = [openpanel runModal];

	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) &&
	filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled
	 */
	NSInteger selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;
	NSString *selectedFilter = NULL;
	if (filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter) {
	    selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;
	    selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
	} else {
	    /* Difficult case: the user has not touched the filter settings, but we must
	     * return something in the typevariable. First check if the preselected type is compatible
	     * with the selected file, otherwise choose the first compatible type from the list,
	     * finally fall back to the empty string */
	    NSURL *selectedFile;
	    if (multiple) {
		// Use the first file in the case of multiple selection
		// Anyway it is not overly useful here
		selectedFile = [[openpanel URLs] objectAtIndex:0];
	    } else {
		selectedFile = [openpanel URL];
	    }

	    NSString *extension = [selectedFile pathExtension];
	    if (filterInfo.preselectFilter &&
		filterCompatible(extension, filterInfo.fileTypeIndex)) {
		selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;  // The preselection from the typevariable
		selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
	    } else {
		// scan the list
		int i;
		for (i = 0; i < [filterInfo.fileTypeNames count]; i++) {
		    if (filterCompatible(extension, i)) {
			selectedFilterIndex = i;
			break;
		    }
		}
		if (i == selectedFilterIndex) {
		    selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
		} else {
		    selectedFilter = @"";
		}

	    }
	}

	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }


  end:
    return result;
................................................................................
    }

    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	NSView  *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:NSLocalizedString(@"Format:", nil)];
	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 340, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(saveFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];

	[savepanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];

	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:[filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll];
    } else if (defaultType) {
	/* If no filetypes are given, defaultextension is an alternative way
	 * to specify the attached extension. Just propose this extension,
	 * but don't display an accessory view */
	NSMutableArray *AllowedFileTypes = [NSMutableArray array];
	[AllowedFileTypes addObject:defaultType];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:AllowedFileTypes];
................................................................................
    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;

    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
       parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];









       if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}
	   /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/
	if (filename) {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	[savepanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];

	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:savepanel];
    } else {



	if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}
	 /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/
	if (filename) {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	modalReturnCode = [savepanel runModal];




	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) && filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled
	 */
	NSString * selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];



	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }


  end:
    return result;
................................................................................
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;
    /*check for directory value, set to root if not specified; otherwise crashes with exception because of nil string parameter*/
    if (!directory) {
	directory = @"/";
    }
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];








	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];

	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
    } else {



	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];

	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }
................................................................................
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
	    [alert setInformativeText:message];
	    [message release];
	    break;

	case ALERT_ICON:
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertIconStrings,
		    sizeof(char *), "-icon value", TCL_EXACT, &iconIndex) != TCL_OK) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    break;

	case ALERT_MESSAGE:
	    message = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
................................................................................
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
	    [[alert window] setTitle:title];
	    [title release];
	    break;

	case ALERT_TYPE:
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertTypeStrings,
		    sizeof(char *), "-type value", TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex) != TCL_OK) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    break;
	case ALERT_COMMAND:
	    cmdObj = objv[i+1];
	    break;
	}
................................................................................
    if (indexDefaultOption) {
	/*
	 * Any '-default' option needs to know the '-type' option, which is
	 * why we do this here.
	 */

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[indexDefaultOption + 1],
		alertButtonStrings, sizeof(char *), "-default value", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto end;
	}

	/*
	 * Need to map from "ok" etc. to 1, 2, 3, right to left.
	 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDraw.c.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
..
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
...
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117

118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159


160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
...
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
...
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
...
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
...
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
...
594
595
596
597
598
599
600

601
602

603
604
605
606
607
608
609
...
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
...
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
....
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
....
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
....
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "xbytes.h"
#include "tkButton.h"

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING
#endif
................................................................................
static int useThemedFrame = 0;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions used only in this file.
 */

static void ClipToGC(Drawable d, GC gc, HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr);
static CGImageRef CreateCGImageWithXImage(XImage *ximage);
static CGContextRef GetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable d);
static void DrawCGImage(Drawable d, GC gc, CGContextRef context, CGImageRef image,
	unsigned long imageForeground, unsigned long imageBackground,
	CGRect imageBounds, CGRect srcBounds, CGRect dstBounds);

 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing --
 *
 *	Initializes link vars that control CG drawing.
................................................................................
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * BitmapRepFromDrawableRect
 *
 *	Extract bitmap data from a MacOSX drawable as an NSBitmapImageRep.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns an autoreleased NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given
 *      rectangle of the given drawable.

 *
 *      NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system with
 *      origin at the top left, as used by XImage and CGImage, not bottom
 *      left as used by NSView.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *     None
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
NSBitmapImageRep*
BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(
        Drawable drawable,
	int x,
	int y,
	unsigned int width,
	unsigned int height)
{
    MacDrawable *mac_drawable = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    CGContextRef cg_context=NULL;
    CGImageRef cg_image=NULL, sub_cg_image=NULL;
    NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep=NULL;
    NSView *view=NULL;
    if ( mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP ) {
	/*
	   This means that the MacDrawable is functioning as a Tk Pixmap, so its view
	   field is NULL.
	*/
	cg_context = GetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);
	CGRect image_rect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage( (CGContextRef) cg_context);
	sub_cg_image = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(cg_image, image_rect);
	if ( sub_cg_image ) {
	    /*This can be dealloc'ed prematurely if set for autorelease, causing crashes.*/
	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    [bitmap_rep initWithCGImage:sub_cg_image];
	}
	if ( cg_image ) {
	    CGImageRelease(cg_image);
	}
    } else if ( (view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(mac_drawable)) ) {
	/* convert top-left coordinates to NSView coordinates */


	int view_height = [view bounds].size.height;
	NSRect view_rect = NSMakeRect(x + mac_drawable->xOff,
				      view_height - height - y - mac_drawable->yOff,
				      width,height);

	if ( [view lockFocusIfCanDraw] ) {
	    /*This can be dealloc'ed prematurely if set for autorelease, causing crashes.*/
	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    bitmap_rep = [bitmap_rep initWithFocusedViewRect:view_rect];
	    [view unlockFocus];
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Could not lock focus on view.");
	}

................................................................................
	/*TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to setup drawing context.");*/
    }

    if ( dc.context ) {
	if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
	    img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);
	}else if (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(src)) {
	    bitmap_rep =  BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(src, src_x, src_y, width, height);
	    if ( bitmap_rep ) {
		img = [bitmap_rep CGImage];
	    }
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable - neither window nor pixmap.");
	}

	if (img) {
	    DrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
			CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
			CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
			CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
	    CFRelease(img);


	} else {
................................................................................
		    CGContextFillRect(context, rect);
		    CGContextRestoreGState(context);
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		    CGImageRelease(mask);
		    CGImageRelease(submask);
		    CGImageRelease(subimage);
		} else {
		    DrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, imageBackground,
				CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
				CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
				CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		}
	    } else { /* no image */
		TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
................................................................................
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - could not get a bitmap context.");
	}
	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    } else { /* source drawable is a window, not a Pixmap */
	XCopyArea(display, src, dst, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPutImage --
 *
 *	Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of
 *	of the specified drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws the image on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkPutImage(
    unsigned long *colors,	/* Unused on Macintosh. */
    int ncolors,			/* Unused on Macintosh. */
    Display* display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable d,			/* Drawable to place image on. */
    GC gc,				/* GC to use. */
    XImage* image,		/* Image to place. */
    int src_x,			/* Source X & Y. */
    int src_y,
    int dest_x,			/* Destination X & Y. */
    int dest_y,
    unsigned int width,	/* Same width & height for both */
    unsigned int height)	/* distination and source. */
{
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;

    display->request++;
    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	return BadDrawable;
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	CGImageRef img = CreateCGImageWithXImage(image);

	if (img) {
	    /* If the XImage has big pixels, rescale the source dimensions.*/
	    int pp = image->pixelpower;
	    DrawCGImage(d, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
		    CGRectMake(0, 0, image->width<<pp, image->height<<pp),
		    CGRectMake(src_x<<pp, src_y<<pp, width<<pp, height<<pp),
		    CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
	    CFRelease(img);
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable");
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    return Success;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateCGImageWithXImage --
 *
 *	Create CGImage from XImage, copying the image data.
 *
 * Results:
 *	CGImage, release after use.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void ReleaseData(void *info, const void *data, size_t size) {
    ckfree(info);
}

CGImageRef
CreateCGImageWithXImage(
    XImage *image)
{
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    size_t bitsPerComponent, bitsPerPixel;
    size_t len = image->bytes_per_line * image->height;
    const CGFloat *decode = NULL;
    CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo;
    CGDataProviderRef provider = NULL;
    char *data = NULL;
    CGDataProviderReleaseDataCallback releaseData = ReleaseData;

    if (image->bits_per_pixel == 1) {
	/*
	 * BW image
	 */

	/* Reverses the sense of the bits */
	static const CGFloat decodeWB[2] = {1, 0};
	decode = decodeWB;

	bitsPerComponent = 1;
	bitsPerPixel = 1;
	if (image->bitmap_bit_order != MSBFirst) {
	    char *srcPtr = image->data + image->xoffset;
	    char *endPtr = srcPtr + len;
	    char *destPtr = (data = ckalloc(len));

	    while (srcPtr < endPtr) {
		*destPtr++ = xBitReverseTable[(unsigned char)(*(srcPtr++))];
	    }
	} else {
	    data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	}
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
				    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, provider, decode, 0);
	}
    } else if (image->format == ZPixmap && image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
	/*
	 * Color image
	 */

	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();

	bitsPerComponent = 8;
	bitsPerPixel = 32;
	bitmapInfo = (image->byte_order == MSBFirst ?
		kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big : kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little) |
		kCGImageAlphaNoneSkipFirst;
	data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
		    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, colorspace, bitmapInfo,
		    provider, decode, 0, kCGRenderingIntentDefault);
	    CFRelease(provider);
	}
	if (colorspace) {
	    CFRelease(colorspace);
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Unsupported image type");
    }
    return img;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable --
 *
 *	Create a CGImage from the given Drawable.
................................................................................
 */

CGImageRef
TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(
    Drawable drawable)
{
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    CGContextRef context = GetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);

    if (context) {
	img = CGBitmapContextCreateImage(context);
    }
    return img;
}
 
................................................................................
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(
    Display *display,
    Tk_Image image,
    int width,
    int height)
{
    Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0);

    NSImage *nsImage;


    Tk_RedrawImage(image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, 0, 0);
    nsImage = CreateNSImageWithPixmap(pixmap, width, height);
    Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap);

    return [nsImage autorelease];
}
 
................................................................................

    return [nsImage autorelease];
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetCGContextForDrawable --
 *
 *	Get CGContext for given Drawable, creating one if necessary.
 *
 * Results:
 *	CGContext.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

CGContextRef
GetCGContextForDrawable(
    Drawable d)
{
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) d;

    if (macDraw && (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) && !macDraw->context) {
	const size_t bitsPerComponent = 8;
	size_t bitsPerPixel, bytesPerRow, len;
	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = NULL;
	CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo =
#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
................................................................................

    return (macDraw ? macDraw->context : NULL);
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawCGImage --
 *
 *	Draw CG image into drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
DrawCGImage(
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    CGContextRef context,
    CGImageRef image,
    unsigned long imageForeground,
    unsigned long imageBackground,
    CGRect imageBounds,
................................................................................
	ClipToGC(d, gc, &dc.clipRgn);
	dontDraw = dc.clipRgn ? HIShapeIsEmpty(dc.clipRgn) : 0;
    }
    if (dontDraw) {
	goto end;
    }
    if (useCG) {
	dc.context = GetCGContextForDrawable(d);
    }
    if (!dc.context || !(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
	isWin = (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(d) != nil);
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	dc.portBounds = clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
    } else if (isWin) {
................................................................................
		dontDraw = !dc.focusLocked;
	    } else {
		dontDraw = ![view canDraw];
	    }
	    if (dontDraw) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    [[view window] disableFlushWindow];
	    dc.view = view;
	    dc.context = [[NSGraphicsContext currentContext] graphicsPort];
	    dc.portBounds = NSRectToCGRect([view bounds]);
	    if (dc.clipRgn) {
		clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
	    }
	} else {
................................................................................
void
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
    if (dcPtr->context) {
	CGContextSynchronize(dcPtr->context);
	[[dcPtr->view window] setViewsNeedDisplay:YES];
	[[dcPtr->view window] enableFlushWindow];
	if (dcPtr->focusLocked) {
	    [dcPtr->view unlockFocus];
	} else {
	    CGContextRestoreGState(dcPtr->context);
	}
    }
    if (dcPtr->clipRgn) {







<







 







<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|




|
|
>











|













|
|

|




<







|
>
>


|
|


<







 







|








|







 







|







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|







 







>


>







 







|













|
|

|







 







|













|







 







|







 







<







 







<







12
13
14
15
16
17
18

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
..
40
41
42
43
44
45
46






47
48
49
50
51
52
53
..
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144

145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160

161
162
163
164
165
166
167
...
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
...
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
...
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
























































































































































353
354
355
356
357
358
359
...
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
...
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
...
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
...
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
....
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
....
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490

1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
....
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616

1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"

#include "tkButton.h"

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING
#endif
................................................................................
static int useThemedFrame = 0;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions used only in this file.
 */

static void ClipToGC(Drawable d, GC gc, HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr);






 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing --
 *
 *	Initializes link vars that control CG drawing.
................................................................................
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect
 *
 *	Extract bitmap data from a MacOSX drawable as an NSBitmapImageRep.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns an NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given
 *      rectangle of the given drawable.  This object is retained.
 *      The caller is responsible for releasing it.
 *
 *      NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system with
 *      origin at the top left, as used by XImage and CGImage, not bottom
 *      left as used by NSView.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *     None
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
NSBitmapImageRep*
TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(
        Drawable drawable,
	int x,
	int y,
	unsigned int width,
	unsigned int height)
{
    MacDrawable *mac_drawable = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    CGContextRef cg_context=NULL;
    CGImageRef cg_image=NULL, sub_cg_image=NULL;
    NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep=NULL;
    NSView *view=NULL;
    if ( mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP ) {
	/*
	 * This means that the MacDrawable is functioning as a
	 * Tk Pixmap, so its view field is NULL.
	*/
	cg_context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);
	CGRect image_rect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage( (CGContextRef) cg_context);
	sub_cg_image = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(cg_image, image_rect);
	if ( sub_cg_image ) {

	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    [bitmap_rep initWithCGImage:sub_cg_image];
	}
	if ( cg_image ) {
	    CGImageRelease(cg_image);
	}
    } else if ( (view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(mac_drawable)) ) {
	/*
	 * Convert Tk top-left to NSView bottom-left coordinates.
	 */
	int view_height = [view bounds].size.height;
	NSRect view_rect = NSMakeRect(x + mac_drawable->xOff,
			       view_height - height - y - mac_drawable->yOff,
			       width, height);

	if ( [view lockFocusIfCanDraw] ) {

	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    bitmap_rep = [bitmap_rep initWithFocusedViewRect:view_rect];
	    [view unlockFocus];
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Could not lock focus on view.");
	}

................................................................................
	/*TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to setup drawing context.");*/
    }

    if ( dc.context ) {
	if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
	    img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);
	}else if (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(src)) {
	    bitmap_rep =  TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(src, src_x, src_y, width, height);
	    if ( bitmap_rep ) {
		img = [bitmap_rep CGImage];
	    }
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable - neither window nor pixmap.");
	}

	if (img) {
	    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
			CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
			CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
			CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
	    CFRelease(img);


	} else {
................................................................................
		    CGContextFillRect(context, rect);
		    CGContextRestoreGState(context);
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		    CGImageRelease(mask);
		    CGImageRelease(submask);
		    CGImageRelease(subimage);
		} else {
		    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, imageBackground,
				CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
				CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
				CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		}
	    } else { /* no image */
		TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
................................................................................
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - could not get a bitmap context.");
	}
	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    } else { /* source drawable is a window, not a Pixmap */
	XCopyArea(display, src, dst, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y);
    }
}
























































































































































 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable --
 *
 *	Create a CGImage from the given Drawable.
................................................................................
 */

CGImageRef
TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(
    Drawable drawable)
{
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    CGContextRef context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);

    if (context) {
	img = CGBitmapContextCreateImage(context);
    }
    return img;
}
 
................................................................................
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(
    Display *display,
    Tk_Image image,
    int width,
    int height)
{
    Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0);
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) pixmap;
    NSImage *nsImage;

    macDraw->flags |= TK_USE_XIMAGE_ALPHA;
    Tk_RedrawImage(image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, 0, 0);
    nsImage = CreateNSImageWithPixmap(pixmap, width, height);
    Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap);

    return [nsImage autorelease];
}
 
................................................................................

    return [nsImage autorelease];
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable --
 *
 *	Get CGContext for given Drawable, creating one if necessary.
 *
 * Results:
 *	CGContext.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

CGContextRef
TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(
    Drawable drawable)
{
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) drawable;

    if (macDraw && (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) && !macDraw->context) {
	const size_t bitsPerComponent = 8;
	size_t bitsPerPixel, bytesPerRow, len;
	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = NULL;
	CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo =
#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
................................................................................

    return (macDraw ? macDraw->context : NULL);
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDrawCGImage --
 *
 *	Draw CG image into drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    CGContextRef context,
    CGImageRef image,
    unsigned long imageForeground,
    unsigned long imageBackground,
    CGRect imageBounds,
................................................................................
	ClipToGC(d, gc, &dc.clipRgn);
	dontDraw = dc.clipRgn ? HIShapeIsEmpty(dc.clipRgn) : 0;
    }
    if (dontDraw) {
	goto end;
    }
    if (useCG) {
	dc.context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(d);
    }
    if (!dc.context || !(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
	isWin = (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(d) != nil);
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	dc.portBounds = clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
    } else if (isWin) {
................................................................................
		dontDraw = !dc.focusLocked;
	    } else {
		dontDraw = ![view canDraw];
	    }
	    if (dontDraw) {
		goto end;
	    }

	    dc.view = view;
	    dc.context = [[NSGraphicsContext currentContext] graphicsPort];
	    dc.portBounds = NSRectToCGRect([view bounds]);
	    if (dc.clipRgn) {
		clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
	    }
	} else {
................................................................................
void
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
    if (dcPtr->context) {
	CGContextSynchronize(dcPtr->context);
	[[dcPtr->view window] setViewsNeedDisplay:YES];

	if (dcPtr->focusLocked) {
	    [dcPtr->view unlockFocus];
	} else {
	    CGContextRestoreGState(dcPtr->context);
	}
    }
    if (dcPtr->clipRgn) {

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c.

795
796
797
798
799
800
801







802
803
804
805
806
807
808
    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
    Container *containerPtr;
    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;








    /*
     * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this procedure (almost any
     * operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has
     * deleted its window).
     */

    errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
    Container *containerPtr;
    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;

    if (!firstContainerPtr) {
	/*
	 * When the interpreter is being dismantled this can be nil.
	 */
	return;
    }
    
    /*
     * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this procedure (almost any
     * operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has
     * deleted its window).
     */

    errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEvent.c.

85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
...
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
    case NSApplicationDefined: {
	id win;
	win = [theEvent window];
	break;
	}
    case NSCursorUpdate:
        break;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
    case NSEventTypeGesture:
    case NSEventTypeMagnify:
    case NSEventTypeRotate:
    case NSEventTypeSwipe:
    case NSEventTypeBeginGesture:
    case NSEventTypeEndGesture:
        break;
#endif
#endif

    default:
	break; /* return theEvent */
    }
    return processedEvent;
}
................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE void
TkMacOSXFlushWindows(void)
{
    NSArray *macWindows = [NSApp orderedWindows];

    for (NSWindow *w in macWindows) {
	if (TkMacOSXGetXWindow(w)) {
	    [w flushWindow];
	}
    }
}

 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







<







<







 







|













85
86
87
88
89
90
91

92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100
101
102
103
104
105
...
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
    case NSApplicationDefined: {
	id win;
	win = [theEvent window];
	break;
	}
    case NSCursorUpdate:
        break;

    case NSEventTypeGesture:
    case NSEventTypeMagnify:
    case NSEventTypeRotate:
    case NSEventTypeSwipe:
    case NSEventTypeBeginGesture:
    case NSEventTypeEndGesture:
        break;

#endif

    default:
	break; /* return theEvent */
    }
    return processedEvent;
}
................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE void
TkMacOSXFlushWindows(void)
{
    NSArray *macWindows = [NSApp orderedWindows];

    for (NSWindow *w in macWindows) {
	if (TkMacOSXGetXWindow(w)) {
	    [w displayIfNeeded];
	}
    }
}

 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXFont.c.

255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
...
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
...
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
    if (reqFaPtr) {
	*faPtr = *reqFaPtr;
    } else {
	TkInitFontAttributes(faPtr);
    }
    fontPtr->nsFont = nsFont;
    // some don't like antialiasing on fixed-width even if bigger than limit
//    dontAA = [nsFont isFixedPitch] && fontPtr->font.fa.size <= 10;
    if (antialiasedTextEnabled >= 0/* || dontAA*/) {
	renderingMode = (antialiasedTextEnabled == 0/* || dontAA*/) ?
		NSFontIntegerAdvancementsRenderingMode :
		NSFontAntialiasedRenderingMode;
    }
    nsFont = [nsFont screenFontWithRenderingMode:renderingMode];
    GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, faPtr);
................................................................................

    if (rangeStart < 0 || rangeLength <= 0 ||
	    rangeStart + rangeLength > numBytes ||
	    (maxLength == 0 && !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE))) {
	*lengthPtr = 0;
	return 0;
    }
#if 0
    /* Back-compatibility with ATSUI renderer, appears not to be needed */
    if (rangeStart == 0 && maxLength == 1 && (flags & TK_ISOLATE_END) &&
	    !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
	length = 0;
	fit = 0;
	goto done;
    }
#endif
    if (maxLength > 32767) {
	maxLength = 32767;
    }
    string = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void*)source
		length:numBytes encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO];
    if (!string) {
	length = 0;
................................................................................
	    "flags='%s%s%s%s' -> width=%d bytesFit=%d\n", source, rangeLength,
	    source+rangeStart, maxLength,
	    flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK   ? "partialOk "  : "",
	    flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS  ? "wholeWords " : "",
	    flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE ? "atLeastOne " : "",
	    flags & TK_ISOLATE_END  ? "isolateEnd " : "",
	    length, fit);
//if (!(rangeLength==1 && rangeStart == 0)) fprintf(stderr, "   measure len=%d (max=%d, w=%.0f) from %d (nb=%d): source=\"%s\": index=%d return %d\n",rangeLength,maxLength,width,rangeStart,numBytes, source+rangeStart, index, fit);
#endif
    *lengthPtr = length;
    return fit;
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------







|







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<







255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
...
815
816
817
818
819
820
821









822
823
824
825
826
827
828
...
908
909
910
911
912
913
914

915
916
917
918
919
920
921
    if (reqFaPtr) {
	*faPtr = *reqFaPtr;
    } else {
	TkInitFontAttributes(faPtr);
    }
    fontPtr->nsFont = nsFont;
    // some don't like antialiasing on fixed-width even if bigger than limit
    // dontAA = [nsFont isFixedPitch] && fontPtr->font.fa.size <= 10;
    if (antialiasedTextEnabled >= 0/* || dontAA*/) {
	renderingMode = (antialiasedTextEnabled == 0/* || dontAA*/) ?
		NSFontIntegerAdvancementsRenderingMode :
		NSFontAntialiasedRenderingMode;
    }
    nsFont = [nsFont screenFontWithRenderingMode:renderingMode];
    GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, faPtr);
................................................................................

    if (rangeStart < 0 || rangeLength <= 0 ||
	    rangeStart + rangeLength > numBytes ||
	    (maxLength == 0 && !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE))) {
	*lengthPtr = 0;
	return 0;
    }









    if (maxLength > 32767) {
	maxLength = 32767;
    }
    string = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void*)source
		length:numBytes encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO];
    if (!string) {
	length = 0;
................................................................................
	    "flags='%s%s%s%s' -> width=%d bytesFit=%d\n", source, rangeLength,
	    source+rangeStart, maxLength,
	    flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK   ? "partialOk "  : "",
	    flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS  ? "wholeWords " : "",
	    flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE ? "atLeastOne " : "",
	    flags & TK_ISOLATE_END  ? "isolateEnd " : "",
	    length, fit);

#endif
    *lengthPtr = length;
    return fit;
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c.

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
...
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
...
327
328
329
330
331
332
333

334
335
336
337
338
339
340
...
345
346
347
348
349
350
351


352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
/*
 * Static functions used only in this file.
 */

static void tkMacOSXProcessFiles(NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
				 NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
				 Tcl_Interp *interp,
				 char* procedure);
static int  MissedAnyParameters(const AppleEvent *theEvent);
static int  ReallyKillMe(Tcl_Event *eventPtr, int flags);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKHLEvents)

@implementation TKApplication(TKHLEvents)
- (void) terminate: (id) sender
................................................................................
 */

static void
tkMacOSXProcessFiles(
    NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
    NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    char* procedure)
{
    Tcl_Encoding utf8 = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");
    const AEDesc *fileSpecDesc = nil;
    AEDesc contents;
    char URLString[1 + URL_MAX_LENGTH];
    NSURL *fileURL;
    DescType type;
    Size actual;
    long count, index;
................................................................................
    /*
     * Construct a Tcl command which calls the procedure, passing the
     * paths contained in the AppleEvent as arguments.
     */

    Tcl_DStringInit(&command);
    Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, procedure, -1);


    for (index = 1; index <= count; index++) {
	if (noErr != AEGetNthPtr(fileSpecDesc, index, typeFileURL, &keyword,
				 &type, (Ptr) URLString, URL_MAX_LENGTH, &actual)) {
	    continue;
	}
	if (type != typeFileURL) {
................................................................................
	if (fileURL == nil) {
	    continue;
	}
	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(utf8, [[fileURL path] UTF8String], -1, &pathName);
	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, Tcl_DStringValue(&pathName));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&pathName);
    }


    AEDisposeDesc(&contents);

    /*
     * Handle the event by evaluating the Tcl expression we constructed.
     */

    code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&command);
    return;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents --
 *







|







 







|

|







 







>







 







>
>












<







32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
...
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
...
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
...
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366

367
368
369
370
371
372
373
/*
 * Static functions used only in this file.
 */

static void tkMacOSXProcessFiles(NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
				 NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
				 Tcl_Interp *interp,
				 const char* procedure);
static int  MissedAnyParameters(const AppleEvent *theEvent);
static int  ReallyKillMe(Tcl_Event *eventPtr, int flags);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKHLEvents)

@implementation TKApplication(TKHLEvents)
- (void) terminate: (id) sender
................................................................................
 */

static void
tkMacOSXProcessFiles(
    NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
    NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char* procedure)
{
    Tcl_Encoding utf8;
    const AEDesc *fileSpecDesc = nil;
    AEDesc contents;
    char URLString[1 + URL_MAX_LENGTH];
    NSURL *fileURL;
    DescType type;
    Size actual;
    long count, index;
................................................................................
    /*
     * Construct a Tcl command which calls the procedure, passing the
     * paths contained in the AppleEvent as arguments.
     */

    Tcl_DStringInit(&command);
    Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, procedure, -1);
    utf8 = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");

    for (index = 1; index <= count; index++) {
	if (noErr != AEGetNthPtr(fileSpecDesc, index, typeFileURL, &keyword,
				 &type, (Ptr) URLString, URL_MAX_LENGTH, &actual)) {
	    continue;
	}
	if (type != typeFileURL) {
................................................................................
	if (fileURL == nil) {
	    continue;
	}
	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(utf8, [[fileURL path] UTF8String], -1, &pathName);
	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, Tcl_DStringValue(&pathName));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&pathName);
    }

    Tcl_FreeEncoding(utf8);
    AEDisposeDesc(&contents);

    /*
     * Handle the event by evaluating the Tcl expression we constructed.
     */

    code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&command);

}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents --
 *

Added macosx/tkMacOSXImage.c.









































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
/*
 * tkMacOSXImage.c --
 *
 *	The code in this file provides an interface for XImages,
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
 * Copyright 2017 Marc Culler.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "xbytes.h"

#pragma mark XImage handling

int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
    XImage *image)
{
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage --
 *
 *	Create CGImage from XImage, copying the image data.
 *
 * Results:
 *	CGImage, release after use.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void ReleaseData(void *info, const void *data, size_t size) {
    ckfree(info);
}

CGImageRef
TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(
    XImage *image,
    int use_ximage_alpha)
{
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    size_t bitsPerComponent, bitsPerPixel;
    size_t len = image->bytes_per_line * image->height;
    const CGFloat *decode = NULL;
    CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo;
    CGDataProviderRef provider = NULL;
    char *data = NULL;
    CGDataProviderReleaseDataCallback releaseData = ReleaseData;

    if (image->bits_per_pixel == 1) {
	/*
	 * BW image
	 */

	/* Reverses the sense of the bits */
	static const CGFloat decodeWB[2] = {1, 0};
	decode = decodeWB;

	bitsPerComponent = 1;
	bitsPerPixel = 1;
	if (image->bitmap_bit_order != MSBFirst) {
	    char *srcPtr = image->data + image->xoffset;
	    char *endPtr = srcPtr + len;
	    char *destPtr = (data = ckalloc(len));

	    while (srcPtr < endPtr) {
		*destPtr++ = xBitReverseTable[(unsigned char)(*(srcPtr++))];
	    }
	} else {
	    data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	}
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
				    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, provider, decode, 0);
	}
    } else if (image->format == ZPixmap && image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
	/*
	 * Color image
	 */

	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();

	bitsPerComponent = 8;
	bitsPerPixel = 32;
	bitmapInfo = (image->byte_order == MSBFirst ?
		      kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big : kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little);
	if (use_ximage_alpha) {
	    bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedFirst;
	} else {
	    bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaNoneSkipFirst;
	}
	data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
		    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, colorspace, bitmapInfo,
		    provider, decode, 0, kCGRenderingIntentDefault);
	    CFRelease(provider);
	}
	if (colorspace) {
	    CFRelease(colorspace);
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Unsupported image type");
    }
    return img;
}
 

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XGetImage --
 *
 *	This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an XImage.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated XImage containing the data from the given
 *	rectangle of the given drawable, or NULL if the XImage could not be
 *	constructed.  NOTE: If we are copying from a window on a Retina
 *	display, the dimensions of the XImage will be 2*width x 2*height.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
struct pixel_fmt {int r; int g; int b; int a;};
static struct pixel_fmt bgra = {2, 1, 0, 3};
static struct pixel_fmt abgr = {3, 2, 1, 0};

XImage *
XGetImage(
    Display *display,
    Drawable drawable,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    unsigned long plane_mask,
    int format)
{
    NSBitmapImageRep* bitmap_rep = NULL;
    NSUInteger bitmap_fmt = 0;
    XImage* imagePtr = NULL;
    char* bitmap = NULL;
    char R, G, B, A;
    int depth = 32, offset = 0, bitmap_pad = 0;
    unsigned int bytes_per_row, size, row, n, m;
    unsigned int scalefactor=1, scaled_height=height, scaled_width=width;
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(drawable);
    MacDrawable *macDraw = ((MacDrawable*)drawable);
    static enum {unknown, no, yes} has_retina = unknown;

    if (win && has_retina == unknown) {
#ifdef __clang__
	has_retina = [win respondsToSelector:@selector(backingScaleFactor)]?
	    yes : no;
#else
	has_retina = no;
#endif
    }

    if (has_retina == yes) {
	/*
	 * We only allow scale factors 1 or 2, as Apple currently does.
	 */
#ifdef __clang__
	scalefactor = [win backingScaleFactor] == 2.0 ? 2 : 1;
#endif
	scaled_height *= scalefactor;
	scaled_width *= scalefactor;
    }

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	if (width == 0 || height == 0) {
	    return NULL;
	}
	bitmap_rep = TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(drawable,
		         x, y, width, height);
	if (!bitmap_rep) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Failed to construct NSBitmapRep");
	    return NULL;
	}
	bitmap_fmt = [bitmap_rep bitmapFormat];
	size = [bitmap_rep bytesPerPlane];
	bytes_per_row = [bitmap_rep bytesPerRow];
	bitmap = ckalloc(size);
	if (!bitmap                              ||
	    (bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != 1) ||
	    [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] != 4    ||
	    [bitmap_rep isPlanar] != 0           ||
	    bytes_per_row != 4 * scaled_width    ||
	    size != bytes_per_row*scaled_height  ) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Unrecognized bitmap format");
	    CFRelease(bitmap_rep);
	    return NULL;
	}

	if (macDraw->flags & TK_USE_XIMAGE_ALPHA) {
	    /*
	     * When called by TkImgPhotoDisplay we are being asked to return a
	     * background image to be blended with the photoimage using its
	     * alpha channel, if it has one.  Returning a black pixmap here
	     * makes TkImgPhotoDisplay create an XImage with a premultiplied
	     * alpha channel, as favored by Apple.  When TkImgPhotoDisplay
	     * passes this XImage to TkPutImage, targeting a pixmap, it creates
	     * an image with correct transparency.  This is used, for example,
	     * when creating an iconphoto or a menu image from a PNG
	     * photoimage.
	     */
	    bzero(bitmap, size);
	} else {
	    memcpy(bitmap, (char *)[bitmap_rep bitmapData], size);
	}
	CFRelease(bitmap_rep);

	/*
	 * When Apple extracts a bitmap from an NSView, it may be in
	 * either BGRA or ABGR format.  For an XImage we need RGBA.
	 */
	struct pixel_fmt pixel = bitmap_fmt == 0 ? bgra : abgr;

	for (row=0, n=0; row<scaled_height; row++, n+=bytes_per_row) {
	    for (m=n; m<n+bytes_per_row; m+=4) {
		R = *(bitmap + m + pixel.r);
		G = *(bitmap + m + pixel.g);
		B = *(bitmap + m + pixel.b);
		A = *(bitmap + m + pixel.a);

		*(bitmap + m)     = R;
		*(bitmap + m + 1) = G;
		*(bitmap + m + 2) = B;
		*(bitmap + m + 3) = A;
	    }
	}
	imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset,
				(char*)bitmap, scaled_width, scaled_height,
				bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row);
	if (scalefactor == 2) {
	    imagePtr->pixelpower = 1;
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * There are some calls to XGetImage in the generic Tk
	 * code which pass an XYPixmap rather than a ZPixmap.
	 * XYPixmaps should be handled here.
	 */
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage does not handle XYPixmaps at the moment.");
    }
    return imagePtr;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DestroyImage --
 *
 *	Destroys storage associated with an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Deallocates the image.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
DestroyImage(
    XImage *image)
{
    if (image) {
	if (image->data) {
	    ckfree(image->data);
	}
	ckfree(image);
    }
    return 0;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImageGetPixel --
 *
 *	Get a single pixel from an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns the 32 bit pixel value.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static unsigned long
ImageGetPixel(
    XImage *image,
    int x,
    int y)
{
    unsigned char r = 0, g = 0, b = 0;

    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char *srcPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);

	switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	    case 32: {
		r = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 16) & 0xff;
		g = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >>  8) & 0xff;
		b = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr)      ) & 0xff;
		/*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
		    r = srcPtr[2]; g = srcPtr[1]; b = srcPtr[0];
		} else {
		    r = srcPtr[1]; g = srcPtr[2]; b = srcPtr[3];
		}*/
		break;
	    }
	    case 16:
		r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8;
		g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8;
		b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8;
		break;
	    case 8:
		r = (*srcPtr << 2) & 0xc0;
		g = (*srcPtr << 4) & 0xc0;
		b = (*srcPtr << 6) & 0xc0;
		r |= r >> 2 | r >> 4 | r >> 6;
		g |= g >> 2 | g >> 4 | g >> 6;
		b |= b >> 2 | b >> 4 | b >> 6;
		break;
	    case 4: {
		unsigned char c = (x % 2) ? *srcPtr : (*srcPtr >> 4);
		r = (c & 0x04) ? 0xff : 0;
		g = (c & 0x02) ? 0xff : 0;
		b = (c & 0x01) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
		}
	    case 1:
		r = g = b = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x % 8))) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
	}
    }
    return (PIXEL_MAGIC << 24) | (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImagePutPixel --
 *
 *	Set a single pixel in an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ImagePutPixel(
    XImage *image,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned long pixel)
{
    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char *dstPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);
	if (image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
	    *((unsigned int*) dstPtr) = pixel;
	} else {
	    unsigned char r = ((pixel & image->red_mask)   >> 16) & 0xff;
	    unsigned char g = ((pixel & image->green_mask) >>  8) & 0xff;
	    unsigned char b = ((pixel & image->blue_mask)       ) & 0xff;
	    switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	    case 16:
		*((unsigned short*) dstPtr) = ((r & 0xf8) << 7) |
			((g & 0xf8) << 2) | ((b & 0xf8) >> 3);
		break;
	    case 8:
		*dstPtr = ((r & 0xc0) >> 2) | ((g & 0xc0) >> 4) |
			((b & 0xc0) >> 6);
		break;
	    case 4: {
		unsigned char c = ((r & 0x80) >> 5) | ((g & 0x80) >> 6) |
			((b & 0x80) >> 7);
		*dstPtr = (x % 2) ? ((*dstPtr & 0xf0) | (c & 0x0f)) :
			((*dstPtr & 0x0f) | ((c << 4) & 0xf0));
		break;
		}
	    case 1:
		*dstPtr = ((r|g|b) & 0x80) ? (*dstPtr | (0x80 >> (x % 8))) :
			(*dstPtr & ~(0x80 >> (x % 8)));
		break;
	    }
	}
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XCreateImage --
 *
 *	Allocates storage for a new XImage.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated XImage.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

XImage *
XCreateImage(
    Display* display,
    Visual* visual,
    unsigned int depth,
    int format,
    int offset,
    char* data,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    int bitmap_pad,
    int bytes_per_line)
{
    XImage *ximage;
    display->request++;
    ximage = ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));

    ximage->height = height;
    ximage->width = width;
    ximage->depth = depth;
    ximage->xoffset = offset;
    ximage->format = format;
    ximage->data = data;
    ximage->obdata = NULL;
    /* The default pixelpower is 0.  This must be explicitly set to 1 in the
     * case of an XImage extracted from a Retina display.
     */
    ximage->pixelpower = 0;

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 32;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 32;
    } else {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 1;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 8;
    }
    if (bitmap_pad) {
	ximage->bitmap_pad = bitmap_pad;
    } else {
	/* Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz perfomance */
	ximage->bitmap_pad = 128;
    }
    if (bytes_per_line) {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line;
    } else {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = ((width * ximage->bits_per_pixel +
		(ximage->bitmap_pad - 1)) >> 3) &
		~((ximage->bitmap_pad >> 3) - 1);
    }
#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
    ximage->byte_order = MSBFirst;
    ximage->bitmap_bit_order = MSBFirst;
#else
    ximage->byte_order = LSBFirst;
    ximage->bitmap_bit_order = LSBFirst;
#endif
    ximage->red_mask = 0x00FF0000;
    ximage->green_mask = 0x0000FF00;
    ximage->blue_mask = 0x000000FF;
    ximage->f.create_image = NULL;
    ximage->f.destroy_image = DestroyImage;
    ximage->f.get_pixel = ImageGetPixel;
    ximage->f.put_pixel = ImagePutPixel;
    ximage->f.sub_image = NULL;
    ximage->f.add_pixel = NULL;

    return ximage;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPutImage --
 *
 *	Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of
 *	of the specified drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws the image on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkPutImage(
    unsigned long *colors,	/* Unused on Macintosh. */
    int ncolors,		/* Unused on Macintosh. */
    Display* display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable drawable,		/* Drawable to place image on. */
    GC gc,			/* GC to use. */
    XImage* image,		/* Image to place. */
    int src_x,			/* Source X & Y. */
    int src_y,
    int dest_x,			/* Destination X & Y. */
    int dest_y,
    unsigned int width,	        /* Same width & height for both */
    unsigned int height)	/* distination and source. */
{
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    MacDrawable *macDraw = ((MacDrawable*)drawable);

    display->request++;
    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(drawable, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	return BadDrawable;
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	CGImageRef img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(image,
			     macDraw->flags & TK_USE_XIMAGE_ALPHA);
	if (img) {
	    /* If the XImage has big pixels, rescale the source dimensions.*/
	    int pp = image->pixelpower;
	    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(drawable, gc, dc.context,
		    img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
		    CGRectMake(0, 0, image->width<<pp, image->height<<pp),
		    CGRectMake(src_x<<pp, src_y<<pp, width<<pp, height<<pp),
		    CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
	    CFRelease(img);
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable");
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    return Success;
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
..
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
...
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109











110


111





112
113




114
115
116
117
118





119
120










121
122



123




124
125
126
127




128
129
130
131
132
133
134






















135
136
137
138
139
140
141
...
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
...
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
...
277
278
279
280
281
282
283

284

285
286
287




288










289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299

300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
...
401
402
403
404
405
406
407

408
409
410
411
412
413
414
 *
 *	This file contains Mac OS X -specific interpreter initialization
 *	functions.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>

 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"

................................................................................

static char scriptPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = "";

long tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = 0;

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKInit)

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
#define NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification @"NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification"
static void keyboardChanged(CFNotificationCenterRef center, void *observer, CFStringRef name, const void *object, CFDictionaryRef userInfo) {
    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] postNotificationName:NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification object:nil userInfo:nil];
}
#endif

@interface TKApplication(TKKeyboard)
- (void) keyboardChanged: (NSNotification *) notification;
@end

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
#define TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate <NSApplicationDelegate>
#else
#define TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate
#endif
@interface TKApplication(TKWindowEvent) TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate
- (void) _setupWindowNotifications;
@end

@interface TKApplication(TKMenus)
- (void) _setupMenus;
@end
................................................................................
    observe(NSApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification, applicationActivate:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidResignActiveNotification, applicationDeactivate:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidUnhideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidHideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidChangeScreenParametersNotification, displayChanged:);
    observe(NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification, keyboardChanged:);
#undef observe
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
    CFNotificationCenterAddObserver(CFNotificationCenterGetDistributedCenter(), NULL, &keyboardChanged, kTISNotifySelectedKeyboardInputSourceChanged, NULL, CFNotificationSuspensionBehaviorCoalesce);











#endif


}






- (void) _setupEventLoop




{
    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    [self finishLaunching];
    [self setWindowsNeedUpdate:YES];
    [pool drain];





}











- (void) _setup: (Tcl_Interp *) interp
{



    _eventInterp = interp;




    _mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    [NSApp setPoolLock:0];
    _defaultMainMenu = nil;
    [self _setupMenus];




    [self setDelegate:self];
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:self
	    selector:@selector(_postedNotification:) name:nil object:nil];
#endif
    [self _setupWindowNotifications];
    [self _setupApplicationNotifications];






















}

- (NSString *) tkFrameworkImagePath: (NSString *) image
{
    NSString *path = nil;
    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
................................................................................
@end

#pragma mark -
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DoWindowActivate --
 *
 *	Idle handler that sets the application icon to the generic Tk icon.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
SetApplicationIcon(
    ClientData clientData)
{
    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    NSString *path = [NSApp tkFrameworkImagePath:@"Tk.icns"];
    if (path) {
	NSImage *image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:path];
	if (image) {
	    [NSApp setApplicationIconImage:image];
	    [image release];
	}
    }
    [pool drain];
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpInit --
 *
 *	Performs Mac-specific interpreter initialization related to the
 *	tk_library variable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result in
................................................................................
    /*
     * Since it is possible for TkInit to be called multiple times and we
     * don't want to do the following initialization multiple times we protect
     * against doing it more than once.
     */

    if (!initialized) {
	int bundledExecutable = 0;
	CFBundleRef bundleRef;
	CFURLRef bundleUrl = NULL;
	struct utsname name;
	struct stat st;

	initialized = 1;

	/*
	 * Initialize/check OS version variable for runtime checks.
	 */

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
#   error Mac OS X 10.5 required
#endif

	if (!uname(&name)) {
	    tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = (strtod(name.release, NULL) + 96) * 10;
	}
       /*Check for new versioning scheme on Yosemite (10.10) and later.*/
	if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 100000) {
................................................................................
	 * framework scripts directory.
	 * FIXME: Should we come up with a more generic way of doing this?
	 */

	if (Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources(interp,
		"com.tcltk.tklibrary", TK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION, 0, PATH_MAX,
		tkLibPath) != TCL_OK) {

	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources failed");

	}
#endif





	{










	    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
		[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] registerDefaults:
		     [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
		     [NSNumber numberWithBool:YES],
		     @"_NSCanWrapButtonTitles",
		     [NSNumber numberWithInt:-1],
		     @"NSStringDrawingTypesetterBehavior",
		     nil]];
	    [TKApplication sharedApplication];
	    [pool drain];
	    [NSApp _setup:interp];

	}

	/* Check whether we are a bundled executable: */
	bundleRef = CFBundleGetMainBundle();
	if (bundleRef) {
	    bundleUrl = CFBundleCopyBundleURL(bundleRef);
	}
	if (bundleUrl) {
	    /*
	     * A bundled executable is two levels down from its main bundle
	     * directory (e.g. Wish.app/Contents/MacOS/Wish), whereas an
	     * unbundled executable's main bundle directory is just the
	     * directory containing the executable. So to check whether we are
	     * bundled, we delete the last three path components of the
	     * executable's url and compare the resulting url with the main
	     * bundle url.
	     */

	    int j = 3;
	    CFURLRef url = CFBundleCopyExecutableURL(bundleRef);

	    while (url && j--) {
		CFURLRef parent =
			CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(NULL, url);

		CFRelease(url);
		url = parent;
	    }
	    if (url) {
		bundledExecutable = CFEqual(bundleUrl, url);
		CFRelease(url);
	    }
	    CFRelease(bundleUrl);
	}

	if (!bundledExecutable) {
	    /*
	     * If we are loaded into an executable that is not a bundled
	     * application, the window server does not let us come to the
	     * foreground. For such an executable, notify the window server
	     * that we are now a full GUI application.
	     */

	    OSStatus err = procNotFound;
	    ProcessSerialNumber psn = { 0, kCurrentProcess };

	    err = ChkErr(TransformProcessType, &psn,
		    kProcessTransformToForegroundApplication);

	    /*
	     * Set application icon to generic Tk icon, do it at idle time
	     * instead of now to ensure tk_library is setup.
	     */

	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetApplicationIcon, NULL);
	}

	{
	    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
	    [NSApp _setupEventLoop];
	    TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(interp);
	    TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText(interp, -1);
	    TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(interp, TRUE, 0);
	    [pool drain];
	}

	/*
	 * FIXME: Close stdin & stdout for remote debugging otherwise we will
	 * fight with gdb for stdin & stdout
	 */

	if (getenv("XCNOSTDIN") != NULL) {
	    close(0);
	    close(1);
	}

	/*
	 * If we don't have a TTY and stdin is a special character file of
	 * length 0, (e.g. /dev/null, which is what Finder sets when double
	 * clicking Wish) then use the Tk based console interpreter.
	 */

	if (getenv("TK_CONSOLE") ||
................................................................................
			    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
		}
	    }
	    if (Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

    }

    Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier();

    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }







>







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<




<

<
<
<







 







<
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>

<
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
<
>
>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


>
>
>

>
>
>
>


<
<
>
>
>
>

<
<
<
<
<
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<
<
<









|
|







 







>

>



>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







>







3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
..
29
30
31
32
33
34
35







36
37
38
39

40



41
42
43
44
45
46
47
..
91
92
93
94
95
96
97


98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118

119
120
121
122
123




124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152


153
154
155
156
157






158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
...
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
































229
230
231
232
233
234
235
...
250
251
252
253
254
255
256



257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
...
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327











































































328
329
330
331
332
333
334
...
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
 *
 *	This file contains Mac OS X -specific interpreter initialization
 *	functions.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
 * Copyright (c) 2017 Marc Culler
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"

................................................................................

static char scriptPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = "";

long tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = 0;

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKInit)








@interface TKApplication(TKKeyboard)
- (void) keyboardChanged: (NSNotification *) notification;
@end


#define TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate <NSApplicationDelegate>



@interface TKApplication(TKWindowEvent) TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate
- (void) _setupWindowNotifications;
@end

@interface TKApplication(TKMenus)
- (void) _setupMenus;
@end
................................................................................
    observe(NSApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification, applicationActivate:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidResignActiveNotification, applicationDeactivate:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidUnhideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidHideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidChangeScreenParametersNotification, displayChanged:);
    observe(NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification, keyboardChanged:);
#undef observe


}

-(void)applicationWillFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)aNotification
{

    /*
     * Initialize notifications.
     */
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:self
	    selector:@selector(_postedNotification:) name:nil object:nil];
#endif
    [self _setupWindowNotifications];
    [self _setupApplicationNotifications];

    /*
     * Construct the menu bar.
     */
    _defaultMainMenu = nil;
    [self _setupMenus];


    /*
     * Initialize event processing.
     */
    TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(_eventInterp);





    /*
     * Initialize the graphics context.
     */
    TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText(_eventInterp, -1);
    TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(_eventInterp, TRUE, 0);
}

-(void)applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)notification
{
    /*
     * It is not safe to force activation of the NSApp until this
     * method is called.  Activating too early can cause the menu
     * bar to be unresponsive.
     */
    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps: YES];
}

- (void) _setup: (Tcl_Interp *) interp
{
    /*
     * Remember our interpreter.
     */
    _eventInterp = interp;

    /*
     * Install the global autoreleasePool.
     */
    _mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    [NSApp setPoolLock:0];



    /*
     * Be our own delegate.
     */
    [self setDelegate:self];







    /*
     * Make sure we are allowed to open windows.
     */
    [NSApp setActivationPolicy:NSApplicationActivationPolicyRegular];

    /*
     * If no icon has been set from an Info.plist file, use the Wish icon from
     * the Tk framework.
     */
    NSString *iconFile = [[NSBundle mainBundle] objectForInfoDictionaryKey:
						    @"CFBundleIconFile"];
    if (!iconFile) {
	NSString *path = [NSApp tkFrameworkImagePath:@"Tk.icns"];
	if (path) {
	    NSImage *image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:path];
	    if (image) {
		[NSApp setApplicationIconImage:image];
		[image release];
	    }
	}
    }
}

- (NSString *) tkFrameworkImagePath: (NSString *) image
{
    NSString *path = nil;
    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
................................................................................
@end

#pragma mark -
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
































 * TkpInit --
 *
 *	Performs Mac-specific interpreter initialization related to the
 *	tk_library variable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result in
................................................................................
    /*
     * Since it is possible for TkInit to be called multiple times and we
     * don't want to do the following initialization multiple times we protect
     * against doing it more than once.
     */

    if (!initialized) {



	struct utsname name;
	struct stat st;

	initialized = 1;

	/*
	 * Initialize/check OS version variable for runtime checks.
	 */

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
#   error Mac OS X 10.6 required
#endif

	if (!uname(&name)) {
	    tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = (strtod(name.release, NULL) + 96) * 10;
	}
       /*Check for new versioning scheme on Yosemite (10.10) and later.*/
	if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 100000) {
................................................................................
	 * framework scripts directory.
	 * FIXME: Should we come up with a more generic way of doing this?
	 */

	if (Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources(interp,
		"com.tcltk.tklibrary", TK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION, 0, PATH_MAX,
		tkLibPath) != TCL_OK) {
            # if 0 /* This is not really an error.  Wish still runs fine. */
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources failed");
	    # endif
	}
#endif

	/*
	 * FIXME: Close stdin & stdout for remote debugging otherwise we will
	 * fight with gdb for stdin & stdout
	 */

	if (getenv("XCNOSTDIN") != NULL) {
	    close(0);
	    close(1);
	}

	/*
	 * Instantiate our NSApplication object. This needs to be
	 * done before we check whether to open a console window.
	 */

	NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
	[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] registerDefaults:
		[NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
				  [NSNumber numberWithBool:YES],
			      @"_NSCanWrapButtonTitles",
				   [NSNumber numberWithInt:-1],
			      @"NSStringDrawingTypesetterBehavior",
			      nil]];
	[TKApplication sharedApplication];
	[pool drain];
	[NSApp _setup:interp];
	[NSApp finishLaunching];












































































	/*
	 * If we don't have a TTY and stdin is a special character file of
	 * length 0, (e.g. /dev/null, which is what Finder sets when double
	 * clicking Wish) then use the Tk based console interpreter.
	 */

	if (getenv("TK_CONSOLE") ||
................................................................................
			    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
		}
	    }
	    if (Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

    }

    Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier();

    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXInt.h.

83
84
85
86
87
88
89

90
91
92
93
94
95
96
#define TK_CLIP_INVALID		0x02
#define TK_HOST_EXISTS		0x04
#define TK_DRAWN_UNDER_MENU	0x08
#define TK_FOCUSED_VIEW		0x10
#define TK_IS_PIXMAP		0x20
#define TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP		0x40
#define TK_DO_NOT_DRAW          0x80

/*
 * I am reserving TK_EMBEDDED = 0x100 in the MacDrawable flags
 * This is defined in tk.h. We need to duplicate the TK_EMBEDDED flag in the
 * TkWindow structure for the window, but in the MacWin. This way we can
 * still tell what the correct port is after the TKWindow structure has been
 * freed. This actually happens when you bind destroy of a toplevel to
 * Destroy of a child.







>







83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
#define TK_CLIP_INVALID		0x02
#define TK_HOST_EXISTS		0x04
#define TK_DRAWN_UNDER_MENU	0x08
#define TK_FOCUSED_VIEW		0x10
#define TK_IS_PIXMAP		0x20
#define TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP		0x40
#define TK_DO_NOT_DRAW          0x80
#define TK_USE_XIMAGE_ALPHA     0x100
/*
 * I am reserving TK_EMBEDDED = 0x100 in the MacDrawable flags
 * This is defined in tk.h. We need to duplicate the TK_EMBEDDED flag in the
 * TkWindow structure for the window, but in the MacWin. This way we can
 * still tell what the correct port is after the TKWindow structure has been
 * freed. This actually happens when you bind destroy of a toplevel to
 * Destroy of a child.

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c.

91
92
93
94
95
96
97


















98
99
100
101
102
103
104
...
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
...
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
...
574
575
576
577
578
579
580











581
582
583
584
585
586
587
...
657
658
659
660
661
662
663







664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
...
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
...
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904


905

906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
    {103,	XK_F11},
    {111,	XK_F12},
    {105,	XK_F13},
    {107,	XK_F14},
    {113,	XK_F15},
    {0,		0}
};



















static int initialized = 0;
static Tcl_HashTable keycodeTable;	/* keyArray hashed by keycode value. */
static Tcl_HashTable vkeyTable;		/* virtualkeyArray hashed by virtual
					 * keycode value. */

static int latin1Table[LATIN1_MAX+1];	/* Reverse mapping table for
................................................................................

    (void) display; /*unused*/

    /*
     * MacOSX doesn't use the key codes for the modifiers for anything, and we
     * don't generate them either. So there is no modifier map.
     */

    modmap = ckalloc(sizeof(XModifierKeymap));
    modmap->max_keypermod = 0;
    modmap->modifiermap = NULL;
    return modmap;
}
 
/*
................................................................................

static int
XKeysymToMacKeycode(
    Display *display,
    KeySym keysym)
{
    KeyInfo *kPtr;

    if (keysym <= LATIN1_MAX) {
	/*
	 * Handle keysyms in the Latin-1 range where keysym and Unicode
	 * character code point are the same.
	 */

	if (keyboardChanged) {
................................................................................
	}
    }
    for (kPtr = virtualkeyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	if (kPtr->keysym == keysym) {
	    return kPtr->keycode;
	}
    }












    /*
     * For other keysyms (not Latin-1 and not special keys), we'd need a
     * generic keysym-to-unicode table. We don't have that, so we give up here.
     */

    return 0;
................................................................................
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    KeySym keysym,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    if (keysym == NoSymbol) {
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0;







    } else {
	Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
	int macKeycode = XKeysymToMacKeycode(display, keysym);

	/*
	 * See also XKeysymToKeycode.
	 */

	if ((keysym >= XK_F1) && (keysym <= XK_F35)) {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x0010;
	} else {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x00FF & keysym;
	}
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode |= (macKeycode & MAC_KEYCODE_MASK) << 16;

................................................................................

    /*
     * Handle pure modifier keys specially. We use -1 as a signal for
     * this.
     */

    if (eventPtr->xany.send_event == -1) {

	int modifier = eventPtr->xkey.keycode & NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask;

	if (modifier == NSCommandKeyMask) {
	    return XK_Meta_L;
	} else if (modifier == NSShiftKeyMask) {
	    return XK_Shift_L;
	} else if (modifier == NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) {
................................................................................
    dispPtr->metaModMask = COMMAND_MASK;
#else
    dispPtr->altModMask = 0;
    dispPtr->metaModMask = 0;
#endif

    /*
     * MacOSX doesn't use the keycodes for the modifiers for anything, and we
     * don't generate them either (the keycodes actually given in the simulated
     * modifier events are bogus). So there is no modifier map. If we ever want
     * to simulate real modifier keycodes, the list will be constant in the
     * Carbon implementation.
     */

    if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes != NULL) {
	ckfree(dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
    }
    dispPtr->numModKeyCodes = 0;


    dispPtr->modKeyCodes = NULL;

}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







<







 







<







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







<







 







<







 







|
|
|
|
<





|
>
>
|
>










91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
...
471
472
473
474
475
476
477

478
479
480
481
482
483
484
...
561
562
563
564
565
566
567

568
569
570
571
572
573
574
...
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
...
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704

705
706
707
708
709
710
711
...
763
764
765
766
767
768
769

770
771
772
773
774
775
776
...
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929

930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
    {103,	XK_F11},
    {111,	XK_F12},
    {105,	XK_F13},
    {107,	XK_F14},
    {113,	XK_F15},
    {0,		0}
};

#define NUM_MOD_KEYCODES 14
static KeyCode modKeyArray[NUM_MOD_KEYCODES] = {
    XK_Shift_L,
    XK_Shift_R,
    XK_Control_L,
    XK_Control_R,
    XK_Caps_Lock,
    XK_Shift_Lock,
    XK_Meta_L,
    XK_Meta_R,
    XK_Alt_L,
    XK_Alt_R,
    XK_Super_L,
    XK_Super_R,
    XK_Hyper_L,
    XK_Hyper_R,
};

static int initialized = 0;
static Tcl_HashTable keycodeTable;	/* keyArray hashed by keycode value. */
static Tcl_HashTable vkeyTable;		/* virtualkeyArray hashed by virtual
					 * keycode value. */

static int latin1Table[LATIN1_MAX+1];	/* Reverse mapping table for
................................................................................

    (void) display; /*unused*/

    /*
     * MacOSX doesn't use the key codes for the modifiers for anything, and we
     * don't generate them either. So there is no modifier map.
     */

    modmap = ckalloc(sizeof(XModifierKeymap));
    modmap->max_keypermod = 0;
    modmap->modifiermap = NULL;
    return modmap;
}
 
/*
................................................................................

static int
XKeysymToMacKeycode(
    Display *display,
    KeySym keysym)
{
    KeyInfo *kPtr;

    if (keysym <= LATIN1_MAX) {
	/*
	 * Handle keysyms in the Latin-1 range where keysym and Unicode
	 * character code point are the same.
	 */

	if (keyboardChanged) {
................................................................................
	}
    }
    for (kPtr = virtualkeyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	if (kPtr->keysym == keysym) {
	    return kPtr->keycode;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Modifier keycodes only come from generated events.  No translation
     * is needed.
     */

    for (int i=0; i < NUM_MOD_KEYCODES; i++) {
	if (keysym == modKeyArray[i]) {
	    return keysym;
	}
    }

    /*
     * For other keysyms (not Latin-1 and not special keys), we'd need a
     * generic keysym-to-unicode table. We don't have that, so we give up here.
     */

    return 0;
................................................................................
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    KeySym keysym,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    if (keysym == NoSymbol) {
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0;
    } else if ( modKeyArray[0] <= keysym &&
		keysym <= modKeyArray[NUM_MOD_KEYCODES - 1]) {
	/* 
	 * Keysyms for pure modifiers only arise in generated events.
	 * We should just copy them to the keycode.
	 */
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode = keysym;
    } else {
	Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
	int macKeycode = XKeysymToMacKeycode(display, keysym);

	/*
	 * See also XKeysymToKeycode.
	 */

	if ((keysym >= XK_F1) && (keysym <= XK_F35)) {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x0010;
	} else {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x00FF & keysym;
	}
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode |= (macKeycode & MAC_KEYCODE_MASK) << 16;

................................................................................

    /*
     * Handle pure modifier keys specially. We use -1 as a signal for
     * this.
     */

    if (eventPtr->xany.send_event == -1) {

	int modifier = eventPtr->xkey.keycode & NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask;

	if (modifier == NSCommandKeyMask) {
	    return XK_Meta_L;
	} else if (modifier == NSShiftKeyMask) {
	    return XK_Shift_L;
	} else if (modifier == NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) {
................................................................................
    dispPtr->metaModMask = COMMAND_MASK;
#else
    dispPtr->altModMask = 0;
    dispPtr->metaModMask = 0;
#endif

    /*
     * MacOSX doesn't create a key event when a modifier key is pressed or
     * released.  However, it is possible to generate key events for
     * modifier keys, and this is done in the tests.  So we construct an array
     * containing the keycodes of the standard modifier keys from static data.

     */

    if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes != NULL) {
	ckfree(dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
    }
    dispPtr->numModKeyCodes = NUM_MOD_KEYCODES;
    dispPtr->modKeyCodes = (KeyCode *)ckalloc(NUM_MOD_KEYCODES * sizeof(KeyCode));
    for (int i = 0; i < NUM_MOD_KEYCODES; i++) {
	dispPtr->modKeyCodes[i] = modKeyArray[i];
    }
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenu.c.

113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
770
771
772
773
774
775
776

777
778






779
780
781
782
783
784
785
@interface TKMenu(TKMenuPrivate)
- (id) initWithTkMenu: (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (int) tkIndexOfItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem;
- (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atTkIndex: (NSInteger) index;
@end

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
#define TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate <NSMenuDelegate>
#else
#define TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate
#endif
@interface TKMenu(TKMenuDelegate) TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate
@end

@implementation TKMenu
- (void) setSpecial: (NSUInteger) special
{
    NSAssert(!_tkSpecial, @"Cannot change specialness of a special menu");
................................................................................
    if (root == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(root);
    NSView *rootview = TkMacOSXGetRootControl(d);
    NSWindow *win = [rootview window];


    inPostMenu = 1;







    int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);
    NSView *view = [win contentView];
    NSRect frame = NSMakeRect(x + 9, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y - 9, 1, 1);

    frame.origin = [view convertPoint:
	    [win convertPointFromScreen:frame.origin] fromView:nil];







<

<
<
<







 







>


>
>
>
>
>
>







113
114
115
116
117
118
119

120



121
122
123
124
125
126
127
...
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
@interface TKMenu(TKMenuPrivate)
- (id) initWithTkMenu: (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (int) tkIndexOfItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem;
- (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atTkIndex: (NSInteger) index;
@end


#define TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate <NSMenuDelegate>



@interface TKMenu(TKMenuDelegate) TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate
@end

@implementation TKMenu
- (void) setSpecial: (NSUInteger) special
{
    NSAssert(!_tkSpecial, @"Cannot change specialness of a special menu");
................................................................................
    if (root == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(root);
    NSView *rootview = TkMacOSXGetRootControl(d);
    NSWindow *win = [rootview window];
    int result;

    inPostMenu = 1;
    
    result = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
        inPostMenu = 0;
        return result;
    }

    int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);
    NSView *view = [win contentView];
    NSRect frame = NSMakeRect(x + 9, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y - 9, 1, 1);

    frame.origin = [view convertPoint:
	    [win convertPointFromScreen:frame.origin] fromView:nil];

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXNotify.c.

272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
	do {
	    modalSession = TkMacOSXGetModalSession();
	    	    testEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:NO];
	    /* We must not steal any events during LiveResize. */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
	    if (testEvent && [[testEvent window] inLiveResize]) {
		break;
	    }
#else
	    if (testEvent && [[[testEvent window] contentView] inLiveResize]) {
		break;
	    }
#endif
	    currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:YES];
	    if (currentEvent) {
		/* Generate Xevents. */
		int oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);







<



<
<
<
<
<







272
273
274
275
276
277
278

279
280
281





282
283
284
285
286
287
288
	do {
	    modalSession = TkMacOSXGetModalSession();
	    	    testEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:NO];
	    /* We must not steal any events during LiveResize. */

	    if (testEvent && [[testEvent window] inLiveResize]) {
		break;
	    }





	    currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:YES];
	    if (currentEvent) {
		/* Generate Xevents. */
		int oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXPrivate.h.

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
...
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213






214
215
216
217
218
219
220
...
224
225
226
227
228
229
230

231
232
233
234
235
236
237
...
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
	if ((chk) && (cond)) { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_chk(...) \
	} else { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_no(chk, cond, ...) \
	if (0) {
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_no(...) \
	} else { __VA_ARGS__
/* Private mapping macros defined according to Mac OS X version requirements */
/* 10.5 Leopard */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_min_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_yes
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_min_10_5	tk_else_mac_os_x_yes
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_yes
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_else_mac_os_x_yes
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED */
#else /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED */
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_min_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_chk
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_min_10_5	tk_else_mac_os_x_chk
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_chk
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_else_mac_os_x_chk
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED */
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_no
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_else_mac_os_x_no
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED */

/*
 * Macros for DEBUG_ASSERT_MESSAGE et al from Debugging.h.
 */

#undef kComponentSignatureString
#undef COMPONENT_SIGNATURE
................................................................................
			    int antiAlias);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int activeFlag);
MODULE_SCOPE WindowClass TkMacOSXWindowClass(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkGenerateButtonEventForXPointer(Window window);
MODULE_SCOPE EventModifiers TkMacOSXModifierState(void);
MODULE_SCOPE NSBitmapImageRep* BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(Drawable drawable,
			    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height);






MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(Drawable d, GC gc,
			    int useCG, TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
			    TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(GC gc, unsigned long pixel,
			    CGContextRef context);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(TkWindow *winPtr,
................................................................................
			    int active);
MODULE_SCOPE NSWindow*	TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSView*	TkMacOSXDrawableView(MacDrawable *macWin);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(TkWindow *winPtr, CGRect *bounds);
MODULE_SCOPE HIShapeRef	TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(NSView *view,
			    HIShapeRef rgn);

MODULE_SCOPE CGImageRef	TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage*	TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(Display *display,
			    Tk_Image image, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage*	TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap(Display *display,
			    Pixmap bitmap, GC gc, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE CGColorRef	TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);
MODULE_SCOPE NSColor*	TkMacOSXGetNSColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);
................................................................................
    NSWindow *_windowWithMouse;
    NSAutoreleasePool *_mainPool;
#ifdef __i386__
    /* The Objective C runtime used on i386 requires this. */
    int _poolLock;
#endif
}
@property BOOL poolLock;

@end
@interface TKApplication(TKInit)
- (NSString *)tkFrameworkImagePath:(NSString*)image;
- (void)_resetAutoreleasePool;
- (void)_lockAutoreleasePool;
- (void)_unlockAutoreleasePool;







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|

>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>







 







|







55
56
57
58
59
60
61





















62
63
64
65
66
67
68
...
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
...
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
...
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
	if ((chk) && (cond)) { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_chk(...) \
	} else { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_no(chk, cond, ...) \
	if (0) {
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_no(...) \
	} else { __VA_ARGS__






















/*
 * Macros for DEBUG_ASSERT_MESSAGE et al from Debugging.h.
 */

#undef kComponentSignatureString
#undef COMPONENT_SIGNATURE
................................................................................
			    int antiAlias);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int activeFlag);
MODULE_SCOPE WindowClass TkMacOSXWindowClass(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkGenerateButtonEventForXPointer(Window window);
MODULE_SCOPE EventModifiers TkMacOSXModifierState(void);
MODULE_SCOPE NSBitmapImageRep* TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(Drawable drawable,
			    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height);
MODULE_SCOPE CGImageRef TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(XImage *image,
			    int use_ximage_alpha);
MODULE_SCOPE void       TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(Drawable d, GC gc, CGContextRef context,
			    CGImageRef image, unsigned long imageForeground,
			    unsigned long imageBackground, CGRect imageBounds,
			    CGRect srcBounds, CGRect dstBounds);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(Drawable d, GC gc,
			    int useCG, TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
			    TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(GC gc, unsigned long pixel,
			    CGContextRef context);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(TkWindow *winPtr,
................................................................................
			    int active);
MODULE_SCOPE NSWindow*	TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSView*	TkMacOSXDrawableView(MacDrawable *macWin);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(TkWindow *winPtr, CGRect *bounds);
MODULE_SCOPE HIShapeRef	TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(NSView *view,
			    HIShapeRef rgn);
MODULE_SCOPE CGContextRef TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE CGImageRef	TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage*	TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(Display *display,
			    Tk_Image image, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage*	TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap(Display *display,
			    Pixmap bitmap, GC gc, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE CGColorRef	TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);
MODULE_SCOPE NSColor*	TkMacOSXGetNSColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);
................................................................................
    NSWindow *_windowWithMouse;
    NSAutoreleasePool *_mainPool;
#ifdef __i386__
    /* The Objective C runtime used on i386 requires this. */
    int _poolLock;
#endif
}
@property int poolLock;

@end
@interface TKApplication(TKInit)
- (NSString *)tkFrameworkImagePath:(NSString*)image;
- (void)_resetAutoreleasePool;
- (void)_lockAutoreleasePool;
- (void)_unlockAutoreleasePool;

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c.

145
146
147
148
149
150
151








152
153
154
155
156








157
158
159
160
161
162
163
...
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175

176
177
178
179
180
181
182
    }

    display->request++;
    macWin->winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);








	    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
	    if ( [win canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
		[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
	    }
	    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(macWin->winPtr, win);








	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the MapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

................................................................................
	event.xmap.window = window;
	event.xmap.type = MapNotify;
	event.xmap.event = window;
	event.xmap.override_redirect = macWin->winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Generate damage for that area of the window.

	 */

	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);
	TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
    }

    /*







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|
>







145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
...
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
    }

    display->request++;
    macWin->winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);
	    /*
	     * We want to activate Tk when a toplevel is mapped
	     * but we must not supply YES here.  This is because
	     * during Tk initialization the root window is mapped
	     * before applicationDidFinishLaunching returns. Forcing
	     * the app to activate too early can make the menu bar
	     * unresponsive.
	     */
	    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:NO];
	    if ( [win canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
		[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
	    }
	    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(macWin->winPtr, win);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Rebuild the container's clipping region and display
	     * the window.
	     */
	    TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->winPtr);
	    TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window)contWinPtr);
	    TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the MapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

................................................................................
	event.xmap.window = window;
	event.xmap.type = MapNotify;
	event.xmap.event = window;
	event.xmap.override_redirect = macWin->winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Rebuild the parent's clipping region and display the window.
	 *
	 */

	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);
	TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
    }

    /*

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c.

38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
...
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
...
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
...
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
...
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
extern NSString *NSWindowWillOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
#define NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification @"NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification"
#define NSWindowDidEndLiveResizeNotification  @"NSWindowDidEndLiveResizeNotification"
#endif
#endif
 
extern BOOL opaqueTag;

@implementation TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)

- (void) windowActivation: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
................................................................................
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void)
{
    Boolean isFrontProcess = true;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
    ProcessSerialNumber frontPsn, ourPsn = {0, kCurrentProcess};

    if (noErr == GetFrontProcess(&frontPsn)){
	SameProcess(&frontPsn, &ourPsn, &isFrontProcess);
    }
#else
    isFrontProcess = [NSRunningApplication currentApplication].active;
#endif
    return (isFrontProcess == true);
}
 
#pragma mark TKContentView

#import <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h>

/*
................................................................................
	 * don't clobber the AutoreleasePool set up by the caller.
	 */
	[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];

	/*
	 * Try to prevent flickers and flashes.
	 */
	[w disableFlushWindow];
	NSDisableScreenUpdates();

	/* Disable Tk drawing until the window has been completely configured.*/
	TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(winPtr, 0);

	 /* Generate and handle a ConfigureNotify event for the new size.*/
	TkGenWMConfigureEvent(tkwin, Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), width, height,
................................................................................
	TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr);

	 /* Finally, generate and process expose events to redraw the window. */
	HIRect bounds = NSRectToCGRect([self bounds]);
	HIShapeRef shape = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&bounds);
	[self generateExposeEvents: shape];
	while (Tk_DoOneEvent(TK_ALL_EVENTS|TK_DONT_WAIT)) {}
	[w enableFlushWindow];
	[w flushWindowIfNeeded];
	NSEnableScreenUpdates();
	[NSApp _unlockAutoreleasePool];
    }
}

/*
 * As insurance against bugs that might cause layout glitches during a live
................................................................................
    Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}

- (BOOL) isOpaque
{
    NSWindow *w = [self window];

    if (opaqueTag) {
      return YES;
	} else {

     return (w && (([w styleMask] & NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask) ||
    	    ![w isOpaque]) ? NO : YES);
    }
}

- (BOOL) wantsDefaultClipping
{
    return NO;
}








<
<
<
<

<
|
<







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<







 







<







 







<
|







 







<
<
<
<
|

<







38
39
40
41
42
43
44




45

46

47
48
49
50
51
52
53
...
740
741
742
743
744
745
746








747


748
749
750
751
752
753
754
...
844
845
846
847
848
849
850

851
852
853
854
855
856
857
...
866
867
868
869
870
871
872

873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
...
952
953
954
955
956
957
958




959
960

961
962
963
964
965
966
967

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
extern NSString *NSWindowWillOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;




#endif




@implementation TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)

- (void) windowActivation: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
................................................................................
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void)
{








    return ([NSRunningApplication currentApplication].active == true);


}
 
#pragma mark TKContentView

#import <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h>

/*
................................................................................
	 * don't clobber the AutoreleasePool set up by the caller.
	 */
	[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];

	/*
	 * Try to prevent flickers and flashes.
	 */

	NSDisableScreenUpdates();

	/* Disable Tk drawing until the window has been completely configured.*/
	TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(winPtr, 0);

	 /* Generate and handle a ConfigureNotify event for the new size.*/
	TkGenWMConfigureEvent(tkwin, Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), width, height,
................................................................................
	TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr);

	 /* Finally, generate and process expose events to redraw the window. */
	HIRect bounds = NSRectToCGRect([self bounds]);
	HIShapeRef shape = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&bounds);
	[self generateExposeEvents: shape];
	while (Tk_DoOneEvent(TK_ALL_EVENTS|TK_DONT_WAIT)) {}

	[w displayIfNeeded];
	NSEnableScreenUpdates();
	[NSApp _unlockAutoreleasePool];
    }
}

/*
 * As insurance against bugs that might cause layout glitches during a live
................................................................................
    Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}

- (BOOL) isOpaque
{
    NSWindow *w = [self window];





      return (w && (([w styleMask] & NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask) ||
    	    ![w isOpaque]) ? NO : YES);

}

- (BOOL) wantsDefaultClipping
{
    return NO;
}

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c.

6
7
8
9
10
11
12

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
..
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
...
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
...
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
...
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
...
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406

407














408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419


420
421
422
423
424
425
426
...
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
...
785
786
787
788
789
790
791




792
793
794
795
796
797
798
...
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916




917

918
919
920
921
922










923
924

925
926









927
928
929
930
931
932
933
....
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
....
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346

2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366


2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379





2380
2381
2382



2383
2384
2385
2386

2387
2388
2389
2390
2391






2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397

2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
....
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499




3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
....
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660



4661
4662
4663

4664




4665
4666
4667


4668
4669

4670
4671
4672
4673


4674





4675
4676
4677
4678
4679



4680
4681

4682

4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697





4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
....
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
....
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
....
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
....
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
....
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
 *	the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
 *	manager.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
 * Copyright (c) 2010 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.

 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
................................................................................
	| kWindowHideOnFullScreenAttribute  | kWindowNoConstrainAttribute \
	| kWindowNoShadowAttribute	    | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute \
	| kWindowOpaqueForEventsAttribute   | kWindowIgnoreClicksAttribute \
	| kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute	    | tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute \
	| tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute	    | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute \
	| tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute	    | tkHUDWindowAttribute)

/*Objects for use in setting background color and opacity of window.*/
NSColor *colorName = NULL;
BOOL opaqueTag = FALSE;
extern CGImageRef CreateCGImageWithXImage(
			XImage *image);

static const struct {
    const UInt64 validAttrs, defaultAttrs, forceOnAttrs, forceOffAttrs;
    int flags; NSUInteger styleMask;
} macClassAttrs[] = {
    [kAlertWindowClass] = {
	.defaultAttrs = kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute, },
................................................................................
 * Hash table for Mac Window -> TkWindow mapping.
 */

static Tcl_HashTable windowTable;
static int windowHashInit = false;



#pragma mark NSWindow(TKWm)

/*
 * Conversion of coordinates between window and screen.
 */

@implementation NSWindow(TKWm)
................................................................................
{
    return [self convertBaseToScreen:point];
}
- (NSPoint) convertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    return [self convertScreenToBase:point];
}
@end
#else
- (NSPoint) convertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    NSRect pointrect;
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
................................................................................
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
    return [self convertRectFromScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
#endif

/*Override automatic fullscreen button on 10.13 because system fullscreen API
confuses Tk window geometry.
*/
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_12
- (void)toggleFullScreen:(id)sender
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self);
    Tk_Window win_Ptr=(Tk_Window) winPtr;
    Tcl_Interp *interp = Tk_Interp(win_Ptr);
    if ([self isZoomed]) {
	TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(self, inZoomIn);
    } else {
	TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(self, inZoomOut);
    }
}

#endif
@end


#pragma mark -


/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
 */
................................................................................
static void		GetMinSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *minWidthPtr,
			    int *minHeightPtr);
static void		GetMaxSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *maxWidthPtr,
			    int *maxHeightPtr);
static void		RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    MacDrawable *parentWin);

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 1060
#define TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD 1
#endif

#pragma mark TKWindow(TKWm)

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
@interface NSWindow(TkWm)
- (void) setCanCycle: (BOOL) canCycleFlag;
@end
#endif

@interface NSDrawerWindow : NSWindow
{
    id _i1, _i2;
}
@end


@implementation TKWindow














@end

@implementation TKWindow(TKWm)

- (BOOL) canBecomeKeyWindow
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self);

    return (winPtr && winPtr->wmInfoPtr && (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->macClass ==
	    kHelpWindowClass || winPtr->wmInfoPtr->attributes &
	    kWindowNoActivatesAttribute)) ? NO : YES;
}



#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES
- (id) retain
{
    id result = [super retain];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
................................................................................
	printf("Retained <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    return result;
}

- (id) autorelease
{
    static int xcount = 0;
    id result = [super autorelease];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
	printf("Autoreleased <%s>. Count is %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
................................................................................

    /*
     * Map the window.
     */

    XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);





}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmUnmapWindow --
 *
................................................................................
    NSWindow *window = wmPtr->window;

    if (window && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) ) {
	NSWindow *parent = [window parentWindow];
	if (parent) {
	    [parent removeChildWindow:window];
	}
	[window close];
	TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(window);
        if (winPtr->window) {
            ((MacDrawable *) winPtr->window)->view = nil;
        }
#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	{
	    const char *title = [[window title] UTF8String];
	    if (title == nil) {
		title = "unnamed window";
	    }
	    printf(">>>> Closing <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [window retainCount]);
	}
#endif
        [window release];




	wmPtr->window = NULL;


	/* Activate the highest window left on the screen. */
	NSArray *windows = [NSApp orderedWindows];
	if ( [windows count] > 0 ) {
	    NSWindow *front = [windows objectAtIndex:0];










	    if ( front && [front canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
		[front makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];

	    }
	}









	[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];

#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	fprintf(stderr, "================= Pool dump ===================\n");
	[NSAutoreleasePool showPools];
#endif
    }
................................................................................
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
    char *errorMsg;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
................................................................................
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconphotoCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command.
 *	See the user documentation for details on what it does. Not yet
 *	implemented for OS X.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.

 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
WmIconphotoCmd(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
    int i, width, height, isDefault = 0;

    if (objc < 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
	isDefault = 1;
	if (objc == 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Iterate over all images to retrieve their sizes, in order to allocate a
     * buffer large enough to hold all images.
     */






    for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {
	photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));



	if (photo == NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't use \"%s\" as iconphoto: not a photo image",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));

	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "PHOTO", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
    }







    /*
     * TODO: This requires implementation for OS X, but we silently return for
     * now.
     */


    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconpositionCmd --
................................................................................
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't withdraw %s: it is an icon for %s",
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);




    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry.
 * Schedules a geometry update.
 */
................................................................................
    int aboveBelow,		/* Gives relative position for restacking;
				 * must be Above or Below. */
    TkWindow *otherPtr)		/* Window relative to which to restack; if
				 * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
				 * below *all* siblings. */
{
    NSWindow *macWindow;
    NSInteger otherMacWindowNumber;




    /*
     * Get the mac window. Make sure it exists & is mapped.

     */





    if (winPtr->window == None) {
	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);


    }
    if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {

	/*
	 * Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the screen
	 * (mapping it may give it a reparent window), so make sure it's on
	 * the screen.


	 */






	TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
    }
    macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);




    /*
     * Get the window in which a raise or lower is in relation to.

     */


    if (otherPtr != NULL) {
	if (otherPtr->window == None) {
	    Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) otherPtr);
	}
	if (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
	    TkWmMapWindow(otherPtr);
	}
	otherMacWindowNumber = [TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(otherPtr->window)
		windowNumber];
    } else {
	otherMacWindowNumber = 0;
    }
    [macWindow orderWindow:(aboveBelow == Above ? NSWindowAbove : NSWindowBelow)
	    relativeTo:otherMacWindowNumber];





}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
 *
................................................................................
	"style", NULL
    };
    enum SubCmds {
	TKMWS_STYLE
    };
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    int index, i;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Iterate through objc/objv to set correct background color and toggle
     * opacity of window.
     */

    for (i= 0; i < objc; i++) {
    	if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*black*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor blackColor];	// use #000000 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*dark*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor darkGrayColor]; //use #545454 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*light*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor lightGrayColor]; //use #ababab in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*white*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor whiteColor];	//use #ffffff in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "gray*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor grayColor];	//use #7f7f7f in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*red*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor redColor];	//use #ff0000 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*green*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor greenColor];	//use #00ff00 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*blue*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor blueColor];	//use #0000ff in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*cyan*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor cyanColor];	//use #00ffff in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*yellow*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor yellowColor];	//use #ffff00 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*magenta*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor magentaColor];	//use #ff00ff in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*orange*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor orangeColor];	//use #ff8000 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*purple*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor purpleColor];	//use #800080 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*brown*")){
    	    colorName = [NSColor brownColor];	//use #996633 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*clear*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor clearColor];	//use systemTransparent in Tk scripts to match
    	}
    	if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*opacity*")) {
    	    opaqueTag = YES;
    	}
    }

    winPtr = (TkWindow *)
	    Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
    if (winPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
................................................................................
        /*
	 * Workaround for [Bug 2824538]: Texured windows are draggable
	 *                               from opaque content.
	 */
	[window setMovableByWindowBackground:NO];
    }


    /* Set background color and opacity of window if those flags are set.  */
    if (colorName != NULL) {
    	[window setBackgroundColor: colorName];
    }

    if (opaqueTag) {
#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
    	[window setOpaque: opaqueTag];
#else
	[window setOpaque: YES];
#endif
    }

    [window setDocumentEdited:NO];
    wmPtr->window = window;
    macWin->view = window.contentView;
    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, window);

    NSRect geometry = InitialWindowBounds(winPtr, window);
    geometry.size.width +=  structureRect.size.width;
................................................................................
		initial) {
	    NSWindowCollectionBehavior b = NSWindowCollectionBehaviorDefault;
	    if (newAttributes & tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorCanJoinAllSpaces;
	    } else if (newAttributes & tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorMoveToActiveSpace;
	    }
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
	    if (newAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorIgnoresCycle;
	    } else {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorParticipatesInCycle;
	    }
#endif
	    [macWindow setCollectionBehavior:b];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	    if (((changedAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute) || initial)
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
		    && tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion < 1060
#endif
	    ) {
		[macWindow setCanCycle:
			!(newAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute)];
	    }
#endif
	}
	if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) != (oldFlags & WM_TOPMOST)) {
	    [macWindow setLevel:(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) ?
		    kCGUtilityWindowLevel : ([macWindow isKindOfClass:
		    [NSPanel class]] && [macWindow isFloatingPanel] ?
		    kCGFloatingWindowLevel : kCGNormalWindowLevel)];
	}
................................................................................
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    NSWindow *window,
    int fullscreen,
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int result = TCL_OK, wasFullscreen = (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN);
#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
    static unsigned long prevMask = 0, prevPres = 0;
#endif /*TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD*/

    if (fullscreen) {
	int screenWidth =  WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
	int screenHeight = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));

	/*
	 * Check max width and height if set by the user.
................................................................................
		[window setFrame:[window frameRectForContentRect:
			screenBounds] display:YES];
		wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
	    }
	    wmPtr->flags |= WM_FULLSCREEN;
	}

#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
	/*
	 * We can't set these features on Leopard or earlier, as they don't
	 * exist (neither options nor API that uses them). This formally means
	 * that there's a bug with full-screen windows with Tk on old OSX, but
	 * it isn't worth blocking a build just for this.
	 */

	prevMask = [window styleMask];
	prevPres = [NSApp presentationOptions];
	[window setStyleMask: NSBorderlessWindowMask];
	[NSApp setPresentationOptions: NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideDock
	                          | NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideMenuBar];
	Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
#endif /*TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD*/
    } else {
	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;

#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
	[NSApp setPresentationOptions: prevPres];
	[window setStyleMask: prevMask];
#endif /*TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD*/
    }

    if (wasFullscreen && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)) {
	Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
	UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
	NSRect bounds = NSMakeRect(wmPtr->configX, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight -
		(wmPtr->configY + wmPtr->yInParent + wmPtr->configHeight),







>







 







<
<
<
<
<







 







<







 







<







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<







 







<
<
<
<


<
<
<
<
<
<






>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












>
>







 







<







 







>
>
>
>







 







<
<
<
<
<









|
>
>
>
>

>



|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







 







|
<






>












|
|



|


>
>




|




<
<
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
>
>
>
|
|
|
<
>
|
|
|
<
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
>







 







>
>
>
>







 







|
>
>
>


<
>

>
>
>
>
|
|
<
>
>

<
>

<
<
<
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
|
<
>
>
>
|
<
>
|
>
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
>
>
>
>







 







|






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<





<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<

<







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






<


<
<


<







6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
..
51
52
53
54
55
56
57





58
59
60
61
62
63
64
...
192
193
194
195
196
197
198

199
200
201
202
203
204
205
...
208
209
210
211
212
213
214

215
216
217
218
219
220
221
...
227
228
229
230
231
232
233

















234

235
236
237
238
239
240
241
...
358
359
360
361
362
363
364




365
366






367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
...
413
414
415
416
417
418
419

420
421
422
423
424
425
426
...
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
...
881
882
883
884
885
886
887





888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
....
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
....
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345

2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383


2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391


2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397

2398
2399
2400
2401

2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409





2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
....
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
....
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682

4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690

4691
4692
4693

4694
4695



4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704


4705

4706
4707
4708
4709

4710
4711
4712
4713



4714


4715







4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
....
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252









































5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
....
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633














5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
....
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323

6324
6325
6326
6327
6328

6329










6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
....
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460

6461

6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
....
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501








6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507

6508
6509


6510
6511

6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
 *	the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
 *	manager.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
 * Copyright (c) 2010 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
 * Copyright (c) 2017 Marc Culler.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
................................................................................
	| kWindowHideOnFullScreenAttribute  | kWindowNoConstrainAttribute \
	| kWindowNoShadowAttribute	    | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute \
	| kWindowOpaqueForEventsAttribute   | kWindowIgnoreClicksAttribute \
	| kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute	    | tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute \
	| tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute	    | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute \
	| tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute	    | tkHUDWindowAttribute)







static const struct {
    const UInt64 validAttrs, defaultAttrs, forceOnAttrs, forceOffAttrs;
    int flags; NSUInteger styleMask;
} macClassAttrs[] = {
    [kAlertWindowClass] = {
	.defaultAttrs = kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute, },
................................................................................
 * Hash table for Mac Window -> TkWindow mapping.
 */

static Tcl_HashTable windowTable;
static int windowHashInit = false;



#pragma mark NSWindow(TKWm)

/*
 * Conversion of coordinates between window and screen.
 */

@implementation NSWindow(TKWm)
................................................................................
{
    return [self convertBaseToScreen:point];
}
- (NSPoint) convertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    return [self convertScreenToBase:point];
}

#else
- (NSPoint) convertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    NSRect pointrect;
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
................................................................................
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
    return [self convertRectFromScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
#endif


















@end


#pragma mark -


/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
 */
................................................................................
static void		GetMinSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *minWidthPtr,
			    int *minHeightPtr);
static void		GetMaxSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *maxWidthPtr,
			    int *maxHeightPtr);
static void		RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    MacDrawable *parentWin);





#pragma mark TKWindow(TKWm)







@interface NSDrawerWindow : NSWindow
{
    id _i1, _i2;
}
@end


@implementation TKWindow: NSWindow
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_12
/*
 * Override automatic fullscreen button on >10.12 because system fullscreen API
 * confuses Tk window geometry.
 */
- (void)toggleFullScreen:(id)sender
{
    if ([self isZoomed]) {
	TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(self, inZoomIn);
    } else {
	TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(self, inZoomOut);
    }
}
#endif
@end

@implementation TKWindow(TKWm)

- (BOOL) canBecomeKeyWindow
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self);

    return (winPtr && winPtr->wmInfoPtr && (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->macClass ==
	    kHelpWindowClass || winPtr->wmInfoPtr->attributes &
	    kWindowNoActivatesAttribute)) ? NO : YES;
}



#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES
- (id) retain
{
    id result = [super retain];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
................................................................................
	printf("Retained <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    return result;
}

- (id) autorelease
{

    id result = [super autorelease];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
	printf("Autoreleased <%s>. Count is %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
................................................................................

    /*
     * Map the window.
     */

    XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);

    /*Add window to Window menu.*/
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];

}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmUnmapWindow --
 *
................................................................................
    NSWindow *window = wmPtr->window;

    if (window && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) ) {
	NSWindow *parent = [window parentWindow];
	if (parent) {
	    [parent removeChildWindow:window];
	}





#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	{
	    const char *title = [[window title] UTF8String];
	    if (title == nil) {
		title = "unnamed window";
	    }
	    printf(">>>> Closing <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [window retainCount]);
	}
#endif
	[window close];
	TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(window);
        if (winPtr->window) {
            ((MacDrawable *) winPtr->window)->view = nil;
        }
	wmPtr->window = NULL;
        [window release];

	/* Activate the highest window left on the screen. */
	NSArray *windows = [NSApp orderedWindows];
	for (id nswindow in windows) {
	    TkWindow *winPtr2 = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(nswindow);
	    if (winPtr2 && nswindow != window) {
		WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr;
		BOOL minimized = (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == IconicState ||
				  wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState);
		/*
		 * If no windows are left on the screen and the next
		 * window is iconified or withdrawn, we don't want to
		 * make it be the KeyWindow because that would cause
		 * it to be displayed on the screen.
		 */
		if ([nswindow canBecomeKeyWindow] && !minimized) {
		    [nswindow makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	/*
	 * Process all window events immediately to force the closed window to
	 * be deallocated.  But don't do this for the root window as that is
	 * unnecessary and can lead to segfaults.
	 */
	if (winPtr->parentPtr) {
	    while (Tk_DoOneEvent(TK_WINDOW_EVENTS|TK_DONT_WAIT)) {}
	}
	[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];

#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	fprintf(stderr, "================= Pool dump ===================\n");
	[NSAutoreleasePool showPools];
#endif
    }
................................................................................
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
    const char *errorMsg;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
................................................................................
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconphotoCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command.
 *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.

 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
WmIconphotoCmd(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Image tk_icon;
    int width, height, isDefault = 0;

    if (objc < 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
			 "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

     /*Parse args.*/
    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
	isDefault = 1;
	if (objc == 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
			     "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }



     /*Get icon name. We only use the first icon name because macOS does not
     support multiple images in Tk photos.*/
    char *icon;
    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
	icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
    }	else {
	icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
    }



    /*Get image and convert to NSImage that can be displayed as icon.*/
    tk_icon = Tk_GetImage(interp, tkwin, icon, NULL, NULL);
    if (tk_icon == NULL) {
    	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
	      "can't use \"%s\" as iconphoto: not a photo image",

	      icon));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "PHOTO", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    NSImage *newIcon;
    Tk_SizeOfImage(tk_icon, &width, &height);
    newIcon = TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(winPtr->display, tk_icon, width, height);
    Tk_FreeImage(tk_icon);
    if (newIcon == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }





    [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: newIcon];
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconpositionCmd --
................................................................................
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't withdraw %s: it is an icon for %s",
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
    /*Remove window from Window menu.*/
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry.
 * Schedules a geometry update.
 */
................................................................................
    int aboveBelow,		/* Gives relative position for restacking;
				 * must be Above or Below. */
    TkWindow *otherPtr)		/* Window relative to which to restack; if
				 * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
				 * below *all* siblings. */
{
    NSWindow *macWindow;
    NSWindow *otherMacWindow;
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int macAboveBelow = (aboveBelow == Above ? NSWindowAbove : NSWindowBelow);
    int otherNumber = 0; /* 0 will be used when otherPtr is NULL. */

    /*

     * If the Tk windows has no drawable, or is withdrawn do nothing.
     */
    if (winPtr->window == None ||
	wmPtr == NULL          ||
	wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
	return;
    }
    macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);

    if (macWindow == nil) {
	return;
    }

    if (otherPtr) {
	/*



	 * When otherPtr is non-NULL, if the other window has no
	 * drawable or is withdrawn, do nothing.
	 */
	WmInfo *otherWmPtr = otherPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	if (winPtr->window == None ||
	    otherWmPtr == NULL     ||
	    otherWmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
	return;
	}


	otherMacWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(otherPtr->window);

	if (otherMacWindow == nil) {
	    return;
	} else {
	    /*

	     * If the other window is OK, get its number.
	     */
	    otherNumber = [otherMacWindow windowNumber];
	}



    }










    /*
     * Just let the Mac window manager deal with all the subtleties
     * of keeping track of off-screen windows, etc.
     */
    [macWindow orderWindow:macAboveBelow relativeTo:otherNumber];
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
 *
................................................................................
	"style", NULL
    };
    enum SubCmds {
	TKMWS_STYLE
    };
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    int index;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }











































    winPtr = (TkWindow *)
	    Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
    if (winPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
................................................................................
        /*
	 * Workaround for [Bug 2824538]: Texured windows are draggable
	 *                               from opaque content.
	 */
	[window setMovableByWindowBackground:NO];
    }















    [window setDocumentEdited:NO];
    wmPtr->window = window;
    macWin->view = window.contentView;
    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, window);

    NSRect geometry = InitialWindowBounds(winPtr, window);
    geometry.size.width +=  structureRect.size.width;
................................................................................
		initial) {
	    NSWindowCollectionBehavior b = NSWindowCollectionBehaviorDefault;
	    if (newAttributes & tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorCanJoinAllSpaces;
	    } else if (newAttributes & tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorMoveToActiveSpace;
	    }

	    if (newAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorIgnoresCycle;
	    } else {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorParticipatesInCycle;
	    }

	    [macWindow setCollectionBehavior:b];










	}
	if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) != (oldFlags & WM_TOPMOST)) {
	    [macWindow setLevel:(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) ?
		    kCGUtilityWindowLevel : ([macWindow isKindOfClass:
		    [NSPanel class]] && [macWindow isFloatingPanel] ?
		    kCGFloatingWindowLevel : kCGNormalWindowLevel)];
	}
................................................................................
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    NSWindow *window,
    int fullscreen,
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int result = TCL_OK, wasFullscreen = (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN);

    static unsigned long prevMask = 0, prevPres = 0;


    if (fullscreen) {
	int screenWidth =  WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
	int screenHeight = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));

	/*
	 * Check max width and height if set by the user.
................................................................................
		[window setFrame:[window frameRectForContentRect:
			screenBounds] display:YES];
		wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
	    }
	    wmPtr->flags |= WM_FULLSCREEN;
	}









	prevMask = [window styleMask];
	prevPres = [NSApp presentationOptions];
	[window setStyleMask: NSBorderlessWindowMask];
	[NSApp setPresentationOptions: NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideDock
	                          | NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideMenuBar];
	Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);

    } else {
	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;


	[NSApp setPresentationOptions: prevPres];
	[window setStyleMask: prevMask];

    }

    if (wasFullscreen && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)) {
	Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
	UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
	NSRect bounds = NSMakeRect(wmPtr->configX, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight -
		(wmPtr->configY + wmPtr->yInParent + wmPtr->configHeight),

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c.

36
37
38
39
40
41
42

43
44
45
46



47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
...
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
...
204
205
206
207
208
209
210

211
212
213
214
215
216
217
...
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
...
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
....
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337









1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
....
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight = 0;
CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenTop = 0;

/*
 * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
 */


static TkDisplay *gMacDisplay = NULL;
				/* Macintosh display. */
static const char *macScreenName = ":0";
				/* Default name of macintosh display. */




/*
 * Forward declarations of procedures used in this file.
 */

static XID		MacXIdAlloc(Display *display);
static int		DefaultErrorHandler(Display *display,
			    XErrorEvent *err_evt);

/*
 * Other declarations
 */

static int		DestroyImage(XImage *image);
static unsigned long	ImageGetPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y);
static int		ImagePutPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y,
			    unsigned long pixel);
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDisplayChanged --
 *
 *	Called to set up initial screen info or when an event indicated
................................................................................
	snprintf(vendor, sizeof(vendor), "Apple AppKit %g",
		NSAppKitVersionNumber);
    }
    display->vendor = vendor;
    {
	int major, minor, patch;

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 10100
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMajor, (SInt32*)&major);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minor);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionBugFix, (SInt32*)&patch);
#else
	NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
	major = systemVersion.majorVersion;
	minor = systemVersion.minorVersion;
................................................................................
    screen->black_pixel = 0x00000000 | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
    screen->white_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
    screen->ext_data	= (XExtData *) &maxBounds;

    screen->root_visual = ckalloc(sizeof(Visual));
    screen->root_visual->visualid     = 0;
    screen->root_visual->class	      = TrueColor;

    screen->root_visual->red_mask     = 0x00FF0000;
    screen->root_visual->green_mask   = 0x0000FF00;
    screen->root_visual->blue_mask    = 0x000000FF;
    screen->root_visual->bits_per_rgb = 24;
    screen->root_visual->map_entries  = 256;

    /*
................................................................................
    Display * display,
    Atom atom)
{
    display->request++;
    return NULL;
}
 
int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
    XImage *image)
{
    return 0;
}

XErrorHandler
XSetErrorHandler(
    XErrorHandler handler)
{
    return DefaultErrorHandler;
}

................................................................................
	    ProtocolVersion(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
	    ProtocolRevision(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
    snprintf(buffer2, sizeof(buffer2), " Mac OS X %x",
	    VendorRelease(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, ServerVendor(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
	    buffer2, NULL);
}
 
#pragma mark XImage handling

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XCreateImage --
 *
 *	Allocates storage for a new XImage.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated XImage.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

XImage *
XCreateImage(
    Display* display,
    Visual* visual,
    unsigned int depth,
    int format,
    int offset,
    char* data,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    int bitmap_pad,
    int bytes_per_line)
{
    XImage *ximage;
    display->request++;
    ximage = ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));

    ximage->height = height;
    ximage->width = width;
    ximage->depth = depth;
    ximage->xoffset = offset;
    ximage->format = format;
    ximage->data = data;
    ximage->obdata = NULL;
    /* The default pixelpower is 0.  This must be explicitly set to 1 in the
     * case of an XImage extracted from a Retina display.
     */
    ximage->pixelpower = 0;

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 32;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 32;
    } else {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 1;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 8;
    }
    if (bitmap_pad) {
	ximage->bitmap_pad = bitmap_pad;
    } else {
	/* Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz perfomance */
	ximage->bitmap_pad = 128;
    }
    if (bytes_per_line) {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line;
    } else {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = ((width * ximage->bits_per_pixel +
		(ximage->bitmap_pad - 1)) >> 3) &
		~((ximage->bitmap_pad >> 3) - 1);
    }
#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
    ximage->byte_order = MSBFirst;
    ximage->bitmap_bit_order = MSBFirst;
#else
    ximage->byte_order = LSBFirst;
    ximage->bitmap_bit_order = LSBFirst;
#endif
    ximage->red_mask = 0x00FF0000;
    ximage->green_mask = 0x0000FF00;
    ximage->blue_mask = 0x000000FF;
    ximage->f.create_image = NULL;
    ximage->f.destroy_image = DestroyImage;
    ximage->f.get_pixel = ImageGetPixel;
    ximage->f.put_pixel = ImagePutPixel;
    ximage->f.sub_image = NULL;
    ximage->f.add_pixel = NULL;

    return ximage;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XGetImage --
 *
 *	This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an XImage.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated XImage containing the data from the given
 *	rectangle of the given drawable, or NULL if the XImage could not be
 *	constructed.  NOTE: If we are copying from a window on a Retina
 *	display, the dimensions of the XImage will be 2*width x 2*height.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

XImage *
XGetImage(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    unsigned long plane_mask,
    int format)
{
    NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep;
    NSUInteger         bitmap_fmt;
    XImage *       imagePtr = NULL;
    char *           bitmap = NULL;
    char *           image_data=NULL;
    int	        depth = 32;
    int	        offset = 0;
    int	        bitmap_pad = 0;
    int	        bytes_per_row = 4*width;
    int                size;
    int scalefactor = 1;
#if __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1070
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(d);
    /* This code assumes that backing scale factors are integers.  Currently
     * Retina displays use a scale factor of 2.0 and normal displays use 1.0.
     * We do not support any other values here.
     */
    if (win && [win respondsToSelector:@selector(backingScaleFactor)]) {
	scalefactor = ([win backingScaleFactor] == 2.0) ? 2 : 1;
    }
#endif
    int scaled_height = height * scalefactor;
    int scaled_width = width * scalefactor;

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	if (width == 0 || height == 0) {
	    /* This happens all the time.
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: empty image requested");
	    */
	    return NULL;
	}

	bitmap_rep =  BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(d, x, y, width, height);
	bitmap_fmt = [bitmap_rep bitmapFormat];

	if ( bitmap_rep == Nil                        ||
	     (bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != 1)     ||
	     [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] != 4 ||
	     [bitmap_rep isPlanar] != 0               ) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Failed to construct NSBitmapRep");
	    return NULL;
	}

	NSSize image_size = NSMakeSize(width, height);
	NSImage* ns_image = [[NSImage alloc]initWithSize:image_size];
	[ns_image addRepresentation:bitmap_rep];

	/* Assume premultiplied nonplanar data with 4 bytes per pixel.*/
	if ( [bitmap_rep isPlanar ] == 0 &&
	     [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] == 4 ) {
	    bytes_per_row = [bitmap_rep bytesPerRow];
	    assert(bytes_per_row == 4 * scaled_width);
	    assert([bitmap_rep bytesPerPlane] == bytes_per_row * scaled_height);
	    size = bytes_per_row*scaled_height;
	    image_data = (char*)[bitmap_rep bitmapData];
	    if ( image_data ) {
		int row, n, m;
		bitmap = ckalloc(size);
		/*
		  Oddly enough, the bitmap has the top row at the beginning,
		  and the pixels are in BGRA or ABGR format.
		*/
		if (bitmap_fmt == 0) {
		    /* BGRA */
		    for (row=0, n=0; row<scaled_height; row++, n+=bytes_per_row) {
			for (m=n; m<n+bytes_per_row; m+=4) {
			    *(bitmap+m)   = *(image_data+m+2);
			    *(bitmap+m+1) = *(image_data+m+1);
			    *(bitmap+m+2) = *(image_data+m);
			    *(bitmap+m+3) = *(image_data+m+3);
			}
		    }
		} else {
		    /* ABGR */
		    for (row=0, n=0; row<scaled_height; row++, n+=bytes_per_row) {
			for (m=n; m<n+bytes_per_row; m+=4) {
			    *(bitmap+m)   = *(image_data+m+3);
			    *(bitmap+m+1) = *(image_data+m+2);
			    *(bitmap+m+2) = *(image_data+m+1);
			    *(bitmap+m+3) = *(image_data+m);
			}
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
	if (bitmap) {
	    imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset,
				    (char*)bitmap, scaled_width, scaled_height,
				    bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row);
	    if (scalefactor == 2) {
	    	imagePtr->pixelpower = 1;
	     }
	    [ns_image removeRepresentation:bitmap_rep]; /*releases the rep*/
	    [ns_image release];
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Could not extract image from drawable.");
    }
    return imagePtr;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DestroyImage --
 *
 *	Destroys storage associated with an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Deallocates the image.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
DestroyImage(
    XImage *image)
{
    if (image) {
	if (image->data) {
	    ckfree(image->data);
	}
	ckfree(image);
    }
    return 0;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImageGetPixel --
 *
 *	Get a single pixel from an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns the 32 bit pixel value.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static unsigned long
ImageGetPixel(
    XImage *image,
    int x,
    int y)
{
    unsigned char r = 0, g = 0, b = 0;

    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char *srcPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);

	switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	    case 32: {
		r = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 16) & 0xff;
		g = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >>  8) & 0xff;
		b = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr)      ) & 0xff;
		/*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
		    r = srcPtr[2]; g = srcPtr[1]; b = srcPtr[0];
		} else {
		    r = srcPtr[1]; g = srcPtr[2]; b = srcPtr[3];
		}*/
		break;
	    }
	    case 16:
		r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8;
		g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8;
		b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8;
		break;
	    case 8:
		r = (*srcPtr << 2) & 0xc0;
		g = (*srcPtr << 4) & 0xc0;
		b = (*srcPtr << 6) & 0xc0;
		r |= r >> 2 | r >> 4 | r >> 6;
		g |= g >> 2 | g >> 4 | g >> 6;
		b |= b >> 2 | b >> 4 | b >> 6;
		break;
	    case 4: {
		unsigned char c = (x % 2) ? *srcPtr : (*srcPtr >> 4);
		r = (c & 0x04) ? 0xff : 0;
		g = (c & 0x02) ? 0xff : 0;
		b = (c & 0x01) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
		}
	    case 1:
		r = g = b = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x % 8))) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
	}
    }
    return (PIXEL_MAGIC << 24) | (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImagePutPixel --
 *
 *	Set a single pixel in an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ImagePutPixel(
    XImage *image,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned long pixel)
{
    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char r = ((pixel & image->red_mask)   >> 16) & 0xff;
	unsigned char g = ((pixel & image->green_mask) >>  8) & 0xff;
	unsigned char b = ((pixel & image->blue_mask)       ) & 0xff;
	unsigned char *dstPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);

	switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	    case 32:
		*((unsigned int*) dstPtr) = (0xff << 24) | (r << 16) |
			(g << 8) | b;
		/*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
		    dstPtr[3] = 0xff; dstPtr[2] = r; dstPtr[1] = g; dstPtr[0] = b;
		} else {
		    dstPtr[0] = 0xff; dstPtr[1] = r; dstPtr[2] = g; dstPtr[3] = b;
		}*/
		break;
	    case 16:
		*((unsigned short*) dstPtr) = ((r & 0xf8) << 7) |
			((g & 0xf8) << 2) | ((b & 0xf8) >> 3);
		break;
	    case 8:
		*dstPtr = ((r & 0xc0) >> 2) | ((g & 0xc0) >> 4) |
			((b & 0xc0) >> 6);
		break;
	    case 4: {
		unsigned char c = ((r & 0x80) >> 5) | ((g & 0x80) >> 6) |
			((b & 0x80) >> 7);
		*dstPtr = (x % 2) ? ((*dstPtr & 0xf0) | (c & 0x0f)) :
			((*dstPtr & 0x0f) | ((c << 4) & 0xf0));
		break;
		}
	    case 1:
		*dstPtr = ((r|g|b) & 0x80) ? (*dstPtr | (0x80 >> (x % 8))) :
			(*dstPtr & ~(0x80 >> (x % 8)));
		break;
	}
    }
    return 0;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XChangeWindowAttributes, XSetWindowBackground,
 * XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap, XSetWindowBorder, XSetWindowBorderPixmap,
 * XSetWindowBorderWidth, XSetWindowColormap
................................................................................
    if (result != KERN_SUCCESS || props == NULL) {
	return -1l;
    }

    timeObj = CFDictionaryGetValue(props, CFSTR("HIDIdleTime"));

    if (timeObj) {
	CFTypeID type = CFGetTypeID(timeObj);

	if (type == CFDataGetTypeID()) { /* Jaguar */
	    CFDataGetBytes((CFDataRef) timeObj,
		    CFRangeMake(0, sizeof(time)), (UInt8 *) &time);
	    /* Convert nanoseconds to milliseconds. */
	    /* ret /= kMillisecondScale; */
	    ret = (long) (time/kMillisecondScale);
	} else if (type == CFNumberGetTypeID()) { /* Panther+ */
	    CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)timeObj,
		    kCFNumberSInt64Type, &time);
	    /* Convert nanoseconds to milliseconds. */
	    /* ret /= kMillisecondScale; */
	    ret = (long) (time/kMillisecondScale);
	} else {
	    ret = -1l;
	}
    }
    /* Cleanup */
    CFRelease(props);










    return ret;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(
    Display *dpy)
{
    IOGPoint loc = {0, 0};
    kern_return_t kr;
    NXEvent nullEvent = {NX_NULLEVENT, {0, 0}, 0, -1, 0};
    enum { kNULLEventPostThrottle = 10 };
    static io_connect_t io_connection = MACH_PORT_NULL;

    if (io_connection == MACH_PORT_NULL) {
	io_service_t service = IOServiceGetMatchingService(
		kIOMasterPortDefault, IOServiceMatching(kIOHIDSystemClass));

	if (service == MACH_PORT_NULL) {
	    return;
	}
	kr = IOServiceOpen(service, mach_task_self(), kIOHIDParamConnectType,
		&io_connection);
	IOObjectRelease(service);
	if (kr != KERN_SUCCESS) {
	    return;
	}
    }
    kr = IOHIDPostEvent(io_connection, NX_NULLEVENT, loc, &nullEvent.data,
	    FALSE, 0, FALSE);
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







>

|

<
>
>
>









<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|







 







>







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



<

<
<
<



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<










36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58








59
60
61
62
63
64
65
...
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
...
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
...
375
376
377
378
379
380
381







382
383
384
385
386
387
388
...
739
740
741
742
743
744
745





























































































































































































































































































































































































746
747
748
749
750
751
752
...
919
920
921
922
923
924
925









926
927
928

929



930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
...
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967





















968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight = 0;
CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenTop = 0;

/*
 * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
 */

/* The unique Macintosh display. */
static TkDisplay *gMacDisplay = NULL;
/* The default name of the Macintosh display. */
static const char *macScreenName = ":0";

/* Timestamp showing the last reset of the inactivity timer. */
static Time lastInactivityReset = 0;


/*
 * Forward declarations of procedures used in this file.
 */

static XID		MacXIdAlloc(Display *display);
static int		DefaultErrorHandler(Display *display,
			    XErrorEvent *err_evt);









 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDisplayChanged --
 *
 *	Called to set up initial screen info or when an event indicated
................................................................................
	snprintf(vendor, sizeof(vendor), "Apple AppKit %g",
		NSAppKitVersionNumber);
    }
    display->vendor = vendor;
    {
	int major, minor, patch;

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1080
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMajor, (SInt32*)&major);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minor);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionBugFix, (SInt32*)&patch);
#else
	NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
	major = systemVersion.majorVersion;
	minor = systemVersion.minorVersion;
................................................................................
    screen->black_pixel = 0x00000000 | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
    screen->white_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
    screen->ext_data	= (XExtData *) &maxBounds;

    screen->root_visual = ckalloc(sizeof(Visual));
    screen->root_visual->visualid     = 0;
    screen->root_visual->class	      = TrueColor;
    screen->root_visual->alpha_mask   = 0xFF000000;
    screen->root_visual->red_mask     = 0x00FF0000;
    screen->root_visual->green_mask   = 0x0000FF00;
    screen->root_visual->blue_mask    = 0x000000FF;
    screen->root_visual->bits_per_rgb = 24;
    screen->root_visual->map_entries  = 256;

    /*
................................................................................
    Display * display,
    Atom atom)
{
    display->request++;
    return NULL;
}
 







XErrorHandler
XSetErrorHandler(
    XErrorHandler handler)
{
    return DefaultErrorHandler;
}

................................................................................
	    ProtocolVersion(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
	    ProtocolRevision(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
    snprintf(buffer2, sizeof(buffer2), " Mac OS X %x",
	    VendorRelease(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, ServerVendor(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
	    buffer2, NULL);
}





























































































































































































































































































































































































 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XChangeWindowAttributes, XSetWindowBackground,
 * XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap, XSetWindowBorder, XSetWindowBorderPixmap,
 * XSetWindowBorderWidth, XSetWindowColormap
................................................................................
    if (result != KERN_SUCCESS || props == NULL) {
	return -1l;
    }

    timeObj = CFDictionaryGetValue(props, CFSTR("HIDIdleTime"));

    if (timeObj) {









	    CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)timeObj,
		    kCFNumberSInt64Type, &time);
	    /* Convert nanoseconds to milliseconds. */

	    ret = (long) (time/kMillisecondScale);



    }
    /* Cleanup */
    CFRelease(props);

    /*
     * If the idle time reported by the system is larger than the elapsed
     * time since the last reset, return the elapsed time.
     */
    long elapsed = (long)(TkpGetMS() - lastInactivityReset);
    if (ret > elapsed) {
    	ret = elapsed;
    }

    return ret;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(
    Display *dpy)
{
    lastInactivityReset = TkpGetMS();





















}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to tests/bind.test.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35













36
37
38
39
40
41
42
...
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
....
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384

1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399

1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416

1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
....
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432

1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
....
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448

1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
....
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474

1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
....
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488

1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
....
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502

1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
....
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519

1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
....
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535

1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548

1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
....
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563

1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
....
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210

2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
    bind all <Enter> {}
    bind Test <Enter> {}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {}
    bind xyz <Enter> {}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {}
    bind .t <Enter> {}
}














# move the mouse pointer away of the testing area
# otherwise some spurious events may pollute the tests
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top 50x50-50-50
update
event generate .top <Button-1> -warp 1
................................................................................
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x Key%K"
    bind .t.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x Release%K"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -keycode 0
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease> -keycode 0
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {Key?? Release??}
test bind-13.15 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: button detail} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
................................................................................
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.22 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time [expr -100]
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 200
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.23 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time -100
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 500
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}

test bind-15.24 {MatchPatterns procedure, virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
} -result {paste}
test bind-15.25 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a  virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Shift-Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
} -result {}
test bind-15.26 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    event add <<V1>> <Button>
    event add <<V2>> <Button-1>
    event add <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<V2>> "lappend x V2%#"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -serial 101
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -serial 102
................................................................................
    event delete <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
} -result {V2102 V2103 V2105 Shift-Button-1}
test bind-15.27 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.28 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-2>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.29 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {lappend x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {lappend x 1}
    bind .t.f 21 {lappend x 2}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-2>
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-2>
................................................................................
    destroy .t.f
} -result {none 0 2}
test bind-15.30 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <1> {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
................................................................................
} -result {1}
test bind-15.31 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 1}
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.32 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
    return $x
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
} -result {1}
test bind-15.33 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    bind .t.f <1> {lappend x single}
    bind Test <1> {lappend x single(Test)}
    bind Test <Double-1> {lappend x double(Test)}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
................................................................................
    set savedBind(All) [bind all <Key>]
    set savedBind(Entry) [bind Entry <Key>]
    entry .t.e
    pack .t.e
    focus -force .t.e
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
    update

} -body {
    bind all <Key> {set z "%M"}
    bind Entry <Key> {set y "%M"}
    bind .t.e <Key> {set x "%M"}
    set x none; set y none; set z none
    event gen .t.e <Key-a>
    list $x $y $z







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|
|







 







>



|











>










<






>







 







>







 







>







 







>







 







>







 







>







 







>







 







>













>







 







>







 







>







29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
...
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
....
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424

1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
....
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
....
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
....
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
....
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
....
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
....
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
....
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
....
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
....
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
    bind all <Enter> {}
    bind Test <Enter> {}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {}
    bind xyz <Enter> {}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {}
    bind .t <Enter> {}
}

# This function fills the pattern matcher's ring buffer with events of
# the specified type.  This can be used when testing with generated
# events to make sure that there are no stray events in the ring
# buffer which might cause the pattern matcher to find unintended
# matches.  The size of the ring buffer is EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE, which is
# currently set to 30.  If this changes, the code below will need to
# change.
proc clearRingBuffer {{event}} {
    for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
	event generate . $event
    }
}

# move the mouse pointer away of the testing area
# otherwise some spurious events may pollute the tests
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top 50x50-50-50
update
event generate .top <Button-1> -warp 1
................................................................................
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x Key%K"
    bind .t.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x Release%K"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -keycode -1
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease> -keycode -1
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {Key?? Release??}
test bind-13.15 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: button detail} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
................................................................................
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.22 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time -100
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 200
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.23 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time -100
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 500
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}

test bind-15.24 {MatchPatterns procedure, virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
} -result {paste}
test bind-15.25 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a  virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Shift-Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
} -result {}
test bind-15.26 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    event add <<V1>> <Button>
    event add <<V2>> <Button-1>
    event add <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<V2>> "lappend x V2%#"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -serial 101
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -serial 102
................................................................................
    event delete <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
} -result {V2102 V2103 V2105 Shift-Button-1}
test bind-15.27 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.28 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-2>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.29 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {lappend x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {lappend x 1}
    bind .t.f 21 {lappend x 2}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-2>
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-2>
................................................................................
    destroy .t.f
} -result {none 0 2}
test bind-15.30 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <1> {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
................................................................................
} -result {1}
test bind-15.31 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 1}
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.32 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
    return $x
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
} -result {1}
test bind-15.33 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <1> {lappend x single}
    bind Test <1> {lappend x single(Test)}
    bind Test <Double-1> {lappend x double(Test)}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
................................................................................
    set savedBind(All) [bind all <Key>]
    set savedBind(Entry) [bind Entry <Key>]
    entry .t.e
    pack .t.e
    focus -force .t.e
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind all <Key> {set z "%M"}
    bind Entry <Key> {set y "%M"}
    bind .t.e <Key> {set x "%M"}
    set x none; set y none; set z none
    event gen .t.e <Key-a>
    list $x $y $z

Changes to tests/busy.test.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

28
29
30
31
32
33

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83

84
85
86
87
88
89

90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
...
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
...
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
...
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
...
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
...
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
























476
477
    tk busy
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy options ?arg arg ...?"}

test busy-2.1 {tk busy hold} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy hold
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy hold window ?option value ...?"}
test busy-2.2 {tk busy hold root window} -body {
    tk busy hold .
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.3 {tk busy hold root window with shortcut} -body {
    tk busy .
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.4 {tk busy hold nested window} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
} -body {
    tk busy hold .f
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.5 {tk busy hold nested window with shortcut} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
} -body {
    tk busy .f
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.6 {tk busy hold toplevel window} -setup {
    toplevel .f
} -body {
    tk busy hold .f
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.7 {tk busy hold toplevel window with shortcut} -setup {
    toplevel .f
} -body {
    tk busy .f
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.8 {tk busy hold non existing window} -body {
    tk busy hold .f
    update
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.9 {tk busy hold (shortcut) non existing window} -body {
    tk busy .f
    update
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.10 {tk busy hold root window with cursor} -body {
    tk busy hold . -cursor arrow
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.11 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, cursor} -body {
    tk busy . -cursor arrow
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.12 {tk busy hold root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy hold . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.13 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.14 {tk busy hold root window, invalid option} -body {
    tk busy hold . -invalidOption 1
    update
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {unknown option "-invalidOption"}
test busy-2.15 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid option} -body {
    tk busy . -invalidOption 1
    update
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {unknown option "-invalidOption"}

test busy-3.1 {tk busy cget no window} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy cget
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy cget window option"}
test busy-3.2 {tk busy cget no option} -returnCodes error -body {
................................................................................
    tk busy hold .f -cursor hand1
    update
} -body {
    tk busy cget .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {hand1} -constraints tempNotMac

test busy-4.1 {tk busy configure no window} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy configure
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy configure window ?option? ?value ...?"}

test busy-4.2 {tk busy configure invalid window} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
................................................................................
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {{-cursor cursor Cursor wait wait}}

test busy-4.5 {tk busy configure} -constraints {nonwin tempNotMac} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f -cursor hand2
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
................................................................................
    tk busy configure .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {-cursor cursor Cursor wait wait}

test busy-4.8 {tk busy configure valid option} -constraints {
    nonwin tempNotMac
} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f -cursor circle
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor pencil
    tk busy cget .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {pencil} -constraints tempNotMac

test busy-4.10 {tk busy configure valid option with invalid value} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor nonExistingCursor
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}

test busy-5.1 {tk busy forget} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy forget
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy forget window"}
................................................................................
    tk busy forget .f1
} -body {
    lsort [tk busy current *3*]
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f2
    destroy .f1 .f2
} -result {}

























::tcltest::cleanupTests
return







|

>


|

|

>


|



|

>



|



|

>



|



|

>



|



|

>



|









|

>


|

|

>


|



|





|





|





|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







|







 








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
...
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
...
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
...
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
...
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
...
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
    tk busy
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy options ?arg arg ...?"}

test busy-2.1 {tk busy hold} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy hold
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy hold window ?option value ...?"}
test busy-2.2 {tk busy hold root window} -body {
    set res [tk busy hold .]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {._Busy}
test busy-2.3 {tk busy hold root window with shortcut} -body {
    set res [tk busy .]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {._Busy}
test busy-2.4 {tk busy hold nested window} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
} -body {
    set res [tk busy hold .f]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f_Busy}
test busy-2.5 {tk busy hold nested window with shortcut} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
} -body {
    set res [tk busy .f]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f_Busy}
test busy-2.6 {tk busy hold toplevel window} -setup {
    toplevel .f
} -body {
    set res [tk busy hold .f]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f._Busy}
test busy-2.7 {tk busy hold toplevel window with shortcut} -setup {
    toplevel .f
} -body {
    set res [tk busy .f]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f._Busy}
test busy-2.8 {tk busy hold non existing window} -body {
    tk busy hold .f
    update
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.9 {tk busy hold (shortcut) non existing window} -body {
    tk busy .f
    update
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.10 {tk busy hold root window with cursor} -body {
    set res [tk busy hold . -cursor arrow]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {._Busy}
test busy-2.11 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, cursor} -body {
    set res [tk busy . -cursor arrow]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {._Busy}
test busy-2.12 {tk busy hold root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy hold . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.13 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.14 {tk busy hold root window, invalid option} -body {
    tk busy hold . -invalidOption 1
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {unknown option "-invalidOption"}
test busy-2.15 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid option} -body {
    tk busy . -invalidOption 1
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {unknown option "-invalidOption"}

test busy-3.1 {tk busy cget no window} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy cget
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy cget window option"}
test busy-3.2 {tk busy cget no option} -returnCodes error -body {
................................................................................
    tk busy hold .f -cursor hand1
    update
} -body {
    tk busy cget .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {hand1}

test busy-4.1 {tk busy configure no window} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy configure
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy configure window ?option? ?value ...?"}

test busy-4.2 {tk busy configure invalid window} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
................................................................................
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {{-cursor cursor Cursor wait wait}}

test busy-4.5 {tk busy configure} -constraints {nonwin} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f -cursor hand2
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
................................................................................
    tk busy configure .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {-cursor cursor Cursor wait wait}

test busy-4.8 {tk busy configure valid option} -constraints {
    nonwin
} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f -cursor circle
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor pencil
    tk busy cget .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {pencil}

test busy-4.10 {tk busy configure valid option with invalid value} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor nonExistingCursor
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}

test busy-5.1 {tk busy forget} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy forget
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy forget window"}
................................................................................
    tk busy forget .f1
} -body {
    lsort [tk busy current *3*]
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f2
    destroy .f1 .f2
} -result {}

test busy-8.1 {tk busy busywindow with a busy toplevel} -body {
    toplevel .top
    tk busy .top
    tk busy busywindow .top
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .top
    destroy .top
} -result {.top._Busy}
test busy-8.2 {tk busy busywindow with a busy widget} -body {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy .f
    tk busy busywindow .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f_Busy}
test busy-8.3 {tk busy busywindow with a nonexisting widget} -body {
    tk busy .
    tk busy busywindow .nonExistingWidget
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}


::tcltest::cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/canvImg.test.

169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
...
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
...
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
...
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
    .c itemconfigure i1 -image foo2
    update
    list $x $y [.c bbox i1]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
	image delete foo2
} -result {{{foo free}} {{foo2 get} {foo2 display 0 0 80 60 30 30}} {50 100 130 160}}
test canvImg-4.3 {ConfiugreImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
	image create test foo -variable x
    image create test foo2 -variable y
    foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
................................................................................
    set x {}
    foo changed 2 4 6 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {{foo display 2 4 6 8 30 30}}

test canvImg-11.1 {TranslateImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
	image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
    update
................................................................................
    set x {}
    foo changed 2 4 6 8 40 50
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {{foo display 0 0 40 50 30 30}}
test canvImg-11.2 {ImageChangedProc procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor center
................................................................................
    set y {}
    image create test foo -variable x
    update
    return $y
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo foo2
} -result {{foo2 display 0 0 20 40 50 40}}

# cleanup
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







|







 







|







 







|







 







|









169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
...
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
...
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
...
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
    .c itemconfigure i1 -image foo2
    update
    list $x $y [.c bbox i1]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
	image delete foo2
} -result {{{foo free}} {{foo2 get} {foo2 display 0 0 80 60}} {50 100 130 160}}
test canvImg-4.3 {ConfiugreImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
	image create test foo -variable x
    image create test foo2 -variable y
    foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
................................................................................
    set x {}
    foo changed 2 4 6 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {{foo display 2 4 6 8}}

test canvImg-11.1 {TranslateImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
	image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
    update
................................................................................
    set x {}
    foo changed 2 4 6 8 40 50
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {{foo display 0 0 40 50}}
test canvImg-11.2 {ImageChangedProc procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor center
................................................................................
    set y {}
    image create test foo -variable x
    update
    return $y
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo foo2
} -result {{foo2 display 0 0 20 40}}

# cleanup
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/canvText.test.

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
    .c itemconfigure test -justify xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "xyz": must be left, right, or center}
test canvText-1.10 {configuration options: good value for "stipple"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -stipple gray50
    list [lindex [.c itemconfigure test -stipple] 4] [.c itemcget test -stipple]
} -result {gray50 gray50}
test canvasText-1.11 {configuration options: bad value for "stipple"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -stipple xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "xyz" not defined}
test canvText-1.12 {configuration options: good value for "underline"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -underline 0
    list [lindex [.c itemconfigure test -underline] 4] [.c itemcget test -underline]
} -result {0 0}
test canvasText-1.13 {configuration options: bad value for "underline"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -underline xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}







|
|







51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
    .c itemconfigure test -justify xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "xyz": must be left, right, or center}
test canvText-1.10 {configuration options: good value for "stipple"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -stipple gray50
    list [lindex [.c itemconfigure test -stipple] 4] [.c itemcget test -stipple]
} -result {gray50 gray50}
test canvasText-1.11 {configuration options: bad value for "stipple"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -stipple abcxyz
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "abcxyz" not defined}
test canvText-1.12 {configuration options: good value for "underline"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -underline 0
    list [lindex [.c itemconfigure test -underline] 4] [.c itemcget test -underline]
} -result {0 0}
test canvasText-1.13 {configuration options: bad value for "underline"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -underline xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}

Changes to tests/canvas.test.

945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
























































































953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
    canvas .c
} -body {
    set id [.c create line 0 0 1 1]
    .c rchars $id 1 foo {2 2}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad index "foo"}

























































































# cleanup
imageCleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
    canvas .c
} -body {
    set id [.c create line 0 0 1 1]
    .c rchars $id 1 foo {2 2}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad index "foo"}

# Procedure used in test cases 20.1 20.2 20.3
proc matchPixels {pixels expected} {
    set matched 1
    foreach pline $pixels eline $expected {
        foreach ppixel $pline epixel $eline {
            if {$ppixel != $epixel} {
                set matched 0
                break
            }
        }
    }
    return $matched
}

test canvas-20.1 {canvas image} -setup {
    canvas .c
    image create photo testimage
} -body  {
    .c configure -background #c0c0c0 -scrollregion {0 0 9 9}
    .c create rectangle 0 0 0 9 -fill #000080 -outline #000080
    .c image testimage
    matchPixels [testimage data] { \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0}}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete testimage
} -result 1

test canvas-20.2 {canvas image with subsample} -setup {
    canvas .c
    image create photo testimage
} -body  {
    .c configure -background #c0c0c0 -scrollregion {0 0 9 9}
    .c create rectangle 0 0 1 9 -fill #008000 -outline #008000
    .c image testimage 2
    matchPixels [testimage data] { \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0}}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete testimage
} -result 1

test canvas-20.3 {canvas image with subsample and zoom} -setup {
    canvas .c
    image create photo testimage
} -body  {
    .c configure -background #c0c0c0 -scrollregion {0 0 9 9}
    .c create rectangle 0 0 9 0 -fill #800000 -outline #800000
    .c image testimage 1 2
    matchPixels [testimage data] { \
        {#800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000} \
        {#800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0}}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete testimage
} -result 1

# cleanup
imageCleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/choosedir.test.

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103



104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
# Make a dir for us to rely on for tests
set real [makeDirectory choosedirTest]
set dir [file dirname $real]
set fake [file join $dir non-existant]

set parent .

test choosedir-1.1 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
test choosedir-1.2 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -mustexist
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-mustexist" missing}
test choosedir-1.3 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -parent
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-parent" missing}
test choosedir-1.4 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -title
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-title" missing}

test choosedir-1.5 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -initialdir, -mustexist, -parent, or -title}



test choosedir-1.6 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -parent foo.bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}


test choosedir-2.1 {tk_chooseDirectory command, cancel gives null} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -body {







|


|


|


|


<
|


>
>
>
|







81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
# Make a dir for us to rely on for tests
set real [makeDirectory choosedirTest]
set dir [file dirname $real]
set fake [file join $dir non-existant]

set parent .

test choosedir-1.1 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
test choosedir-1.2 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -mustexist
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-mustexist" missing}
test choosedir-1.3 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -parent
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-parent" missing}
test choosedir-1.4 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -title
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-title" missing}

test choosedir-1.5.1 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints notAqua -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -initialdir, -mustexist, -parent, or -title}
test choosedir-1.5.2 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints aqua -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -initialdir, -message, -mustexist, -parent, -title, or -command}
test choosedir-1.6 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -parent foo.bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}


test choosedir-2.1 {tk_chooseDirectory command, cancel gives null} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -body {

Changes to tests/config.test.

675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
    .foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {gray50}
test config-4.57 {DoObjConfig - invalid bitmap} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap foo
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "foo" not defined}
test config-4.58 {DoObjConfig - null bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap {}
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {.foo}
test config-4.59 {DoObjConfig - null bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap {}







|


|







675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
    .foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {gray50}
test config-4.57 {DoObjConfig - invalid bitmap} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap foobar
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "foobar" not defined}
test config-4.58 {DoObjConfig - null bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap {}
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {.foo}
test config-4.59 {DoObjConfig - null bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap {}

Changes to tests/entry.test.

347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
...
623
624
625
626
627
628
629

















630
631
632
633
634
635
636
...
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
....
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
....
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
....
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
} -body {
    .e configure -insertbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test entry-1.32 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -insertborderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -insertborderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
................................................................................
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand {Some command}
    .e cget -xscrollcommand
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Some command}




















test entry-2.1 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
    entry
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "entry pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test entry-2.2 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
    entry gorp
................................................................................
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    llength [.e configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {36}
test entry-3.16 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e configure -foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
................................................................................
} -result {1 6}






test entry-13.10 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, entry widget's internal
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
................................................................................
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test entry-13.11 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
................................................................................
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}

test entry-13.12 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
...
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
...
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
....
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
....
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
....
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
} -body {
    .e configure -insertbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test entry-1.32 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -insertwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -insertborderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -insertborderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
................................................................................
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand {Some command}
    .e cget -xscrollcommand
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Some command}

test entry-1.59 {configuration option: "-placeholder"} -setup {
    pack [entry .e]
} -body {
    .e configure -placeholder {Some text}
    .e cget -placeholder
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Some text}

test entry-1.60 {configuration option: "-placeholderforeground"} -setup {
    pack [entry .e]
} -body {
    .e configure -placeholder {Some text} -placeholderforeground red
    .e cget -placeholderforeground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {red}


test entry-2.1 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
    entry
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "entry pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test entry-2.2 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
    entry gorp
................................................................................
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    llength [.e configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {38}
test entry-3.16 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e configure -foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
................................................................................
} -result {1 6}






test entry-13.10 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, entry widget's internal
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
................................................................................
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test entry-13.11 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
................................................................................
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}

test entry-13.12 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1

Changes to tests/filebox.test.

106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113

114

115
116
117
118
119
120
121
...
151
152
153
154
155
156
157



158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173



174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
...
285
286
287
288
289
290
291



292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307



308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317

if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
    set modes "0 1"
} else {
    set modes 1
}

set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile) {bad option "-foo": must be -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -multiple, -parent, -title, or -typevariable}

set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile) {bad option "-foo": must be -confirmoverwrite, -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -parent, -title, or -typevariable}


set tmpFile "filebox.tmp"
makeFile {
    # this file can be empty!
} $tmpFile

array set filters {
................................................................................
	# Extension adding is only done when using the non-motif file
	# box with an extension-less filename
	if {!$mode} {
	    set addedExtensions {NONE {} .txt .txt}
	}
    }




    test filebox-1.1-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
	tk_getOpenFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile)

    catch {tk_getOpenFile -foo 1} msg
    regsub -all ,      $msg "" options
    regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options

    foreach option $options {
        if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
	    test filebox-1.2-$mode$option "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
		tk_getOpenFile $option
	    } -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
        }
    }




    test filebox-1.3-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -foo bar
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile)
    test filebox-1.4-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -initialdir
    } -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
    test filebox-1.5-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -parent foo.bar
    } -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}
    test filebox-1.6-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
................................................................................
	    } else {
		set typeName "-unset-"
	    }
	    set typeName
        } $res
    }




    test filebox-4.1-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile)

    catch {tk_getSaveFile -foo 1} msg
    regsub -all ,      $msg "" options
    regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options

    foreach option $options {
	if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
	    test filebox-4.2-$mode$option "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
		tk_getSaveFile $option
	    } -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
	}
    }




    test filebox-4.3-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -foo bar
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile)
    test filebox-4.4-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -initialdir
    } -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
    test filebox-4.5-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -parent foo.bar
    } -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}
    test filebox-4.6-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {







|
>
|
>







 







>
>
>
|

|













>
>
>
|

|







 







>
>
>
|

|













>
>
>
|

|







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
...
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
...
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331

if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
    set modes "0 1"
} else {
    set modes 1
}

set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,notAqua) {bad option "-foo": must be -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -multiple, -parent, -title, or -typevariable}
set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,aqua) {bad option "-foo": must be -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -message, -multiple, -parent, -title, -typevariable, or -command}
set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile,notAqua) {bad option "-foo": must be -confirmoverwrite, -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -parent, -title, or -typevariable}
set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile,aqua) {bad option "-foo": must be -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -message, -parent, -title, -typevariable, -command, or -confirmoverwrite}

set tmpFile "filebox.tmp"
makeFile {
    # this file can be empty!
} $tmpFile

array set filters {
................................................................................
	# Extension adding is only done when using the non-motif file
	# box with an extension-less filename
	if {!$mode} {
	    set addedExtensions {NONE {} .txt .txt}
	}
    }

    test filebox-1.1.1-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -constraints notAqua -body {
	tk_getOpenFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,notAqua)
    test filebox-1.1.2-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -constraints aqua -body {
	tk_getOpenFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,aqua)

    catch {tk_getOpenFile -foo 1} msg
    regsub -all ,      $msg "" options
    regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options

    foreach option $options {
        if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
	    test filebox-1.2-$mode$option "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
		tk_getOpenFile $option
	    } -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
        }
    }

    test filebox-1.3.1-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -constraints notAqua -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -foo bar
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,notAqua)
    test filebox-1.3.2-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -constraints aqua -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -foo bar
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,aqua)
    test filebox-1.4-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -initialdir
    } -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
    test filebox-1.5-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -parent foo.bar
    } -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}
    test filebox-1.6-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
................................................................................
	    } else {
		set typeName "-unset-"
	    }
	    set typeName
        } $res
    }

    test filebox-4.1.1-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -constraints notAqua -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile,notAqua)
    test filebox-4.1.2-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -constraints aqua -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile,aqua)

    catch {tk_getSaveFile -foo 1} msg
    regsub -all ,      $msg "" options
    regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options

    foreach option $options {
	if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
	    test filebox-4.2-$mode$option "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
		tk_getSaveFile $option
	    } -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
	}
    }

    test filebox-4.3.1-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -constraints notAqua -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -foo bar
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile,notAqua)
    test filebox-4.3.2-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -constraints aqua -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -foo bar
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile,aqua)
    test filebox-4.4-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -initialdir
    } -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
    test filebox-4.5-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -parent foo.bar
    } -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}
    test filebox-4.6-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {

Added tests/iDOT.png.

cannot compute difference between binary files

Changes to tests/image.test.

63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
..
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
...
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
...
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
...
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
    update
    set x {}
    image create test myimage -variable x
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{myimage free} {myimage free} {myimage delete} {myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15 30 30} {myimage display 0 0 30 15 30 130}}
test image-1.8 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage -variable x
................................................................................
    set x {}
    image create test myimage -variable x
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15 30 30} {myimage display 0 0 30 15 30 130}}
test image-1.9 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -body {
    image create test -badName foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option name "-badName"}
test image-1.10 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
................................................................................
    set x {}
    foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{foo display 5 6 7 8 30 30}}
test image-9.2 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo
    .c create image 90 100 -image foo
................................................................................
    set x {}
    foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{foo display 5 6 25 9 30 30} {foo display 0 0 12 14 65 74}}


test image-10.1 {Tk_GetImage procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    .c create image 100 10 -image bad_name
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    .c delete i1
    pack .c
    update
    list [imageNames] $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {foo {{foo free} {foo display 0 0 30 15 103 121}}}
test image-11.2 {Tk_FreeImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo -tags i1
    set names [imageNames]







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
..
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
...
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
...
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
...
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
    update
    set x {}
    image create test myimage -variable x
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{myimage free} {myimage free} {myimage delete} {myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15} {myimage display 0 0 30 15}}
test image-1.8 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage -variable x
................................................................................
    set x {}
    image create test myimage -variable x
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15} {myimage display 0 0 30 15}}
test image-1.9 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -body {
    image create test -badName foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option name "-badName"}
test image-1.10 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
................................................................................
    set x {}
    foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{foo display 5 6 7 8}}
test image-9.2 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo
    .c create image 90 100 -image foo
................................................................................
    set x {}
    foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{foo display 5 6 25 9} {foo display 0 0 12 14}}


test image-10.1 {Tk_GetImage procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    .c create image 100 10 -image bad_name
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    .c delete i1
    pack .c
    update
    list [imageNames] $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {foo {{foo free} {foo display 0 0 30 15}}}
test image-11.2 {Tk_FreeImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo -tags i1
    set names [imageNames]

Changes to tests/imgPNG.test.

1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105











1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
    set i [image create photo]
} -body {
    $i put $encoded(MultiIDAT)
    return [image width $i]x[image height $i]
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -result 223x212











 
}
namespace delete png
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# fill-column: 78
# End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>











1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
    set i [image create photo]
} -body {
    $i put $encoded(MultiIDAT)
    return [image width $i]x[image height $i]
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -result 223x212

test imgPNG-3.1 {reading image with unknown ancillary chunk - bug [1c659ef0f1]} -setup {
    set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] iDOT.png]
} -body {
    # the image contains an unknown chunk iDOT
    # since the name of this chunk starts with a lowercase letter,
    # it's an ancillary chunk that shall not trigger an error
    catch {set i [image create photo -file $fileName]}
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -result {0}
 
}
namespace delete png
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# fill-column: 78
# End:

Changes to tests/menuDraw.test.

643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade 0
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menuDraw-16.5 {TkPostSubMenu} -constraints unix -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
    menu .m2 -postcommand "glorp"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade test







|







643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade 0
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menuDraw-16.5 {TkPostSubMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
    menu .m2 -postcommand "glorp"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade test

Changes to tests/msgbox.test.

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17



18
19



20
21
22
23
24
25
26
..
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74

75
76
77
78
79
80
81

package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test


test msgbox-1.1 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, or -type}
test msgbox-1.2 {tk_messageBox command} -body {



    tk_messageBox -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, or -type}




test msgbox-1.3 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -default
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-default" missing}
test msgbox-1.4 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -detail
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-detail" missing}
................................................................................
    tk_messageBox -default
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-default" missing}

test msgbox-1.11 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -type foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -type value "foo": must be abortretryignore, ok, okcancel, retrycancel, yesno, or yesnocancel}

test msgbox-1.12 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_messageBox -default 1.1
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid default button "1.1"}
test msgbox-1.13 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints macOrWin -body {
    tk_messageBox -default 1.1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -default value "1.1": must be abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes}

test msgbox-1.14 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_messageBox -default foo
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid default button "foo"}
test msgbox-1.15 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints macOrWin -body {
    tk_messageBox -default foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -default value "foo": must be abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes}

test msgbox-1.16 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_messageBox -type yesno -default 3
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid default button "3"}
test msgbox-1.17 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints macOrWin -body {
    tk_messageBox -type yesno -default 3
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -default value "3": must be abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes}

test msgbox-1.18 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -icon foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -icon value "foo": must be error, info, question, or warning}

test msgbox-1.19 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -parent foo.bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}


catch {tk_messageBox -foo bar}
set isNative [expr {[info commands tk::MessageBox] == ""}]







|


|
>
>
>


>
>
>







 







<
<
<
|



|
<
<
<



|
<
<
<






>







7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
..
50
51
52
53
54
55
56



57
58
59
60
61



62
63
64
65



66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test


test msgbox-1.1.1 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints notAqua -body {
    tk_messageBox -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, or -type}
test msgbox-1.1.2 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints aqua -body {
    tk_messageBox -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, -type, or -command}
test msgbox-1.2.1 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints notAqua -body {
    tk_messageBox -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, or -type}
test msgbox-1.2.2 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints aqua -body {
    tk_messageBox -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, -type, or -command}

test msgbox-1.3 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -default
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-default" missing}
test msgbox-1.4 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -detail
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-detail" missing}
................................................................................
    tk_messageBox -default
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-default" missing}

test msgbox-1.11 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -type foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -type value "foo": must be abortretryignore, ok, okcancel, retrycancel, yesno, or yesnocancel}




test msgbox-1.13 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -default 1.1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -default value "1.1": must be abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes}

test msgbox-1.14 {tk_messageBox command} -body {



    tk_messageBox -default foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -default value "foo": must be abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes}

test msgbox-1.16 {tk_messageBox command} -body {



    tk_messageBox -type yesno -default 3
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -default value "3": must be abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes}

test msgbox-1.18 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -icon foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -icon value "foo": must be error, info, question, or warning}

test msgbox-1.19 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -parent foo.bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}


catch {tk_messageBox -foo bar}
set isNative [expr {[info commands tk::MessageBox] == ""}]

Changes to tests/packgrid.test.

241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248






























249
250
    pack .g
    pack .p
    grid .g
}  -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    destroy .p
    destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager grid inside . which already has slaves managed by pack}































cleanupTests
return








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
    pack .g
    pack .p
    grid .g
}  -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    destroy .p
    destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager grid inside . which already has slaves managed by pack}

test packgrid-4.1 {slave stolen after master destruction - bug [aa7679685e]} -setup {
    frame .f
    button .b -text hello
} -body {
    pack .f
    grid .b -in .f
    destroy .f
    set res [winfo manager .b]
    # shall not crash
    pack .b
    set res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {}

test packgrid-4.2 {slave stolen after master destruction - bug [aa7679685e]} -setup {
    frame .f
    button .b -text hello
} -body {
    pack .f
    pack .b -in .f
    destroy .f
    set res [winfo manager .b]
    # shall not crash
    grid .b
    set res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {}

cleanupTests
return

Added tests/safePrimarySelection.test.









































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
# This file is a Tcl script to test entry widgets in Tk.  It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tests that a Safe Base interpreter cannot write to the PRIMARY selection.
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# - Tests 3.*, 6.* test that the fix for ticket de156e9efe implemented in branch
#   bug-de156e9efe has been applied and still works.  They test that a Safe Base
#   slave interpreter cannot write to the PRIMARY selection.
# - The other tests verify that the master interpreter and an unsafe slave CAN
#   write to the PRIMARY selection, and therefore that the test scripts
#   themselves are valid.
# - A text, entry, ttk::entry, listbox, spinbox or ttk::spinbox widget can have
#   option -exportselection 1, meaning (in an unsafe interpreter) that a
#   selection made in one of these widgets is automatically written to the
#   PRIMARY selection.
# - A safe interpreter must not write to the PRIMARY selection.
# - The spinbox, ttk::spinbox are variants of entry, ttk::entry respectively.
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

namespace eval ::_test_tmp {}

# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Proc ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Command that creates an unsafe child interpreter and tries to load Tk.
# - This is necessary for loading Tk if the tests are done in the build
#   directory without installing Tk.  In that case the usual auto_path loading
#   mechanism cannot work because the tk binary is not where pkgIndex.tcl says
#   it is.
# - This command is not needed for Safe Base slaves because safe::loadTk does
#   something similar and works correctly.
# - Based on scripts in winSend.test.
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

namespace eval ::_test_tmp {
    variable TkLoadCmd
}

foreach pkg [info loaded] {
    if {[lindex $pkg 1] eq "Tk"} {
	set ::_test_tmp::TkLoadCmd [list load {*}$pkg]
	break
    }
}

proc ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp {name} {
    variable TkLoadCmd
    interp create $name
    $name eval [list set argv [list -name $name]]
    catch {{*}$TkLoadCmd $name}
}


set ::_test_tmp::script {
    package require Tk
    namespace eval ::_test_tmp {}

    proc ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection {} {
        if {[catch {::tk::GetSelection . PRIMARY} sel]} {
            set sel {}
        }
        return $sel
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection {} {
        destroy .preset
        text .preset -exportselection 1
        .preset insert end OLD_VALUE
        # pack .preset
        .preset tag add sel 1.0 end-1c
        update
        return
    }

    # Clearing the PRIMARY selection is troublesome.
    # The window need not be mapped.
    # However, the window must continue to exist, or some X11 servers
    # will set the PRIMARY selection to something else.
    proc ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection {} {
        destroy .clear
        text .clear -exportselection 1
        .clear insert end TMP_VALUE
        # pack .clear
        .clear tag add sel 1.0 end-1c
        update
        .clear tag remove sel 1.0 end-1c
        update
        return
    }

    # If this interpreter can write to the PRIMARY
    # selection, the commands below will do so.

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryText {} {
        text .t -exportselection 1
        .t insert end PAYLOAD
        pack .t
        .t tag add sel 1.0 end-1c
        update
        return
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryEntry {} {
        entry .t -exportselection 1
        .t insert end PAYLOAD
        pack .t
        .t selection range 0 end
        update
        return
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry {} {
        ::ttk::entry .t -exportselection 1
        .t insert end PAYLOAD
        pack .t
        .t selection range 0 end
        update
        return
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryListbox {} {
        listbox .t -exportselection 1
        .t insert end list1 PAYLOAD list3
        pack .t
        .t selection set 1
        update
        return
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox {ver} {
        if {$ver == 1} {
            # spinbox as entry
            spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            .t delete 0 end
            .t insert end PAYLOAD
            pack .t
            .t selection range 0 end
            update
            return
            # selects PAYLOAD
        } elseif {$ver == 2} {
            # spinbox spun
            spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            .t invoke buttonup
            pack .t
            .t selection range 0 end
            update
            return
            # selects 2
        } else {
            # spinbox spun/selected/spun
            spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            .t invoke buttonup
            pack .t
            .t selection range 0 end
            update
            .t invoke buttonup
            update
            return
            # selects 3
        }
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox {ver} {
        if {$ver == 1} {
            # ttk::spinbox as entry
            ::ttk::spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            .t delete 0 end
            .t insert end PAYLOAD
            pack .t
            .t selection range 0 end
            update
            return
        } elseif {$ver == 2} {
            # ttk::spinbox spun
            ::ttk::spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            pack .t
            # ttk::spinbox::Spin sets selection
            update
            return
            # selects 2
        } else {
            # ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun
            ::ttk::spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            pack .t
            # ttk::spinbox::Spin sets selection
            update
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            update
            return
            # selects 3
        }
    }
}

# Do this once for the master interpreter.
eval $::_test_tmp::script

test safePrimarySelection-1.1 {master interpreter, text, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryText
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.2 {master interpreter, entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.3 {master interpreter, ttk::entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.4 {master interpreter, listbox, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.5 {master interpreter, spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.6 {master interpreter, spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-1.7 {master interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-1.8 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.9 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-1.10 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-2.1 {unsafe slave interpreter, text, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryText
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.2 {unsafe slave interpreter, entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.3 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.4 {unsafe slave interpreter, listbox, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.5 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.6 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-2.7 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-2.8 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.9 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-2.10 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-3.1 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, text, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryText
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.2 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.3 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.4 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, listbox, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.5 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.6 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.7 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.8 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.9 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.10 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-4.1 {master interpreter, text, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryText
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.2 {master interpreter, entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.3 {master interpreter, ttk::entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.4 {master interpreter, listbox, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.5 {master interpreter, spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.6 {master interpreter, spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-4.7 {master interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-4.8 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.9 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-4.10 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-5.1 {unsafe slave interpreter, text, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryText
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.2 {unsafe slave interpreter, entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.3 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.4 {unsafe slave interpreter, listbox, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.5 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.6 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-5.7 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-5.8 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.9 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-5.10 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-6.1 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, text, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryText
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.2 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.3 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.4 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, listbox, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.5 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.6 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.7 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.8 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.9 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.10 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}


namespace delete ::_test_tmp

# option clear
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/select.test.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
....
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046


1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
....
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152












1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
#

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
namespace import ::tk::test:loadTkCommand
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands








global longValue selValue selInfo

set selValue {}
set selInfo {}

proc handler {type offset count} {
................................................................................
    set selValue $longValue
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle .f1 {weirdHandler STRING}
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo


} -result {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {STRING 0 4000}}

##############################################################################

# testing reentrancy
test select-11.1 {TkSelPropProc procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    setup
................................................................................
    selection handle .f1 {badHandler .f1 STRING}
    set result ""
    set abortCount 2
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {.f1 STRING 0 4000 .f1 STRING 4000 4000}}
 
catch {rename weirdHandler {}}













# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>







 







|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
....
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
....
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
#

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
namespace import ::tk::test:loadTkCommand
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

testConstraint cliboardManagerPresent 0
if {![catch {selection get -selection CLIPBOARD_MANAGER -type TARGETS}]} {
    if {"SAVE_TARGETS" in [selection get -selection CLIPBOARD_MANAGER -type TARGETS]} {
        testConstraint cliboardManagerPresent 1
    }
}

global longValue selValue selInfo

set selValue {}
set selInfo {}

proc handler {type offset count} {
................................................................................
    set selValue $longValue
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle .f1 {weirdHandler STRING}
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -cleanup {
    rename weirdHandler {}
} -result {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {STRING 0 4000}}

##############################################################################

# testing reentrancy
test select-11.1 {TkSelPropProc procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    setup
................................................................................
    selection handle .f1 {badHandler .f1 STRING}
    set result ""
    set abortCount 2
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {.f1 STRING 0 4000 .f1 STRING 4000 4000}}

test select-14.1 {Bug [73ba07efcd]: Use correct property type when handling MULTIPLE conversion requests} -constraints {
    cliboardManagerPresent
} -setup {
    proc get_clip {offset maxChars} {return abcd}
} -body {
    selection handle -selection CLIPBOARD . get_clip
    selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .
    selection get -selection CLIPBOARD_MANAGER -type SAVE_TARGETS
    clipboard get
} -cleanup {
    rename get_clip {}
} -result {abcd}
 

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/spinbox.test.

522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
....
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
....
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
....
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
....
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
} -body {
    .e configure -insertbackground bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "bogus"}

test spinbox-1.45 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth"} -setup {
        spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
        -relief sunken
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -insertborderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -insertborderwidth
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    llength [.e configure]
}